Triumph Spitfire MK4 - 1500

SPI-06
1970-80
Spitfire
MKIV-1500
RESTORATION PARTS
Even your car dreams...
...of what it wants and where to find it!

In this hectic world its not always possible to find time for the pleasures in life. So whether you require urgent service
parts, that last minute present for your loved one, or you need the parts for a complete rebuild our secure on-line
shopping service is the answer. Let Moss help you, whatever, wherever, whenever... 24 hours a day!
Wherever you are in the world, your parts are just a click away!
www.moss-europe.co.uk
Moss Rebuild Programme

Moss Europe are pleased to announce the new Gold and Platinum re-build programmes. If you have
purchased a Bodyshell from either Moss Europe or another supplier and are planning a rebuild, then you
qualify for the Platinum rebuild programme. The programme allows you to receive 10% off all further
purchases (or sale price whichever is lower, some further exclusions may apply) for your rebuild for up to
24 months. If however you do not need a bodyshell and you place an initial order for 800.00 this qualifies
you for the Gold rebuild programme. The programme allows you to receive 10% off all further
purchases (or sale price whichever is lower, some further exclusions may apply) for your rebuild for
up to 12 months. You will be assigned to a personal Moss consultant to assist you during your
rebuild. There has never been a better time to undergo a major restoration project. For full details of
the rebuild programmes, please visit our website or contact your local Moss branch today.
Bristol 0117 923 2523 Manchester 0161 480 6402
UK Ordering
We accept orders by mail, telephone, e-mail or fax. If you have the opportunity, we invite you to
visit one of our branches. Remember, supplying details of your car, (i.e. engine, commission or
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) LHD or RHD, year of manufacture and any modifications) saves
time and helps us to help you. Please inform us of your Customer Number, this is to speed up the
order processing process.
Overseas Ordering
As with the U.K. we accept orders by mail, telephone, e-mail or fax. If you visit the U.K. we would be
delighted if you visited one of our branches. When ordering, please ensure that you enclose full details
of your name, address and Customer Number, plus details of your car (i.e. engine, commission or
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) LHD or RHD, year of manufacture and any modifications).
Please note: Overseas orders are often subject to local import duties, taxes and Customs
clearance, which will need to be paid for at the point of entry. These charges are NOT included in
the price of the goods or delivery prices. All relevant Customs forms and documentation needed
to ensure the order arrives with the minimum of delay will be included with your shipment. If you
have any special requirements, please contact us to discuss them.
And remember delivery charges are dependent upon the size and weight of the shipment. If a
quotation is required prior to placing an order, please contact the export department at your
chosen branch and they will be pleased to supply a full quotation to you.
Parts Back-Order System

A back-order system is used when a part is not in stock at the time of ordering. If the item is
expected to become available within a reasonable time frame, then it will be put on back-order,
unless the customer instructs us otherwise. When we have the parts in stock, the back-order will
be processed automatically and the item will be dispatched to the customer. If the particular part
becomes No Longer Available (NLA) or is likely to be unavailable for some time, then the customer
will be advised and asked if the order is to be cancelled.
Shipping & Dispatch Methods

Orders for delivery in the UK may be dispatched by regular post (for small/lightweight items), or
through a Next Day courier, or alternatively a 2-3 Day Courier service. Please speak to our sales
staff to choose the best delivery option for your parts order. We are constantly striving to improve
the service we offer, so please contact your local branch for the latest shipping prices. For delivery
outside the UK we offer the following services:
Parcels up to 30Kg:
Europe 1-3 days.

Europe by road 2 to 5 days.
World-wide 1 to 3 days
Shipments up to 500Kg:
Europe by road 2 to 5 days

World-wide by air 2 to 7 days to destination airport for
collection or delivered direct to customers address.
(Sea freight is regarded as too slow for most retail orders)
For these services, please ask for prices when you place your order. All shipments are now
trackable, (inc. Internet access for selected carriers). Please speak to one of our sales staff to
choose your best parts delivery option. Please remember, all carriage charges are dependant on
weight band, volume, destination & delivery time. If a quotation is required prior to placing your
order, please contact a member of the sales department at your chosen Moss branch who will be
happy to discuss your requirements. If you prefer, you may arrange your own shipping and dispatch.
Quotations & Payment Methods

We will be pleased to provide a full parts quotation detailing price, availability and relevant
shipping costs. Payment may be made by cash, personal cheque (to the card guarantee limit),
Certified Bank Draft, credit or debit card including: Mastercard, Visa, Switch, Delta and, by Sterling
Travellers Cheques. If you intend to make payment by Cheque or Bankers Draft when using our
fast mail-order parts service, please confirm parts availability and carriage charges.
Value Added Tax

Value Added Tax (VAT) at the current rate will be levied on all orders being dispatched to all
countries within the European Community. VAT is not charged on goods dispatched to countries
outside of the EC. However, such orders are often subject to local import duty, taxes and Customs
clearance, which MUST be paid by you at the port of entry. Such charges are not included in the
cost of the goods or delivery prices.
Exchange Units
We are able to offer a full rebuild service on numerous major components in our product range.
We offer this service as an alternative to direct replacement parts, or when a brand new item is
no longer available. However, the continuity of this exchange scheme needs the understanding and
co-operation of our customers in relation to several important points:
It is important to remember that "rebuilt" does not mean "brand new". Rebuilding a unit involves
stripping, cleaning, inspecting and re-assembling the unit. During this process, parts showing
signs of wear will either be completely replaced or suitably renovated. However, it is not always
feasible for major sub-components to be replaced with brand new ones, for example, an exchange
ORDERING
01
engine will not have a new block. Due to the nature of certain product lines, some items can only
be offered on a "one for one" exchange basis. This effectively means that you must offer us a
viable unit before we can release a fully rebuilt item from our stock. In some instances we can only
carry out reconditioning of your own unit. Our staff will inform you if this is the case. All exchange
units are subject to a surcharge. This surcharge serves two purposes; firstly, it acts as an incentive
for you to return your old unit, and secondly it provides us with financial cover if your returned unit
proves unsuitable for exchange purposes.
Whether or not your returned unit is suitable for exchange purposes cannot be ascertained until it
is made available to us for inspection. As a general rule, suitable for exchange basically excludes
any items that are beyond reasonable repair (e.g. crankcases ventilated with a connecting rod) or
units irrevocably damaged. We are also unable to accept units unless they are returned in whole,
complete form (i.e. differential units which are returned partly stripped with no bearings and all the
shims missing are not generally accepted), nor do we accept a "box of bits".
Surcharges will only be refunded once our core department has passed the item as serviceable.
Under no circumstances can any exchange unit be shipped overseas until we receive your original
unit. We have predetermined prices for our exchange units based on our experience, what it will
cost to repair a gearbox, axle or engine. Occasionally, however, the damage to the unit is so great
that we will contact you before beginning work on your unit to advise you of any additional cost
that may be incurred during the rebuild of the unit. We can return the unit (at your cost) if this
proves unacceptable.
Core Returns
Exchange items are subject to a surcharge that is refunded when a rebuildable unit (core) is
returned. Cores must be returned within 90 days of purchase. When you receive the rebuilt unit,
attached to it will be a Core Return Authorisation Tag. This tag must be removed from the rebuilt
unit and attached to the returned core in order to receive credit. Cores must be returned in the
original box or carton supplied with the rebuilt unit. Cores must be shipped clean and empty of
fluids. Cores must be complete, assembled and rebuildable to receive credit or refund. You must
pay all shipping charges for the return of the core and these charges are not refundable.
Warranty
All parts are warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of 12 months
from the date of purchase. The warranty does not cover labour charges, failure of a related
component, failure resulting from incorrect installation or misuse, nor will the warranty in any
event be greater than the cost of the original component.
Warranty Returns
Parts that fail in use may be returned for 12 months from the date of purchase. Returns must be
accompanied by the original invoice - no warranty claims will be paid without a copy of the original
invoice. Return freight will be reimbursed. Electrical parts returned for warranty will be tested and
if found functional, no return credit will be given and the part will be returned. Reimbursement is
made by the original payment method. Complete the return form included in each order, pack the
items securely and use the shipping return label supplied.
Non-Warranty Returns
All uninstalled parts, in their original packaging may be returned within 90 days for any reason. A
copy of the original invoice or the picking label (which is generally attached to the original
packaging) must accompany the return. Return freight is paid by the customer. If the return is due
to our error, the return freight will be reimbursed. Parts returned outside of this policy or in nonresalable condition may not be accepted or may be assessed a 15% handling fee. Reimbursement
is made by the original payment method. Complete the return form included in each order, pack
the items securely and use the shipping return label supplied.
Customer Service
We value your custom and wish to ensure that you receive the very best service. Every effort will
be made to provide you with Quality Parts and Expertise in a relaxed, helpful and friendly manner.
Should you consider the service you receive from us to be unsatisfactory, or you have any
problems with the part(s) purchased, please advise a member of the sales team at the originating
branch. If the matter is not resolved to your satisfaction, please contact our Customer Services
Department at:
Customer Services, Moss Europe Ltd. Hampton Farm Industrial Estate, Hanworth,
Middlesex TW13 6DB England.
We will do our very best to resolve the issue and keep you as a loyal and happy Moss customer.
British Motor Heritage

Moss Europe Ltd. is a British Motor Heritage approved specialist. Our agreement with British Motor
Heritage allows us the use of marque logos and some of the artwork contained within this catalogue.
Important Notice
Moss make every attempt to keep prices competitive and stable, however in common with all other
suppliers in our industry, we reserve the right to alter these prices without prior notice.
02
CONTENTS
www.moss-europe.co.uk London 020 8867 2020 Bradford 01274 539 999
Catalogue Contents
Brake System
Body Panels & Fittings (Continued)
Identifying Your Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3

Parts Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 4 & 5
Technical Advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 6-13
Master Cylinder & Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 50

Front Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 50
Rear Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 50
Brake & Clutch Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 50
Brake Pipes, Hoses & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 52
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 53
Front Bulkhead Panel & Windscreen Frame . . . . . .Page 87

'A' Post, Door Skin, Inner & Outer Sill Panels . . . . .Page 87
Rear Body & Floor Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 87
Rear Inner/Outer Wings & Arches . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 87
Top Centre Deck & Boot Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 87
Transmission Tunnel & Floor Panels . . . . . . . . . . .Page 87
Rear Seat Pan & Boot Floor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 87
Doors & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Engines & Components

External Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Engine Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Cylinder Block & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Engine Gasket Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Oil Sump & Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Engine Cover Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Internal Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Crankshaft & Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Con Rods & Pistons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Camshaft & Timing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Cylinder Head & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Oil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 19
Steering
Steering Column & Wheel (Early type) . . . . . . . . . .Page 54
Steering Column & Wheel (Late type) . . . . . . . . . .Page 55
Steering Rack & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 56
Exterior Body Fittings, Bumpers, Trim & Badges
Engine Mountings
Rear Suspension
Front Body Trim/Fittings & Windscreen . . . . . . . . .Page 92

Front Bumper & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Windscreen Glass & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Badges, Grille & Engine Valance Boards . . . . . . . .Page 92
Exterior Door Mirrors & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Rear/Side Body Trim & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Rear Bumper & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Badges & Body Mouldings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Commission & Body Number Plates . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Boot Lid Fittings & Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 15
Rear Spring & Shock Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 59
Hood, Frame & Tonneau
Cooling System
Propshaft & Differential
Radiator, Fittings & Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 20

Water Pump/Pipes/Fan & Thermostat . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Cooling System Hints & Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 22
Drive Shafts & Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 60

Propshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 61
Hood Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 96

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 97
Tonneau & Hood Stowage Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 98
Hard-Top (Factory) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 99
Electrical System
Various
Starter Motor & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 62

Alternator & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Battery & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 64
Horns, Relays & Miscellaneous Switches . . .Pages 64 & 65
Distributor & Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 66 & 67
Front Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 68
Headlamps & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 68
Front Side & Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 68
Rear Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 68
Stop/Tail & Indicator Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 68
Number Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 68
Wiring Harness (Looms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 70 & 71
Cable Connectors & Bulb Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 71
Windscreen Wiper & Washer System . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Car Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 73
Body Plugs & Grommets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 100

Body Paints & Colour Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 100
General Hardware & Fixings . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 101-103
Front Suspension
All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Front Hub & Vertical Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Front Spring & Shock Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Anti-Roll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Clutch
Clutch Drive Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 22
Clutch Hydraulics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Brake & Clutch Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Gearbox - 1300 (3-Rail Units)

Gearbox Units & External Components . . . . . . . . . .Page 24
Gearbox Casing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 24
Gear change & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 24
Gearbox & Overdrive Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 24
Gearbox Internal Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 26
Gearbox - 1500 (Single-Rail Units)

Gearbox Units & External Components . . . . . . . . . .Page 28
Gearbox Casing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 28
Gear change & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 28
Gearbox & Overdrive Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 28
Gearbox Internal Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 30
Instruments, Cables & Dash Switches

1300 & 1500 to (c) FH100020 (Early) . . . . . . . . . .Page 74
1500 from (c) FH100021 (Late) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 75
Overdrive
Heating & Ventilation (Includes water flow chart)
D Type Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 33

J Type Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 35
Overdrive Trouble Shooting . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 33 & 35
Gearbox/Overdrive Electrics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 36
All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 76
Fuel System
Technical Tips & Grose Jets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 37
Fuel Tank, Pump & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 38
Carburettors & Components, Twin HS2 SUs . . . . .Page 40
Carburettors & Components, Twin HS4 SUs . . . . .Page 42
Engine Controls (Accelerator & Choke) . . . . . . . . . .Page 44
Engine Breather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 44
Manifolds (Inlet/Exhaust) & Air Filters . . . . . . . . . .Page 45
Exhaust System
1300cc Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 46
1500cc models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 47
Road Wheels & Miscellaneous Tools

Road Wheels & Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 48
Wire Wheel Technical Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 49
Interior Trim & Fittings

Dash (Fascia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 79
Sun Visors & Interior Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 80
Seats Cover Kits & Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 80
Door Trim & Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 81
Rear Cockpit & Rear Quarter Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 81
Seat Foams, Frame & Fittings & Non-Reclining seats . . . .Page 82
Reclining seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 83
Carpet Sets & Boot Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 84
Carpet Sets (Cockpit) & Gaiters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 84
Centre Console Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 84
Boot Board & Floor Mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 84
Body Panels & Fittings

Chassis Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 85
Front Body Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86
Front Valance, Bonnet & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86
Headlamp Panels & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86
Front Wings & Arches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86
Centre Body Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 87
Please note: In most circumstances Moss can supply both an O.E. (Original Equipment) part or an Aftermarket part. The Aftermarket part offers a high quality part but usually at a reduced
price and in certain circumstances replaces the O.E. part when no longer available. The Aftermarket part is indicated by a letter Z at the end of the part number.
PRODUCTION DATA
03
Production Data, Details & General Information
Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)
1954: Alick Dick takes over as Managing Director from Sir John Black. He builds up Standard
Triumph by purchasing smaller concerns to enable him to produce complete cars with little outside
help. The Herald is first new car, followed by the Spitfire project. Autumn 1960: Cash crisis forces
the Spitfire development plan to be shelved. August 1961: Leyland Motors purchase Standard
Triumph, Stanley Markland becomes MD. He discovers Spitfire prototype under a dust cover by
accident and demands it be put into production.
VIN numbers replaced commission numbers in October 1979, commencing at VIN000001 with an 8 digit prefix.
Spitfire 4 - October 1962 to December 1964
1951
TFADW1AT =
TFADW5AT =
manual, RHD
manual, overdrive, RHD
TFADW2AT =
TFADW6AT =
manual, LHD, Europe

manual, overdrive, LHD, Europe
A Brief History of the Triumph Spitfire Development

Standard Eight introduced incorporating newly developed 803cc SC (small car) engine.
FC1 to FC44656
October 1962 Earls Court Motor Show. Spitfire 4 announced, competing against the BMC Sprites
and Midgets. The car is an instant success, and outsells the Spridgets in every year of production
bar one (due to a strike in 1969).
The number 4 denotes the number of cylinders. The Vitesse has already gone on sale in the USA
as the Sports 6 and so the Spitfire 4 follows suit to fit in with the prevailing marketing strategy an important selling point since 50% of Triumph Spitfires are to be exported to the USA!
Spitfire 4 MkII - December 1964 to January 1967
1957
Triumph Herald (code name Zobo) begins to develop under the guidance of Alick Dick, Harry
Webster (chief designer) and Martin Tustin (General Manager). Original design concept
incorporated a monocoque body shell. Eventually the realities of financial constraint led them to
use a chassis and separate body shell. This chassis was to be the jig foundation for a whole range
of vehicles. Body designed by Giovanni Michelotti. Went on sale April 1959.
1960-1962
FD1 to FD15306, FD20000 to FD51967, FD75000 to FD92803 (Oct 1969 on). In 1967 Leyland
Motors take over Rover-Alvis. In 1968 they take control of BMC/Jaguar. The British Leyland Motor
Corporation is formed making stable mates of Triumph and MG.
Saw the development of Bomb a new sports car utilising the SC engine unit (1147cc) and Herald
chassis. Bomb became known as the Spitfire 4, with the body again designed by Michelotti. The car
utilised much of the Herald running gear including engine, gearbox, suspension - the prototype even
incorporated the same instrument gear and, the car almost went into production without a rev counter!
High compression engine (90:1), twin SU carburettors and a high lift cam provided 63 bhp. Rear
suspension consisted of a transverse mounted fixed leaf spring, radius arms & telescopic shock
absorbers. Disc brakes fitted at the front. The steering gave the car a smaller turning circle than a London
Taxi. Overdrive was optional. The Spitfire 4 was launched at the Earls Court Motor Show in 1962.
Spitfire MkIV - November 1970 to December 1974
Spitfire chassis
FC50001 to FC88904
Spitfire MkIII - January 1967 to December 1970
UK
USA
1971 model year

1972 model year
FH3
FH25001
1973 model year

1974 model year
FH50001
FH60001
to FH64995
FK1
FK25001
FK25001
FM1*
FM10001*
to FM2800*
*denotes USA 1500cc models
Spitfire 1500 - December 1974 to August 1980
Cut & shut Herald chassis but without the out riggers to support centre of car. The sills supplied
strength and were (and still are) vital to the structure and safety of the vehicle.
Early production
Early production of the body shell at the Forward Radiator Works, Bordesley Green, Birmingham
used low quality tooling, which was uprated once the Spitfire 4 became a success. Hardtop
introduced as an option in late 1963.
1963
Spitfire GT project begins to develop using fastback hardtop and 1598cc Vitesse engine. The
Vitesse engine was developed from the 1959 Vanguard 6 unit; this was essentially a small car
four cylinder unit with two extra cylinders tacked on.
December 1964
Spitfire 4 MkII introduced. Engine power increased during production of MkII to 67 bhp. Trim revised.
1975 model year

1976 model year
1977 model year
1978 model year
1979 model year
1980 model year
UK
USA
FH75001
FH80001
FH100020
FH105734
FH130001
FH133501
FM28001
FM40001
FM60006
FM70001
FM95001
FM110001
October 1966
GT6 (formerly the Spitfire GT), revealed with fixed fastback body shell and 1998cc engine.
January 1967
Spitfire MkIII introduced with long stroke 1296cc engine of 75 bhp. The 4 tag became redundant.
First of the Spitfire range to incorporate negative earth electrical systems. Trim revised, external
changes consisted of raised bumpers to conform with new regulations. Reverse lights installed.
Fold down hood replaced detachable type.
The export market nose dives during the late 1970s and coupled with British Leylands appalling
financial, management and labour problems, the company is unable to invest in a replacement
sports car for the Spitfire. The Triumph name is eventually lost in the early 1980s after being used
as a badge for the new Acclaim - a CKD car imported from new partners Honda.
July 1968
Engine Development and the Triumph Spitfire
Spitfire MkIV
Introduced in 1951 as an 803cc unit for the Standard 8 the SC (Small Car) engine was later
developed for use in the Triumph Herald and Spitfire 4. It underwent various stages of development
from 1147cc & 1296cc before the introduction of the environmentally friendly 1500cc version, first
in the USA, and later elsewhere.
Unable to bore the engine out any more from the 1296cc version, Triumph engineers increased
the capacity by altering the crankshaft to produce a longer stroking engine. Cylinder block depth
remained the same as did the con rods. There were no changes to the head and only minor detail
changes to the block.
The PE150, a slanting four cylinder engine developed by Triumph, was tested alongside a
partially developed 1500cc SC engine at MIRA in 1966. Results were outstanding but squeezing
the Slant-4 engine into the Spitfire shell proved too costly to allow production. The unit went on
to be used in the Saab 99 and the TR7.
Chassis Number Prefix and Suffix Codes

Prefix FH
FK
FM
FL
All markets, save USA & Sweden

USA (1300cc models)
USA (1500cc models)
Sweden only
Suffix C
U
L
O
USA (California legislation)

USA (Federal legislation)
Left Hand Drive
Overdrive
GT6 MkII begins production introducing revised and much improved rear suspension. October
1970. GT6 MkIII released which incorporated radically restyled front and rear end by Michelotti to
fit in with the current Triumph range.
Spitfire MkIV November 1970 to December 1972 (USA) and to December 1974 (all markets). The
Michelotti restyled front and rear ends matched the lines of the new GT6 MkIII. New angular hardtop
designed at Coventry. Rear suspension uprated by replacing the solidly fixed rear spring with a pivoted
unit. The swing spring stopped much of the interesting cornering problems of the earlier models. All
synchromesh gearbox fitted, and final drive ratio changed from 4.11:1 to 3.89:1 (3.37 in overdrive). Power
output restricted by USA environmental regulations to 63 bhp. Interior modified and became similar in
appearance to the GT6 MkIII. Dashboard modified so instruments were in front of driver rather than in
centre of the dash panel, as found on all previous models.
July 1973
USA models received 1500cc engine, due to lost sales caused by bhp reduction. In the same year all
models had rear suspension track increased by 2. D type overdrive replaced in August by J type.
GT6
MkIII ceases production in December 1973.
Spitfire 1500
Spitfire 1500 introduced January 1973 (USA) and December 1974 (everywhere else). Bigger 71
bhp, 1493cc engine. New single rail gearbox from Marina with the same specified ratios as the
MkIV. (The Marina gearbox was itself a development from the Vitesse/GT6 unit, but with a new
single-rail selector mechanism.) Final drive 3.63:1. Minor styling changes.
I977
1977 saw new seats, trim and TR7 style switch gear.
04
PARTS INDEX
These pages list only the major items in each

area, such as body work, electrical and brake
components. In many cases minor fittings,
clamps and linkages etc., are not shown.
A
Accelerator Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 44
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessories
Air Deflector Boards (Radiator) . . . .Page 20
Air Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 45
Air Hose (Air Cleaner) . . . . . . . . . .Page 45
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Alternator Mountings . . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Anti-Roll Bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Arm Rest (Centre Console) . . . . . . .Page 84
Ash Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 78
B
Badge (road wheel) . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 48
Badge, steering wheel . . . . . . . . . .Page 55
Badges & Decals . . . .Pages 92 & 94 & Acc
Ball Joint, top (front suspension . . .Page 58
Ballast Resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 67
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 64
Bearing Adhesive (Loctite) . . . .Accessories
Brush Set, alternator) . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Bearing Set, camshaft . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Bearing Set, con rod . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Bearing Set, main . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Bendix Gear Jammed! . . . . . . . . . .Page 62
Body Plugs & Grommets . . . . . . .Page 100
Body Trim & Fittings, front . . . . . . .Page 92
Body Trim & Fittings, rear . . . . . . .Page 94
Body Mounting Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 85
Bolts (General Hardware) . . . . . . .Page 103
Bonnet Assembly & Fittings . . . . . .Page 86
Bonnet Catch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Bonnet Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Bonnet Stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Books & Manuals . . . . . . . . . .Accessories
Boot Edge Mouldings . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Boot Floor Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 91
Boot Lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 91
Boot Lock & Catch . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Boot Stay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Brake (Rear) Adjuster . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Brake Caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Brake Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Brake Drum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Brake Dust Shield . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Brake/Clutch Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Brake Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 52
Brake Light Switch . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Brake Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . . .Page 50
Brake Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 50
Brake Pipes & Fittings . . . . . . . . . .Page 52
Brake Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Brake Wheel Cylinders . . . . . . . . .Page 51
British Army on the Rhine (BAOR) .Page 79
Brush Set (Alternator) . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Bulb Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 71
Bulbs, (all front lamps) . . . . . . . . .Page 68
Bulbs, (all rear lamps) . . . . . . . . . .Page 69
Bulbs, instruments . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Bulbs (miscellaneous) . . . . . . . . . .Page 71
Bumper, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Bumper, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Bush Kit, suspension/uprated . .Accessories
C
Cable Ties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 71
Cable, accelerator . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 44
Cable (Heater), air control . . . . . . .Page 76
Cable, battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 64
Cable, choke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 44
Cable, handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 53
Cable, heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 76
Cable, solenoid to starter . . . . . . . .Page 64
Cable, trip reset (speedo) . . .Pages 74 & 75
Cables, rev counter . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Cables, speedometer . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Camshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Camshaft Lubricant . . . . . . . . .Accessories
Captive Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 103
Car Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessories
Carburettor, HS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 40
Carburettor, HS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 42
Carburettor Components, HS2 . . . .Page 40
Carburettor Components, HS4 . . . .Page 42
Carburettor Body, re-bushing . . . . .Page 37
Carburettor Heat shield (1500) . . . .Page 45
Carburettor Technical Tips . . . . . . .Page 37
Carpets (Cockpit) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 84
Centre Console (Arm Rest) . . . . . . .Page 84
Chassis & Chassis Fittings . . . . . . .Page 85
Chassis Number Information . . . . . .Page 3
Check Strap (door) . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Choke Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 37
Choke, proper use of . . . . . . . . . . .Page 39
Cigar Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Clevis Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101
Clips, electrical cable . . . . . . . . . .Page 71
Clutch Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Clutch Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Clutch Master Cylinder . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Clutch Slave Cylinder . . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Clutch (Drive) Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 22
Clutch Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 22
Clutch Release Bearing . . . . . . . . .Page 22
Cockpit Trim Board . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 81
Cockpit Rear Moulding . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Collets, valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Colour Codes (Paint) . . . . . . . . . . .Page 95
Commission Numbers . . . . . . . . . .Page 95
Con Rod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 66
Connectors, electrical . . . . . . . . . .Page 71
Consumables, fluids . . . . . . . .Accessories
Consumables, nuts & bolts etc. . .Page 101
Contact Breaker Sets . . . . . . . . . .Page 67
Conversion (Gasket) Sets . . . . . . . .Page 14
Cooling Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Core Plugs (Cylinder Block) . . . . . .Page 14
Corrosion Inhibitor . . . . . . . . . .Accessories
Crash (Fascia) Panels . . . . . . . . . .Page 78
Cross member, rear suspension . .Page 85
Crown Wheel & Pinion . . . . . . . . . .Page 60
Cylinder Blocks (use of head gaskets) . .Page 14
Cylinder Head Stud . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Cylinder Liners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
D
Dashboard & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . .Page 78
Dash Pot Covers (Carbs) . . . . .Accessories
Decoke (Gasket) Sets . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Demister System . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 76
Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 60
Dip/Flash Switch . . . . . . . . .Pages 54 & 55
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Distributor . . . . . . .Page 66 & Accessories
Distributor Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 66
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Door Check Strap . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Door Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Door Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Door Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Door Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Door Seal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 81
Door Shell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Door Skin . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 87 & 88
Door Trim Panel (Interior) . . . . . . .Page 81
Drain Plug, differential . . . . . . . . . .Page 60
Drain Plug, engine sump . . . . . . . .Page 14
Drain Plug, gearbox . . . . . . .Pages 24 & 28
Drain Tap (Radiator) . . . . . . . . . . .Page 20
Draught Excluder . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Drive shafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 60
E
Earth Cable (steering column) . . . .Page 56
Engine Breather Hoses . . . . . . . . .Page 44
Engine Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 15
Engine Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Engine Side Valance . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Engine, external components . . . . .Page 14

Engine, internal components . . . . .Page 16
Engine units (1500) . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Engine, short (1300 & 1500) . . . . .Page 14
Exhaust Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 45
Exhaust System, 1300 . . . . . . . . .Page 46
Exhaust System, 1500 . . . . . . . . .Page 47
F
Fan, Non-viscous . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Fan, Viscous coupling . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Fascia & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 78
Fascia Panels, Veneered . . . . . . . .Page 78
Fascia Top Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 78
Filler Plug, differential . . . . . . . . . .Page 60
Flasher Relays . . . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Floor Panels, boot . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 89
Floor Panels, cockpit . . . . . . . . . . .Page 89
Flywheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Fog Lamps, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 69
Front Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Fuel Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 38
Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 38
Fuel Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 38
Fuse Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Fuse Holder, (In-line type) . . . . . . .Page 71
Fuse, headlamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 68
Fuses, general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 71
Hood Frame & Fittings . . . . . . . . . .Page 96

Hood Stowage Cover . . . . . . . . . . .Page 98
Hood Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 98
Horns . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65 & Accessories
Horn Push . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 54 & 55
Horn Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Hoses, brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 52
Hoses, engine breathing . . . . . . .Page 156
Hoses, water cooling . . . . . . . . . . .Page 20
Hub Assembly, front . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Hub Assembly, rear . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 60
Hub Bearing & Seal Kit, front . . . . .Page 58
Hub Bearing & Seal Kit, front . . . . .Page 60
Hub Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 48
Hubs, wire wheels . . .Pages 48 & 58 & Acc
Hydraulic Pipe (clutch) . . . . . . . . . .Page 23
I
Idle Speed Adjustment . . . . . . . . .Page 37
Ignition Coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 67
Ignition Switch . . . . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Ignition System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 67
Inlet Manifold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 45
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
J
Jack (road side) . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessories
Gaiter, gear lever . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 84

Gaiter, handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 84
Gasket Kits, HS2carburettor . . . . . .Page 41
Gasket Kits, HS4carburettor . . . . . .Page 43
Gasket Sets, engine . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Gasket Set, gearbox (3 rail) . . . . . .Page 24
Gasket Set, gearbox (single rail) . . .Page 28
Gauges &, instruments . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Gearbox Electrics, all models . . . . .Page 36
Gearbox, exchange, 1300 (3 rail) . .Page 24
Gearbox, exchange, 1500 (single rail) . .Page 28
Gearbox, external, 1300 (3 rail) . . .Page 24
Gearbox, external, 1500 (single rail) . . .Page 28
Gearbox, internal, 1300 (3 rail) . . .Page 22
Gearbox, internal, 1500 (single rail) . . . .Page 30
Gear Lever (3 rail) . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 24
Gear Lever (single rail) . . . . . . . . .Page 28
Glass, doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Grease Nipples . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101
Grille, radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Grommets & Plugs (Body) . . . . . .Page 100
Grose Jets, precision fuel flow . . . .Page 37
Kenlowe Electric Fan . . . . . . . .Accessories
H
HT Lead Sets . . . . .Page 67 & Accessories
Hammers (Wire wheels) . . . .Page 48 & Acc
Handbrake Adjustment (Technical Tip) . .Page 53
Handbrake Components . . . . . . . .Page 53
Handbrake Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 53
Handles (Doors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Hardtop & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 99
Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101
Hazard Warning Relay . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Hazard Warning Switch . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 80
Headlamps . . . . . . .Page 68 & Accessories
Headlamp Cover/Cowl . . . . .Pages 86 & 92
Headlamp Mounting Panel . . . . . . .Page 86
Headlamps, halogen . . . . . . . .Accessories
Headlining (Hard-top) . . . . . . . . . .Page 99
Heater Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 76
Heater Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 76
Heater Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 77
Heater panel, fascia . . . . . . . . . . .Page 76
Heater Control Switch . . . . . . . . . .Page 76
Heater Valve, water control . . . . . .Page 76
Heat shield, carburettor (1500) . . .Page 45
Hinge, bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86
Hinge, boot lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 90
Hinge, door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
History of the Triumph Spitfire . . . . .Page 3
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 97
L
L.T. Lead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 67
Lamp, boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 69
Lamp, foot well . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 69
Lamp, indicator & side, front . . . . .Page 68
Lamp, map reading . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 69
Lamp, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 69
Lamp, rear number plate . . . . . . . .Page 69
Lenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . see lamps
Lifting eyes (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Light Panel Mouldings, rear . . . . . .Page 94
Light Switch, dip/flash . . . . .Pages 54 & 55
Light Switch, master . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Loudspeaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 79
M
Manifolds & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . .Page 45
Manifold Gasket . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 45
Map Reading Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 69
Master Cylinder, brakes . . . . . . . .Page 50
Master Cylinder, clutch . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Mirror, internal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 80
Mirrors, external . . . . . . . . . . .Accessories
Miscellaneous Electrics . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Mountings, alternator . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Mountings, differential . . . . . . . . .Page 60
Mountings, engine . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 15
Mountings, gearbox, 1300 (3 rail) .Page 24
Mountings, gearbox, 1500 (single rail) . .Page 28
N
Night Dimming Relay . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Number Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . . .Page 69
Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101
O
Oil Cooler . . . . . . . .Page 19 & Accessories
Oil Filler Cap (Engine) . . . . .Page 18 & Acc
Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Oil Pressure Relief Valve . . . . . . . .Page 14
Oil Pressure Switch . . . . . . .Pages 14 & 64
Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Outrigger, chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 85
Overdrive, D type . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 32
Overdrive, J type . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 34
Overdrive Relay . . . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Overdrive Solenoid, D type . . . . .Page 32

Overdrive Solenoid, J type . . . . . .Page 34
Overflow Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 20
P
Pad, sound deadening (doors) . .Page 88 & Acc
Paints (Body) . . . . .Page 100 & Accessories
Parcel Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 78
Pedal Rubber, brake . . . . . . . . . . .Page 50
Pedal Rubber, clutch . . . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Pedestal, rocker . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Petrol Filler Cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 38
Petrol Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Petrol Pipes & Kits . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 39
Petrol Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 38
Petrol Sending Unit . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 38
Petrol Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 38
Pipes, water cooling . . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Pistons (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Piston Rings (Engine) . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Plug (Suppressor) Caps . . . . . . . . .Page 67
Plugs (Sparking) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 67
Plugs & Grommets (Body) . . . . . .Page 100
Points Sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 66
Pressure Cap (Radiator) . . . . . . . . .Page 20
Production Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3
Propshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 61
Pulley, Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Pulley, crankshaft . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Push Rods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessories
L
Radiator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 20
Radiator Deflector Board . . .Pages 28 & 92
Radiator Grille . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Radiator Pressure Cap . . . . . . . . . .Page 20
Radiator Skid Shield . . . . . . . . . . .Page 85
Radio Blanking Plate . . . . . . . . . . .Page 79
Radius Arm, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 59
Rear Light Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 91
Rear Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 59
Rebuild Kits, HS2 carburettor . . . . .Page 41
Rebuild Kits, HS4carburettor . . . . .Page 43
Rectifier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Regulator, alternator . . . . . . . . . . .Page 63
Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Rev Counter . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Ring Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Road Wheels . . . . . .Page 48 & Accessories
Rocker Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Rocker Cover . . . . .Page 18 & Accessories
Rocker Oil Feed Kit . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Rocker Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Rocker Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Rocker Shaft . . . . . .Page 18 & Accessories
Rotor Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 66
S
Screen Wash System . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101
Seam Moulding, rear wing . . . . . . .Page 94
Seat Belts & Fittings . . . . . . . .Accessories
Seat Components, non reclining . .Page 82
Seat Components, reclining . . . . . .Page 83
Seat Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 80
Seat Foams, non reclining . . . . . . .Page 80
Seat Foams, reclining . . . . . . . . . .Page 83
Seat Harness . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Accessories
Seat Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 83
Serial (Chassis) Numbers . . . . . . . .Page 3
Service Kits, HS2 carburettor . . . . . .Page 3
Service Kits, HS4carburettor . . . . . .Page 5
Shear Bolts (Steering) . . . . .Pages 54 & 55
Shock Absorber, front . . . .Pages 58 & Acc
Shock Absorber, rear . . . . .Pages 59 & Acc
Silencer (Exhaust), 1300 . . . . . . . .Page 46
Silencer (Exhaust), 1500 . . . . . . . .Page 47
Sill, inner . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 87 & 90
Sill, outer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 87 & 90
Slave Cylinder (Clutch) . . . . . . . . .Page 23
Solenoid, starter . . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Sound Deadening Pad (Doors) . .Page 88 & Acc
Spare Wheel Board & Cover . . . . . .Page 94
Spark Plugs . . . . . .Page 67 & Accessories

Speedometers . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Spigot Bush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Spinners, wire wheels . . . . . . .Accessories
Spire Nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101
Spitfire Engine Development . . . . .Page 14
Spitfire History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3
Split Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101
Spoiler, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
Spring, road, front . .Page 58 & Accessories
Spring, road, rear . .Page 59 & Accessories
Starter Motor . . . . .Page 62 & Accessories
Starter Solenoid . . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Steering Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Steering Column . . . . . . . . .Pages 54 & 55
Steering Lock/Ignition Switch . .Pages 54 & 55
Steering Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 56
Steering (removing/refitting) . . . . .Page 57
Steering Wheels . . . .Pages 54 & 55 & Acc
Striker Plate (Doors) . . . . . .Pages 88 & 89
Stub Axle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Stud, cylinder head . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Studs (General) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 101
Sump Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 14
Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 80
Suppressor (Plug) Caps . . . . . . . . .Page 67
Suppressors . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Suspension, front . .Page 58 & Accessories
Suspension, rear . . .Page 59 & Accessories
Switch, battery isolator . . . . . .Accessories
Switch, boot lamp . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Switch, courtesy light . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Switch, dip/flash & indicator . . .Pages 54 & 55
Switch, handbrake warning .Pages 64 & 65
Switch, hazard warning . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Switch, overdrive inhibitor . .Pages 64 & 65
Switch, overdrive (gear lever) . . . .Page 24
Switch, overdrive (3 Rail Gearbox) .Page 24
Switch, overdrive (Single Rail Gearbox) . .Page 28
Switch, washer pump (1300/1500) . . . .Page 72
Switch, wash & wipe (1500 late) . .Page 55
Switch, wiper (1300/1500) . . . . . .Page 72
Switch, wiper (1500 late) . . . . . . .Page 55
Switch, reverse lamp . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
Switch, seat belt warning . .Pages 64 & 65
T
Tappet (cam follower) . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Temperature Gauge . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Temperature Transmitter . . .Pages 64 & 65
Thermostat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Threshold (Sill) Plates . . . . . . . . . .Page 94
Timing Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 16
Timing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 16 & 17
Tonneau & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 98
Tools, road side . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 48
Track Rod End . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 56
Trim Colour Codes . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 80
Trunnion Bush Kit, front . . . . . . . .Page 58
Trunnion Bush Kit, rear . . . . . . . . .Page 61
Trunnion, lower . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
Tube, vacuum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 67
U
UJs (universal joints) . . . . . . . . . .Page 61
Under rider, front . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 92
V
Vacuum Unit, distributor . . . . . . . .Page 66
Valance, quarter, front . . . . . . . . . .Page 86
Valve Cap (Engine) . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Valve Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Valve Seat Insert, exhaust . . . . . . .Page 18
Valve Seat, Insert inlet . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Valve Spring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Valve, exhaust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Valve, inlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 18
Vertical Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 58
VIN Number Information . . . . . . . . .Page 3
Viscous Coupling Fan . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Voltage Stabiliser . . . . . . . .Pages 64 & 65
PARTS INDEX
W
Waist Rail Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 89
Warning Lamps . . . . . . . . . .Pages 74 & 75
Washer Bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Washer Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Washer Jet Assembly . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Washer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Water Control Valve (Heater) . . . . .Page 76
Water Flow Explained & Inlet Manifolds .Page 77
Water Return Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Water Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 21
Water Temperature Sender Unit . .Pages 21 & 64
Weather strips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 81
Wheel Arch, front . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86
Wheel Arch, rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 90
Wheel Bearing Kit, front . . . . . . . .Page 58
Wheel Bearing Kit, rear . . . . . . . . .Page 60
Wheel Board/Cover, spare wheel . .Page 94
Wheel Cylinders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 51
Wheel Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 48
Wheel, road . . . . . .Page 48 & Accessories
Wheel Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 48
Wheel Trim Rings . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 48
Wheel box (wipers) . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Window Winder Mechanism . . . . .Page 88
Windows, door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 88
Windscreen Capping . . . . . . . . . . .Page 93
Windscreen Frame . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 87
Windscreen (glass) . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 93
Windscreen Seals . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 93
Windscreen Wash . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Wing, front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 86
Wing, rear (inner/outer) . . . . . . . . .Page 90
Wiper Arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Wiper Blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Wiper Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Wiper Parking Switch . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Wiper Rack Assembly . . . . . . . . . .Page 72
Wire Wheel Spinners . . . . . . . .Accessories
Wire Wheel Tech Tips . . . . . . . . . .Page 49
Wiring Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 71
Wiring Looms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 70
Wishbone Arm, upper . . . . . . . . . .Page 60
Wishbone Assembly, lower . . . . . .Page 60
Workshop Manuals . . . . . . . . .Accessories
05
06
TECHNICAL ADVICE
What Can I Do To Make My Spitfire Go Faster?

There really isnt a simple answer to this question. For instance: Do you want higher speeds on the
motorway or do you want more mid-range torque? Do you drive your car fairly hard on a daily
basis, or just use it on weekends? Would you like that little bit more power, or do you want
maximum BHP? Or, do you just want the car to be quicker through bends? Then we could ask,
have you, or are you going to, upgrade the brakes? Are your suspension and/or steering
bushes/components OK? Will your transmission and drive train handle more power/speed? Is your
car standard, or has it been previously overhauled/uprated?
On the following pages, you will find a range of quality components that will improve engine
performance, braking, steering and the handling of your classic and, if you want to make it a real
head turner, complete the transformation by fitting a set of wide section alloy wheels. Please dont
forget, before increasing the power output and speed of any vehicle, you should ensure that your
brakes, steering, chassis etc can cope with the modifications, and, a roll bar is a very sensible
investment... for all open top sports cars.
Note: Descriptions And Dimensions.
As we have no control over installations/modifications (whether previous or current), it is the sole
responsibility of the user to ensure safe and correct fitment, tolerances and clearances.
Manufacturers/suppliers descriptions and dimensions are given in good faith at the time of
publication. Errors and Omissions Excepted.
Body Panels
We supply a range of replacement fibre-glass panels. See accessories catalogue for full details.
Mallory Distributors
If your vehicle was originally fitted with a Lucas distributor, then you can fit the track proven twin
point Mallory distributor.
Performance HT Ignition Leads
Cooling
The standard Spitfire radiator - even when new, is only just adequate in cooling the 1500 engine
in traffic, so we strongly recommend you fit our uprated (wider) performance radiator - part
number RKC2117.
Note: The wide radiator which was fitted to the very early Spitfire 4 and Herald range, is of no
benefit to the cooling of the Spitfire range.
The fitting of a Kenlowe electric fan has been found to be very worthwhile on the Spitfire range, not
only to improve cooling but unlike the standard fan it does not absorb energy (approx. 3bhp) from
the engine. The later 1500 models use a viscous coupling fan unit which is quite good, but when it
gives problems we have found that the Kenlowe electric fan is a very worthwhile investment.
Engine Oil Cooling

For all models it is worthwhile for an oil cooler to be used, as the temperature can easily exceed
100 degrees for even standard vehicles on medium distance motorway work. The kits are listed in
various styles to suit all needs, all kits are supplied with ready assembled hoses and mounting
brackets. The installation kit can be supplied with a thermostatic controlled adaptor plate for road
cars which can give you the best control of the oil temperature.
For the Spitfire/Herald range, the oil radiator is mounted in front of the water radiator and, upside
down, so that the inlets are underneath the oil radiator. We also now list a conversion which enables
an oil filter to be fitted which will stop the early morning bearing rattle, but this can only be
incorporated when fitting an oil cooler system.
To simplify the options we have listed this conversion for thermostatic. For owners who already have
one of our oil coolers fitted, then we can supply the special conversion adaptor and filter only, this
may not fit other manufacturers adaptor blocks.
Ignition System
Electronic Ignition
If you are tired of setting the points, then electronic ignition is the answer, refer to accessories
catalogue for full details of the different ignition systems we supply.
Whether you fit high performance silicone or competition plug leads, they are essential If you have
fitted a sports coil, uprated distributor and NGK spark plugs.
Brake System
This is a very important area that must be attended to when carrying out any conversion work. We
will continue on the assumption that the braking system is in a working condition and that the
brake discs are not worn out or badly scored, both of which will affect the possible braking
efficiency. We supply uprated brake pads that can be used with standard calipers and disc as well
as complete uprated brake kits.
Spitfire Models
For road use the standard parts can be retained with the improvement of the linings being uprated
to restrict the fade at high speed. For further improvement the GT6 system is recommended as the
larger disc will give better braking. To install this, the vertical link and caliper mount is changed to
suit the larger disc and caliper, as well as the stub axle and wheel hub to suit the larger bearings.
The brake master cylinder will need to be increased in size as well as the use of smaller wheel
cylinders or the fitting of the larger GT6 rear brakes complete.
GT6 & Vitesse Models

For a road car uprated brake pads will help to reduce brake fade. For cars which need much better
braking we would recommend the use of the ventilated brake disc kit. When installing this kit,
some calipers may need modifications to clear the inside of the road wheel.
Brake Servo
This is recommended for all cars with single braking system. This uses a remote servo unit which is
plumbed into the brake line and inlet manifold. The increase in braking efficiency is well worth the
cost of this item for a road car and in some instances can be used for racing applications as well.
This cannot be used where the car is fitted with dual line braking circuit as there is not enough room
to install the special dual line servo system, which is an integral servo and master cylinder.
Brake System
General Brake Information
AC Delco Distributors
These are fitted to all Spitfire models prior to the 1500. The MkIll 3122 distributor has the best
advance curve for a modified engine, but these are difficult to obtain. All the other units now
available produce too much advance and must be tweaked to suit the engine. At present we are
unable to offer any sensible alternative as the tachometer must also be driven from this unit.
Lucas Distributors
When fitting new harder linings it is essential that they are bedded in correctly for them to work
efficiently and give the best results. Remember, some, but not all brake pads and linings are still
made from asbestos, for personal safety do not use a brush or air line to remove brake dust, but
instead use a vacuum cleaner or a damp cloth together with a can of brake cleaner. Make sure
the dust and/or cloths are disposed of properly. (Dont use hard pads with cool running discs).
The 1500 models all use this type of unit, with electric tachometer, which for a road car can be
made to produce good results with only minor tweaks to the springs, use spring pack TT1903. We
also list two alternative units which have a reduced curve for with models equipped with SU carbs,
with vacuum advance, or for Webers, without vacuum advance.
Brake discs also need bedding in on low speed gentle braking for about 10 miles, gradually raise
the speeds, but maintain the gentle braking application. Then make 2 to 3 heavy braking
applications, which should complete the bedding in. We also recommend the fitting of stainless
steel braided hoses, that give a firmer brake pedal and less pressure drop through hose expansion.
Complete brake pipe sets are also available and are supplied complete, ready assembled with
unions for easy installation.
Lucas Advance Springs
Steering
For Lucas distributors, we are able to supply a set of five advance springs, part number TT1903,
so that the advance curve can be tailored to suit your own requirements. These are used to restrict
the low speed advance curve to reduce the pinking problem.
It goes without saying that all steering components/bushes must be thoroughly inspected and
replaced as a matter of course if suspect. We also supply quick racks that have a high ratio pinion
giving you lock-to-lock in only 2.5 turns, compared to the standard 3.5. These are really aimed at
competition vehicles as they do give heavier steering.
Suspension
When rebuilding or modifying the suspension make sure you check all components for wear
(trunnions for worn nylon bushes, or wear to the vertical link and bushes).
The order of priority for suspension tuning is:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Front Springs & Shock Absorbers.

Rear Springs & Shock Absorbers.
Front Anti-Roll Bar (larger).
Rear Anti-Roll Bar.
For competition cars, if regulations allow, use GT6 suspension components which will allow the
larger disc and brake pads, plus larger wheel bearings. You will also need to increase rear brake
diameter for balanced competition braking.
Anti-Roll Bar
The fitting of the front and rear anti roll bars together has proved to be very worthwhile in obtaining
a more neutral steering car which is much more stable through the bends and is also more
forgiving in driver error, i.e: nowhere near so much directional change if you stop accelerating
while cornering. The front bar uses the standard end fittings and the 1500 centre clamps.
Spitfire MkI, II III, & Heralds
TECHNICAL ADVICE
07
The GT6/Vitesse set of gears are the basis for the close ratio gear set for the Spitfire range. The
gears are a straight fit but the input shaft must be modified to suit the new application. (Close
ratio gearboxes are available on an exchange basis).
Single Rail Type Gearbox (Reverse is next to 3rd Gear).
Again the close ratio gear set is based on the GT6 gears and exchange gearboxes can be built to
order, with standard or competition size bearings to the laygear and input shaft. This range use
the 1.00 x 23 spline clutch.
GEAR RATIOS
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
SPITFIRE
GT6 & VITESSE
3.50
2.65
2.16
1.78
1.39
1.25
1.00
1.00
Uprated Overdrive
We may be able to uprate your own overdrive if the unit is in good condition.
Note: This may not be possible with the D type overdrives.
Axle Ratios
Spitfire MklV & 1500
The easiest way of altering the acceleration or cruising speed, is to change the axle ratio, either
as a unit or crown wheel and pinion. Due to the many production variations on the same model
range some of these ratios cannot be fitted directly.
Again fit both bars together but use the larger 1.00 bar at the front.
The higher the numeric value of the ratio - the lower the gearing, i.e.: lower top speed for the same RPM.
GT6 & Vitesse (All Models)
The chart here covers the range of ratios that have been available to suit the models shown.
These models use the 7/8 bar at the front with the relevant rear bar to suit the type of suspension
fitted to the car. The 1 bar can be used but is only recommended for competition use.
For competition we can also offer the nylatron bushes for the inner wishbone position which will
give a superior control.
When changing the differential ratio, please think of the overall effect to your cars performance,
including the selection of the road wheel and tyres, especially regarding 50/55/60 aspect tyres,
and the ability of your engine to pull maximum revs is also an important factor.= GT6 & Vitesse.
Fit both front and rear bars together to obtain a balanced car using the 7/8 front bar.
Shock Absorbers
It goes without saying that when proposing to increase the performance of any car, uprated
dampers must be fitted. Please refer to accessories catalogue for full details.
DIFFERENTIAL RATIO
2A
2B
2C
3.27:1
3.63:1
3.89:1
4.1:1
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Front Springs
To improve stability and road holding, it is essential to raise the front spring rate and to lower the
ride height. This can be achieved with a change in springs and if required, the use of adjusting
spacers to correct the ride height to suit your own use.
One car can vary considerably from the next, it may be found that on some cars the road springs
do not reduce the height, because the originals have sagged to a lower ride height through old age
or damage. The relationship between the new springs fitted length and the resulting ride height
is a ratio of approximately 5:8: i.e: if the springs fitted length is 5 units shorter, the reduction in
ride height will be 8 units - the amount increasing because the lower wishbones do not sit
horizontally on the car.
Note: In the specific suspension tuning section we have given the fitted length of all springs so
you can determine the correct type for your car/ application.
Rear Suspension
Engine Variations
On any engine conversion, it is essential to consider very carefully the suspension and braking
systems. We list here some of the sensible and possible engine transplant conversions. There are
many more combinations which will depend on your own ingenuity and engineering capabilities.
Purists are warned not to read this section, it may be bad for your health.
Spitfire Models
Any large engine swap also requires substantial improvements to the handling and brakes as they
will not be up to scratch, even for the standard car.
1300 To 1500 Engine
See accessories catalogue for full details of the different types of rear suspension layout.
This can be easily carried out without too many problems, only requiring care as to the gearbox
and clutch parts used, especially when working with the 1500 single rail gearbox.
Wheels And Tyres
1500 With Three Rail Gearbox (Early Type)
These can obviously alter the overall gearing considerably, so it is an important feature of any intended
conversion. Again some applied thought before you start may save you time and money later on.
Use the 1500 flywheel and clutch cover with the 7.25 x 10 spline clutch plate.
Clutch
6 1/2 Clutch (See accessories catalogue for notes on flywheels)
This is fitted to all models prior to the 1500. The supply of the spares for this size is now difficult,
especially when looking for uprated specifications. Use new standard parts for an uprated road car
and for racing, please contact us, where we may be able to assist by using the larger type clutch.
7 1/4 Clutch (See accessories catalogue for notes on flywheels)

For a 1500cc road car the standard clutch is adequate although for hard driving/competition the
unit can be uprated. The standard plate is recessed into the flywheel, this recess must be
machined away for a flat faced type of clutch to be used, we are able to supply which is capable
of covering up to 125 bhp.
Close Ratio Gearbox

3 Rail Type Gearbox (Reverse is next to 1st Gear).
There are a few variations on this range and some gears cannot be interchanged from model to model.
1500 With Single Rail Gearbox (Late Type)

Late Type (Single Rail Gearbox) To Early Engines
There is a problem here with the clutch plate, requiring a 6.5 x 23 spline plate, which is not
available, and also the rear crankshaft bush for the input shaft, which is available. It is possible to
use the Dolomite 1300/1500 flywheel, change the ring gear, to fit the old starter, and then use the
1500, 7.25 x 23 spline, clutch complete.
6 Cylinder Engine Swaps

No major problems, but you must change the gearbox to the Vitesse/GT6 type at the same time.
You will also require a GT6 radiator, bonnet and the interior to be corrected and the GT6 brakes to
help stop the car.
The GT6/Vitesse gearbox is a close ratio unit against the standard Spitfire unit. One problem
though is that the input shaft is incorrect in length and would require to be re-machined. We offer
this in the close ratio gearbox unit supplied on exchange. The unit is also fitted with larger input
and layshaft bearings for longer life.
08
TECHNICAL ADVICE
Engine Variations (Continued)
Twin GT Round Box System
GT6/Vitesse & 2000 Saloons To 2.5 Litre
Although this sports system with its twin round silencers and large bore acoustic chrome tail pipes
has a quieter exhaust note - especially useful on long journeys, it is still just as effective a
performance exhaust system.
1)
On engines after 1972, a change of crankshaft and pistons is all that is required. On
GT6 models the sump must be retained and modified to clear con-rod numbers 1 and 2.
2)
On engines prior to 1972, it is best to obtain a complete 2.5 unit and install, as the
cylinder head will not accept the increased stroke.
For both of the above, it is necessary for the rear engine plate and flywheel to come from the same
source as the gearbox. If on GT6/Vitesse the fuel injection is being used then a pre-engaged type starter
motor must be used. See page 62 for our range of pre-engaged geared high-torque starter motors.
Even the TR7 8/16 valve 2 litre engines can be installed but would require a special hand made exhaust
manifold to clear the chassis frame. Gearbox would be standard GT6 with Dolomite 1850 bellhousing,
although this would require some adaptation as to the position of the assembly in the body/ chassis.
Please dont forget, before increasing the power output and speed of any vehicle, you should
ensure that your brakes, steering, chassis etc... can cope with the modifications and a rollover bar
is a very sensible investment... for all open top sports cars.
Engine Balancing
With all Triumph engines this is very worthwhile both in general rebuild or competition use. The
rotating components are all balanced to reduce any engine vibrations in two operations. The
crankshaft, front pulley/extension, flywheel, and clutch cover are all bolted together and spun-up
to find, and remove, the in-balance point. The con-rods are balanced end-to-end and the pistons
are then balanced to each other.
The end result is that the vibration point usually felt at 2800-3500 rpm is removed or reduced to
insignificant levels. This vibration point could also reappear at the 5600 - 6500 rpm range, so it is
important to remove the problem and therefore improve the engines reliability.
Engine Tuning
All the Triumph small 4 cylinder engines produce reasonable power with flexibility and reliability.
The correct order for engine performance improvement is as follows - which is not the same for
all other engine designs.
Later in the performance section we have laid out the order of our PlusPac conversion suggestions
that give you value for money steps, they are all designed for installation as a bolt on kit to an
otherwise standard engine in good condition.
PlusPacs are not mandatory steps, but they are the most logical way of obtaining improved
performance without wasting money. The order can be amended as to your final stage required,
as long as you are prepared to accept varying degrees of improvement if the whole conversion is
not being fitted at one time.
A)
B)
C)
D)
Sports air filters, extractor manifold and silencer system.

Carburation enlarged or changed, as model requires.
Modified cylinder head, to improve the gas flow efficiency and economy through the engine.
Performance profile camshaft to allow the engine to produce improved power at higher RPM.
If you prefer to install the camshaft or cylinder head in a different order, then the power increase
will be altered and the full potential of the component may not be realised until its associated
component is installed. On some models the installation of Weber carburettors at an early stage
can be very worthwhile if you are contemplating carrying out a full conversion later. We list the
recommended sizes to be used for each model, there is not normally any benefit in going larger
than this unless the car is used for outright competition use where the top-end power can be
improved with the obvious loss of low speed tractability.
The engine can be improved easily, but do not forget to also look at the rest of the car to make
sure that the road holding/braking is going to be adequate to cope with the new performance.
Exhaust System
Sports Exhaust Manifold
K&N Sports Air Filters

K&N filters with their advanced filtration system, are acknowledged as being one of the most
efficient air filters in production, and are essential for fast road and competition work. They use
the suspended oil system of filtering that allows the engine to breathe properly. The elements must
be cleaned and re-oiled, normally after approx. 12 to 15000 miles, using the correct fluids or they
will clog up impairing breathing.
SU Carburettors
If maximum power from SUs is required, there have been a number of articles (see Books & Manuals) about
how to flow these carburettors and, if followed carefully, will allow them to perform much better at high RPM.
For road use, it is beneficial to replace the butterfly with the plain type, these are available from stock. In
some cases the fitting of 0.100 jets and needles to HS4 carburettors can improve petrol/air mixture for
maximum performance, this is usually only required when used for racing.
948/1147cc
These engines were fitted with twin HS2 carburettors (except Herald models which had Solex).
These can be retained, although for improved mid and top end power the increase to HS4 11/2
carbs, as fitted to all later Spitfire 1500 models, is worthwhile, but the inlet manifold must be
changed for the TT1358A - which will also suit Stromberg 150CDs.
1300cc HS2 (1.25)

The twin HS2 carburettors are adequate (just) for 1300 engines, but if good performance is required then
use the HS4 carburettors. The HS2 can be usable up to PlusPac B (see Stage Tuning) but would be the
limiting factor after that stage. For some race regulations it is necessary for these to be retained, if so,
there must be a lot of work carried out to the internals to achieve maximum power and air flow.
1500cc HS4 (1.50)

The HS4 when fitted to the 1500 cars can handle more power up to the PlusPac C (see Stage Tuning)
conversion adequately and be reliable, but not with the Waxstat jets, without there being any major
loss in torque/ power. Check the carburettor build number carefully before ordering any parts.
Needles
See accessories catalogue for use of alternative needles.
Grose Jets (Part Number GAC9201X)

Grose-jets, with their modern technology dont stick open like the old needle and valve units. Jets
are sold individually.
Waxstat Jets
These jets can give problems on late 1500 models in hot weather/town use as they tend to weaken
off the mixture too much when hot and dont allow a good idle, this can be corrected in two ways,
new waxstat jets or, our conversion kit, TT1459, to normal fixed jets that will cure the problem.
Weber Carburettors & Linkage

Carburettors
A single DCOE carburettor arrangement is for customers who require a substantial performance increase
without the drawbacks of a twin carburettor set up. It is ideal for a road car, where a power increase
would be appreciated but absolute maximum power output is not necessary.
1300 models should use the 40 carburettor for all applications. For 1500 models used for
road/sprint work you can use a single 40 or 45 depending on performance required, for twin
fitment use 40s. Racing 1500s can use a pair of 45s but will lose low speed torque.
The fitting of an extractor manifold is the first step to improve power output. They improve exhaust
gas flow allowing the engine to breathe far more efficiently. Our large bore 4-2-1 design tubular
manifolds are produced using mandrel bending equipment to give full diameter pipe bends.
Linkage Kits
Sports Exhaust System
Standard Linkage
All our TriumphTune exhaust systems are of the straight through design for the efficient extraction
of gases with optimum back pressure for maximum performance. All systems are supplied with
clips and mountings but when being used with the standard down pipe an adaptor is required.
This direct acting linkage uses the standard throttle cable and comes with new brackets that bolt
on to the carburettor. (see accessories catalogue for full details).
We supply two main types of throttle linkage for Weber carburettors.
High Flow Linkage
Twin GT Oval Box System

This very efficient exhaust system has two oval silencers and 1.75 diameter chrome tailpipes that
give a real sporty exhaust note, but is within the UK noise regulations.
These are ready assembled quadrant kits which can be used with single or twin carbs accelerator
cable. (see accessories catalogue for full details).
An extra water pipe will also be required to reconnect the inlet manifold water hoses.
Manifolds For Weber

For Single Carburettor Installation
TECHNICAL ADVICE
09
bottom-out. Remove the top three threads from the centre main by counter boring to put the load
deeper into block. Remove all excess flashings from inside the cylinder block but do NOT grind any
machined areas.
This standard type single carburettor manifold allows a deeper filter to be used, but is not very efficient
in distributing the gases to obtain maximum flow. Supplied complete with linkage as a ready to fit kit.
Steel centre main caps can be used, but are not normally required. It is possible - especially for racing
use, to increase the oil supply to the centre main as this in turn supplies the con-rods. Drill out the
feed hole to 5/16, entry is made from oil gallery end. The distributor bush will also require removal.
Ensure all oil ways are clear not only of deposits, but also of excess swarf from production machining.
Cross-Over Manifold (See accessories catalogue for full details)
Oil Pump
The cross-over manifold is our own proven TriumphTune design that produces much better
distribution of gases for good road work.
Always use a new oil pump, the later angled pump gives improved pick-up and preferably improve
its capacity - especially for competition work, by carrying out the following:
Manifolds For Weber
1)
2)
Parallel Manifold (See accessories catalogue for full details)
For Twin Carburettor Installation

Long Tract Manifold (See accessories catalogue for full details)
The twin manifolds are preferable as they produce better mid/top end power. The overall length is
9.5, including the carburettor/manifold, but not the filter. These are designed for 40s but for full
race 1500s, the 45s can give better maximum power.
3)
4)
Reduce the end float of the spindle/base plate, this will then restrict pressure loss.
Make sure that the rotor clearances are as small as possible, as again this will
improve the pumps performance.
Always check that the rotor edges are smooth to reduce the chances of them picking
up on the top or bottom plates.
Check that the new pump outlet aligns with the cylinder block inlet aperture, amend
as necessary.
Oil Pressure Relief Valve
This was designed to fit the Dolomite 1300/1500 and Toledo range, when servo brakes are fitted,
as they have a restriction on the length available, overall length is 6.5 carburettor/manifold.
The valve itself is recommended to be seated into the block, so that the oil will not leak past easily.
The pressure spring can be increased to improve the overall oil pressure, especially when an oil
cooler is being used. If the TriumphTune uprated spring is fitted make sure that there are no extra
packing washers also installed.
Engine Preparation (4 Cylinder Engines)
Crankshaft
When carrying out any engine rebuild, it is very important to use an accurate workshop manual,
this should be a genuine version as these tend to give the various model changes and the correct
torque settings. When building any engine, the only correct way is to make sure that the area being
used for assembly is clean, not to mention the components themselves prior to assembly, so that
there is no chance of unwanted contamination getting into the engine.
If you are re-using your old crankshaft it is recommended the oilways to be cleaned out properly
- a pipe cleaner is very good for this. If the plugs are removed use a thread sealant when refitting.
Tuftride hardening of the crankshaft is highly recommended to improve the life of the unit at a
reasonable cost, this can be for road or competition use.
Short Tract Manifold (See accessories catalogue for full details)
Full engine preparation will include some or all of the following modifications, depending on your
own requirements.
Here we shown some formulae which are useful when modifying an engine.
Swept Volume = r2h = 3.142 x (1/2 bore diameter) 2 x stroke
Cubic Capacity = swept volume x no. of cylinders
Compression Ratio = swept volume + chamber volume
(Chamber volume where chamber volume includes gasket, piston (if dished) and amount
of deck height as well).
All dimensions should be in centimetres, though of course inches are a more popular
measurement in the U.S.A.
Cylinder Block & Components

The block must be cleaned thoroughly before any machining work is carried out and then again afterwards.
The cleaning should cover the oilways and waterways to make sure that the fluids will flow correctly.
Oilways
The cleaning of the oilways will require the removal of the screwed plugs in the engine block and
when re-assembling use a suitable thread sealant. The machining left-overs or fazes, need to be
removed whilst this work is carried out.
Waterways
Make sure that all deposits are removed to ensure adequate water flow, this is essential if a larger
capacity is being used.
Cylinder Bores
When carrying out re-boring work make sure that the piston suppliers recommendations are
complied with. For competition use, the clearances may be increased up to 0.005, depending on
the piston manufacturers recommendations.
Thrust Washers
To ensure that the rearmost washers cannot revolve or move during arduous applications, they can
either be doweled into position, one on each side of the block, or, machine the rear of the block
and rear bearing cap to take a full thrust ring (like the 4 cylinder TRs use).
Main Bearing Caps

The standard cap does not normally require any change although the smoothing of the surface will
tend to strengthen the unit. Polish, smooth and shot-peen the caps to relieve surface stress and
reshape to give a uniform cross section. For hard road/racing use, fit 1/4 longer high tensile bolts
(6 of BH607241X reqd.) to the centre main cap and bottom-tap the holes to ensure they do not
When Tuftriding is carried out, the crankshaft must then be re-machined or polished back to the
correct journal size. Normally the journals are micro polished to give a good oil surface.
1147
The standard crankshaft really should be looked after for all road/modified cars by balancing and
tuftriding, or use a steel billet crank for competition use.
1300
There are two types of bearing journal diameters available. Spitfire MkIIIs use a smaller diameter
1.625 - MkIV and later have 1.875 diameter.
1500
For fast road use, the standard bearings are okay. For racing applications, use the MGB bearings
(AEB4512 at +0.010 size) which then require a crank-shaft regrind to 1.8665 - 1 .867 diameter.
These bearings are easily fitted into the journal and only require the edge of the tag filing to locate into
the con-rod properly, use a radiused edge on the crankshaft grind. The rotating assembly must be
balanced and the use of tuftride hardening is also recommended.
For racing use, the crank can be micro polished an extra 0.001 under-size for more clearance to
assist in extra oil supply to surfaces. The main bearing oil supply holes can be tear drop shaped in
the direction of rotation, again to assist oil supply, really only needed for sprint/race engines.
Flywheel
Lightening of the flywheel to reduce the rotating weight will enable the engine to pick up and rev
easier which is highly recommended for all fast road cars. This work is usually carried out to your
own unit at the same time as balancing.
Alternatively for 1500 engines, fit one of our brand new light-weight steel flywheels, part number
TKC1840X, that only weigh approx. 4kg (9lbs). This serious reduction in reciprocating mass being
accelerated/ decelerated is probably equivalent to 10-20bhp depending on state of engine tune.
Con Rods (See image on page 10)

For normal use, the standard con-rods are maintained, although they can be lightened to improve
the strength (as illustrated). Unfortunately, the cost of us carrying out this modification is
prohibitive as a service because of the labour time required.
Alternatively, fit a set of steel billet type (part number 146454X). When rebuilding an engine always
use new con rod bolts, replace the little end bushes and ream to size.
A)
B)
C)
D)
Check the con rods for twist and bend defects, and also the big end for an out-ofround condition, replace any that are faulty.
Check the overall length to make sure they are all equal.
Check the little end bushes and replace, line bore to size.
Fit as Matched sets for optimum performance and reliability.
10
TECHNICAL ADVICE

Timing Chain And Gears (Crankshaft And Camshaft)
Polish only.
Do Not Remove Any Material.
If a performance camshaft profile is being used, we recommend that you fit the duplex timing
chain and gear set.
Equalise.
Vernier Cam Gear
Remove cup and up to 25% only.

This adjustable cam gear allows precise timing of the non-standard camshaft for maximum
performance. Only available as a duplex gear, the gear is made in two halves, which allows the
adjustment to be made to suit your particular camshaft requirements.
Equalise both sides.

Full race - Polish & shot-peen
whole assembly after reshaping.
Arrows show areas for lightening.
Tensioner
Reduce up to 30%.
The standard tensioner needs to be replaced if a new chain or gear set is being fitted.
Sump
TWIST.
BEND.
For a road car it is not essential to carry out any changes, but for competition use the sump must
be Baffled to stop the oil surging away from the oil pump when cornering. Details as per the
diagrams, if the capacity is increased, then extend the oil pickup pipe to suit.
Central hole to suit

oil pick-up.
Baffled Sump.
Cylinder Block & Components (Continued)

Pistons
For racing use, there are a number of different sizes on some models, which require special
treatment of the block and clearances, check carefully before re-boring. Pistons can be radiused
on the lower edges to assist in reducing bore problems, also the whole unit can be polished after
ensuring that the heights have been equalised. For a road car the standard piston is perfectly okay
as long as a solid skirt type is used. We would not recommend the use of a race piston for road
use, unless it was originally designed for both applications.
1147
1 Strip to
increase
capacity.
Lower Plate.
Upper Plate.
Be careful when rebuilding as some models were fitted with either press fit or circlip type gudgeon pins.
1300
Use standard type of oversize pistons, up to 0.060 available. If 4 ring type has to be fitted, use only the top three rings.
Cylinder Head & Components
1500
On all Triumph engines, the cylinder head must be gas flowed properly to maximise the
performance and efficiency from the engine.
For any competition or fast road engine, only use a solid skirt three ring piston. Unfortunately,
Hepolite powermax pistons are no longer available, but we can supply forged pistons. Alternatively,
you can use TR6 pistons which are +0.040 as standard, or 0.060 @ + 20. This piston is very sturdy
and quite light in weight as they are shorter in pin to deck height. It is necessary to machine the
block to suit (approx. 0.0165) these pistons, this will then give you zero piston height, then counterbore the cylinder block as original, if the later type of head is gasket is being used. Counter-bore
details are 3.1 75 x 0.030 deep. Pistons will require 0.020 removed above the top ring and
radiused to the piston top so as to give clearance with the head gasket.
Piston Rings
Before final installation check that the width of ring is correct for your piston. Modify the ring ends after
the gaps have been set, so that the edges do not dig into the bores. End gaps should be .015-.025.
Oil Seals
The standard oil seals, front and rear, should be replaced at any rebuild. The rear unit should be
centralised carefully to stop oil leaks at high engine speeds.
Push Rods
The standard push rod is adequate for road use, however, we would recommend using tubular
type for sprint/racing, they are also stronger and are 0.050 shorter than standard to suit high
compression cylinder heads. Also essential if using roller rockers.
Cam Followers
When changing the camshaft, you must fit new cam followers, otherwise your new cam will not
last very long. The amount of weight that the camshaft has to lift each time restricts the revving
capabilities of the engine, therefore the use of the lighter cam followers (with oil drain hole) is
recommended. The lighter variety will also reduce loading on the camshaft lobes for extended life.
Special Note For 1147 Models
Special Note For 948/1147 Cylinder Heads

The cylinder head on the (948/1147) 6 port engines has been fitted with a number of different size
valves during the production run. The Herald models were always fitted with a larger valve than
the Spitfire models, although these were also of the slide in type of valve cap (not recommended).
All the modifications are based using the largest valves and to the flow rig designed chamber/ports
profile. Our heads are supplied ready assembled with new valves, TT springs and new guides.
Work on the cylinder head centres around making the best diameter of the inlet port to suit and
give maximum power potential. We have found that increasing the size of the inlet valve to 1.475
and very careful flowing of chamber/valve throat area will produce good torque and allow top-end
breathing for sprint/racing use. The increase in exhaust valve size (competition use only) improves
the flow of the port for maximum power.
The cylinder head modifications have been designed using a flow-rig to obtain the maximum from
the head casting. Valve springs fitted to all our cylinder heads are the best uprated road
specification. They are designed to allow the maximum lift from our performance camshaft profiles
without excessive loads on the cam-lobes.
Spring retainers must be checked (especially the two part version for cracks). Alloy types are
available to save weight whilst still being strong enough for all applications. Valves, these are
recommended to be gas flowed in the slim design, as this will improve the efficiency of the
modified cylinder head substantially.
Rocker Gear (General)

For a road car the standard rocker gear only requires minor alterations. For competition use or
maximum power then the use of the roller rockers will be a major benefit. By reducing the weight
of the moving components in the rocker gear, followers, valves, caps etc. and also the resistance
of the rockers, the rev range can be improved without increasing the loading on the camshaft.
Valves
TriumphTune reshaped valves are manufactured in the very hard wearing stainless steel EN214 material.
Bronze Valve Guides

These were always the small diameter type follower, it is therefore necessary when modifying this
engine for these to be changed to the later type by boring the block to suit. Bore the block to
0.8002 > 0.8009 for the follower which is 0.799 > 0.800. The block bores are angled slightly,
so please notify the machine shop when arranging the work.
Our bronze alloy valve guides are for improved reliability and longer life, especially when being
used under duress. Highly recommended for all heads and especially for any competition engine.
Specially reshaped for improved flow.
TECHNICAL ADVICE
11
Valve Springs
Roller Rocker Conversion
It is essential to check the springs for coil binding or being solid at maximum lift. Our TriumphTune
valve springs are specially made for our high-lift cams. Remove lower spring collars if TriumphTune
springs are used, as they are no longer required.
This specially manufactured assembly is designed to operate valves with less resistance and with
more efficiency. The power increase with the use of these rockers is approximately an extra
10bhp, and the power band can also be extended. We have found it preferable to maintain 108
> 110 peak to peak centres on cam profiles.
The steel rockers are made with needle roller inserts and have solid spacers already fitted. The
end roller tips are specially made in high quality steel for long life. The roller rockers are also
designed to give a higher lift ratio of 1.65:1 against the standard of 1.5:1. The design is also
specially strengthened so as not to deflect at any time through the operating sequence.
This conversion necessitates the use of our high pressure external rocker oil feed kit (part number
TT1226).
Alloy Valve Spring Caps

Standard caps are adequate in strength for all applications, but our TriumphTune light alloy caps
reduce valve loading and therefore wear on cam lobes. Weight saving is approximately 25%.
Rocker Arm Action

The rocker arm is designed to move across the valve tip in a wiping motion, this leaves a witness
mark on the stem top. To be certain your engine geometry is correct, remove the rocker arm and
apply some engineers blue to the valve tip and rotate the engine through one revolution with the
rockers correctly adjusted and the engine in its final specification. Remove the rockers and the
valve tip will show the offset of the rocker geometry.
When fitting this conversion it is essential for the valve lift to be checked carefully, to ensure that
there is at least a total of 0.040 clearance between the valve spring coils, at full lift.
1)
2)
3)
On installation Check Maximum Valve Lift to ensure adequate clearance of valve springs.
Before starting the engine, the clearance of the rocker cover must also be checked.
Check the push-rods for flexing and replace with tubular type if necessary.
Centre
High Pressure External Rocker Oil Feed Kit (TT1226)
This is correct equally offset, so no excessive wear on either side of the guide will be found.
Manifold Side
If the mark is predominantly on this side, then the push rods and/or the pedestals must be
shortened to correct this. With the wear on this side there will be excessive loading on the valve
guide that will cause premature failure.
The cause of most failures in the rocker gear is the lack of oil, this kit will overcome the problem
for all cars, road or race. This specially designed high pressure external rocker oil feed kit
improves oil pressure at the rocker shaft by giving a constant oil supply directly from the cylinder
head oil passage. This kit is essential if roller rockers are fitted.
Rocker Side
If it is to this side slightly, then this is no problem. But, if it is a long way off, then you can fit a
pedestal spacer shim (TT1910) to compensate, or alternatively, fit longer push rods.
Alternatively use TriumphTune

shortened push rods.
Clearance of 0.09
needed here.
Gaz Shock Absorbers

Front & Rear Rate Adjustable
Pedestal Shim - TT1910.

Note: Do Not use lower spring collars with the inner
springs when fitting TriumphTune valve springs.
Gaz shock absorbers come with a 3 year warranty, and are specifically designed for fast road/sport
applications. Features include, on-car adjustment, double lip piston seals and zinc plated bodies.
These advanced adjustable dampers are supplied individually but should be fitted in pairs.
Rear Spring
To try and simplify the listings for all the different springs we supply, for all the different models,
with all the different rear suspension/drive shaft layouts, we have split them into 3 sections to help
you identify your spring type.
Rocker Pedestal Shims (TT1910)

These are available at a set depth to allow for a nominal skim of the cylinder head. The shim is
specially designed to allow for the oil supply to the rear rocker pedestal.
When fitting any new spring make sure that the leaves are well greased, so as to improve spring
action and its working life. On the GT6 models the standard spring is specially made with a thicker
lower leaf to cover the extra loading capabilities of the car.
Rocker Arm Lightening
Type A Rear Suspension: Rear Spring
For race engines, these can be reshaped as illustrated to improve the strength and reduce the weight.
As this work is very labour intensive we would suggest that you carry out these alterations yourself.
Plain Transverse Spring.

For Spitfire MkI, II & III, GT6 MkI And Vitesse 1600 & 2 Litre MkI.
Rear Spring
Remove the shaded areas to

lighten standard rockers, its
also useful to polish them.
Rocker Shaft
For the best road holding it is necessary for the camber to be set in negative, i.e: the top of the
wheels pointing in towards the centre of the car.
In standard condition the spring is set to give positive camber which makes for carrying full loads
easily, but this is not the average running condition. We therefore set the spring so that it gives slight
negative camber for the average running condition, which will therefore give you much improved
road holding with the only restriction being that when fully loaded the car will be even lower.
Although the standard rocker shaft is strong enough for most applications, the tuftride hardening
process will provide improved reliability as well as being less resistant to wear. Before fitting any
shaft, check that the end-plugs are in position.
On some models there have been recommendations by some experts that the Herald/Vitesse
spring is changed for the MkIV spring. This can be fitted but it does not allow the carrying of any
sensible loads, due to the spring leaves/rating not being designed for the extra body weight.
Rocker Arm Spacers
On most models when the spring is worn out the car attains negative camber, but the spring does not
have any strength so therefore you are normally running on the shocker bump stops, which does not help
the road holding. For this reason we offer an exchange service where the unit is repaired, re-tensioned
and set to either standard height or to negative at 1-3 for a road car or 3-4 negative for race use.
These solid spacers replace the side tension springs and allow the rocker arms to rotate easier,
thereby reducing the loading, whilst also keeping the arms more centrally in position.
12
TECHNICAL ADVICE
Type A Rear Suspension: Rear Spring (Continued)

We carry out this exchange service on the spring type fitted to the car, so that the standard
carrying capacity is still retained, although this will be lower. There are a few different build
specifications of the leaf spring, these include:
Spitfire MkI to III = 7 standard leaves
GT6 MkI = 8 thick leaves
Herald/Vitesse saloons = 11 standard leaves
Herald estates = 8 thick leaves
Type B Rear Suspension: Rear Spring

Swing Type Transverse Spring. For Spitfire MkIV & 1500 And GT6 MkIII
Rear Spring
Weber Carburettor Jet Settings: 1300/1500.

Note: The setting given here are a basis from which to work, they may/ will need adjustment to
suit your application, and this can only be carried out with your car on a rolling road.
40 DCOE
40 DCOE
40 DCOE
45 DCOE
Road
Fast Road
Fast Road/
Race Spec.
Sprint
Choke
28
30
33
33
Auxiliary Venturi
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
Main Jet
115
115
125
190
Emulsion Tube
F16
F16
F16
F9
Air Jet
165
155
165
175
Pump
35
35
35
40
Idler Jet
45F8
45F8
45F9
45F9
Back Bleed
0
0
0
N/A
Weber Carb. Part No.
TT2934283
TT3934304
TT3934333
TT3935344
It is not essential to replace the spring for improved road holding. Normally it is required to be
replaced as the unit is too low or weak. Replace with new standard spring or reconditioned on
exchange, as follows:
Standard Height
Fast Road
Race
Giving 0-1 negative for normal use.

Giving 2-4 negative, this still allows passenger and luggage to be
carried, albeit at a lower setting.
Special spring setting at 3-4 negative. This is for driver and
occasional extra loads and is not recommended for the average car.
High Capacity Fuel Pumps, Filters & Regulator

The standard fuel pump may not be able to maintain adequate fuel pressure at higher engine speeds.
The range of Facet high pressure electric fuel pumps however, suit all modified applications, the position
in the car where the pump is mounted will determine which model is used.
The cylindrical interrupter pumps can be fitted to the front or rear of the car and can pull fuel up
to 18 inches from the bottom of the fuel tank.
The cuboid solid state pumps must be mounted close to the tank and below the fuel level, the installation
instructions must be adhered to. They can pull fuel up to 12 from the bottom of the fuel tank and the
filter union must be fitted to the suction side of the pump. Both types of pump are supplied in negative
earth only, they come complete with mounting bobbins and unions, you will have to re-plumb the fuel
system around the new pump using a combination of standard pipes and hoses.
Fine-tuning of the fuel pressure can be easily achieved by installing a pressure regulator, we can
supply either a simple regulator or a filter regulator with a replaceable filter. We have the road
competition version with 1/4" and 5/16 connections and the larger competition version with all
5/16connections. With safety in mind, we also supply a inertia fuel cut off switch, so that in the
event of an accident, fuel delivery is cut-off.
Tuning the Triumph Engine

The order of priority when tuning the 1300/1500 engine is to first improve gas flow through the
engine before altering the camshaft profile. The engine can be made to produce reasonable power
with reliability if the cooling is improved and the unit modified to run safely at higher revs. An oil
cooler is essential for all engines.
With regard to improving performance, on UK & European cars the first modification is the fitment
of K&N filters, which when combined with the sports exhaust becomes the first stage of tuning,
this will produce an increase of approximately 10bhp at the wheels.
Breathing improvements are always most important on this engine, so the next item is a gas flowed
cylinder head, followed by a change of camshaft profile. When carrying out any of the latter
modifications, the bottom end (crankshaft etc...) must be checked to ensure its condition is sound. If
renovating the bottom end of the engine, the crankshaft may be re-ground and balanced, together
with careful re-assembly of the unit, a good, powerful engine with reliability may be obtained.
As well as lightened flywheels and other products, we also offer a full balancing service for crankshafts,
con rods and flywheels, and tuftriding for cranks. Please phone your nearest branch for details.
Performance Camshafts
Camshafts are available as reprofiled/exchange units or new, please state preference when ordering.
Side Draught Carburettor Conversion Kits
Camshaft Journal Diameters
A twin choke side-draught carburettor greatly increases power in the mid to upper rev range. This can be
improved further when the breathing through the engine has been enhanced by camshaft and cylinder head
modifications. These conversions greatly improve throttle response for fast road or competition cars. For
further details please contact your local Moss branch. Carburettors can be jetted to your requirements.
On Spitfire models there are two types of camshafts fitted.
Single Weber Carburettor Conversion Kit

This kit fulfils the requirement for a single carburettor in any application, in road use this set up
has proved to be very worthwhile. The Weber carburettor gives good power throughout the rev
range once it has been properly adjusted to suit the customers own installation. The kit consists
of the carburettor, ready jetted for a standard car with sports exhaust, inlet manifold and linkage.
TTK1459
Single Weber 45 DCOE (Fast Road Jetting)
Twin Weber Carburettor Conversion Kit

For maximum power and performance, twin side-draught carburettors are the best option. The
improvement in mid to top end breathing is considerable and very noticeable, even on an
otherwise standard engine. The jetting may need some adjustment, depending on the customers
own engine specification. The following kits are supplied with TT1350 inlet manifolds, two
carburettors with size 28 chokes jetted for road use and the necessary linkage.
TTK10959
Twin Weber 40 DCOE
Weber Carburettor Jet Settings: 1147.
Note: These are basic settings which may/will need adjustment to suit your application, this can
only be carried out with your car on a rolling road.
40 DCOE
40 DCOE
40 DCOE
Road
Fast Road
Fast Road/Sprint
Choke
28
30
33
Auxiliary Venturi
4.5
4.5
4.5
Main Jet
115
115
125
Emulsion Tube
F16
F16
F16
Air Jet
150
155
160
Pump
35
35
35
Idler Jet
45F8
45F8
45F9
Back Bleed
0
0
0
Weber Carb. Part No.
TT2934283
TT3934304
TT3934333
Small Camshaft Journal

For engines with replaceable camshaft bearings, VPC978, are fitted into the cylinder block, as
fitted to 1147 & 1286cc engines to engine number FH25000E.
Large Camshaft Journal

For all other models, where the camshaft runs directly in the cylinder block.
Care must be taken to ensure that installation is carried out correctly and that all components work
together or you will not get the expected power output or reliability. It is essential that the new cam
is fitted with new followers as they mate with the lobe that they run on and should never be used
on another lobe.
Lightened and tuftrided followers wear more slowly and put less load on high lift cam lobes, they
also feature a drainage hole. Another essential is the special lubricant that must be used with all
new cams, it provides vital lubrication during initial starting and protects your cam from extreme
wear in its first minute of use.
Dont forget the cam timing degree disc, TT2929, you will need this to set your cam timing.
Camshafts Explained
Remember that with a standard capacity engine the power band will be effective higher up the rev
range than would be the case with an enlarged capacity unit. All camshaft profiles must use TT
valve springs, and we strongly recommend you fit a duplex chain kit. Be aware that road and race
cams mean just that. Road cams will not produce any results whatsoever on the race track - rainy
days excepted!
Blueprint
Ideal for standard class competition.
Road 83 & 89
These are a very good stage 1 camshaft suitable for road cars equipped with SU HS4 carburettors.
TECHNICAL ADVICE
Fast Road 83
TT1226
For owners who, as a result of a fair amount of town driving, require a very good all round profile
for use with either SU or Weber carburettors.
Fast Road
Best used with Webers, recommended more for open road driving, where the engine may be used
more at high revs.
Fast Road 89
A new profile for open road use with Weber carburettors giving more mid to top end power.
Sprint 83 & 90
Although these cams can be used with modified road engines, they are primarily intended for track work.
All Race Cams

Suitable only for full race engines where maximum power - not tractability, is required. For full
details please contact your local Moss branch.
Modified Cylinder Heads

Work on the cylinder head centres around obtaining the optimum size of inlet port to suit the
application thus giving maximum power potential. We have found that increasing the size of the
inlet valve combined with very careful flowing of the chamber and valve throat area will produce
a reasonable amount of torque and allow top end breathing for sprint and racing use. An increase
in exhaust valve size improves the flow of the port for maximum power. All heads are supplied
ready assembled with new valve springs and guides.
The stage 2 head, using standard diameter reshaped valves, is ideal for a mildly modified engine,
with either a standard or fast road cam. Anything beyond this type of modification would require
the large inlet valve stage 3 head, with its improved flow using TriumphTune valves and further
modifications to the chamber design.
For competition use the stage 4 head, with large inlet and large exhaust valves and special shaping
of the chambers, is essential. All our heads are built with bronze alloy valve guides. For full
competition engines, heads can also be supplied with formed or triple cut valve seats, as used in
all full racing engines - to special order only.
Normally stock heads are finished with a compression ratio of 9.65:1, though the ratio can be
altered to the customers own specification. If a full competition engine is being produced with pop
up pistons etc..., cylinder head modifications can be made to obtain the required compression
ratio. We will need to know details of your cylinder bore size, piston and camshaft type, to enable
us to arrive at the correct compression ratio.
Note: If there is a shortage of original heads, it may require that the work is carried out on your
own unit. All exchange cylinder heads must be like for like. Heads can be modified to a higher
specification, please contact us for full details.
Uprated Rocker Gear & Cam Followers

All cars can benefit from a replacement tuftrided rocker shaft, they will resist wear and breakage
especially when using high revs.
Note: The tuftrided hardened shaft must be thoroughly purged of the salts used in the hardening
process, before it is fitted to the engine.
Before fitting any rocker shaft it is essential to make sure that the end plugs are in position. The
friction and the rocker side loads normally associated with the standard rocker gear can be
reduced and the location made more positive, by fitting the three piece steel spacer set instead of
the standard shaft springs. Pedestal shims are for use with standard rockers in conjunction with a
higher compression cylinder head, enabling the correct rocker angles to be obtained. They have a
nominal thickness of 0.040 and are supplied individually.
Roller rockers are designed to operate the valves with less resistance and more efficiency. The
power increase with the use of these rockers is approximately an extra 10 bhp, the power band
can also be extended. It is preferable to maintain 108 to 110 peak to peak centres on cam
profiles if these rockers are fitted. The steel rockers are made with needle roller inserts and have
solid spacers ready fitted, the end roller tips are made in high quality steel for long life. The roller
rockers are also designed to give a higher lift ratio, 1.65:1 against the standard ratio of 1.5:1. The
design is also specially strengthened against deflection at any time in the operating sequence.
TT1408 valve springs must be used with this rocker assembly.
Important Note For 1147 & 1300cc Models

Roller rockers are not suitable for 1147cc engines and, on 1300 models valve to piston clearances
must be checked when using high lift profiles.
TT1317
Tuftrided Rocker Shaft
TT1318
Steel Spacer Set
TT1910
Pedestal Shims
TT1448
1.65:1 Roller Rocker Set
TT1408
Valve Springs-Double (Set Of 8)
TT1209
13
(Springs are large diameter).

Rocker Oil Feed Kit
(This oil feed kit must be used when fitting roller rockers).
Lightened & Tuftrided Cam Follower
(Cam followers are supplied individually, 8 required).
1500 Engine Cylinder Block Modifications

Engine Block
All work must be carried out in clean conditions if reliability is to be expected. Specialist work that may
be required includes polishing and smoothing main bearing caps, plus shot peening to relieve surface
stress, they can then be reshaped to give a uniform cross section. For racing use, fit 1/4 longer high
tensile bolts to the centre main cap, bottom tap the holes to ensure the bolts do not bottom out.
Remove the top three threads from the centre main by counter boring, to spread the load deeper into
the block. Remove excess casting flash from inside the block, do not grind any machined areas. Steel
centre main caps can be supplied, but are not normally required, it is possible for racing to increase
oil supply to the centre main, as this in turn supplies the connecting rods. Drill out the feed hole to
5/16, entry is made from the oil gallery end. The distributor bush will also require removal. Ensure all
oil ways are clear, not only of deposits, but also of swarf from production machining.
Pistons
For any competition or fast road engine, use only solid skirt three ring pistons. Moss can offer
standard production pistons, plus over sizes, or alternatively Triumph TR6 pistons, standard TR6
pistons may be used in a +.040 bore 1500 block, +0.020 in a +0.060 over bored block. The TR6
piston is very sturdy and quite light, as it is shorter in pin to deck height. It is necessary to machine
the block, approx. 0.0165, to suit these pistons, this then gives zero piston height. Then counter bore
the block as original, if the later type of head gasket is being used. Counter bore dimensions are
3.175 x 0.030 deep. Each piston will require 0.020 to be removed above the top ring and then
radiused to the piston top to give clearance with the head gasket, if using zero deck height.
Crankshaft
In engines for fast road use, standard bearings are adequate. For racing use MGB bearings, part
no. AEB4512, +0.010 oversize, which necessitates regrinding the crank to 1.8665 - 1.867
diameter. These bearings easily fit the journals and only require the edge of the tags to be filed to
locate in the con rod properly, use a radiused edge on the crankshaft grind. The rotating assembly
must be balanced, tuftride hardening is also recommended. For racing, the crank can be micro
polished an extra 0.001 under size for clearance, thereby assisting in oil supply to the surfaces.
The main bearing oil supply holes can be tear drop shaped in the direction of rotation, again to
assist oil supply, this is only really needed for sprint and race engines.
Connecting Rods
Always rebuild an engine using new con rod bolts, preferably higher grade material, and renew
little end bushes, reaming to size.
14
ENGINE
External Engine
ill.
Part Number
Description
The Spitfire 1300 & 1500 Engines
NI
NI
NI
NI
NI
NI
AJM279
AJM1149
AJM1209
AJM1195
GAC7201X
600569A
CONVERSION SET
HEAD GASKET SET
HEAD GASKET SET
HEAD GASKET SET
CORE PLUG SET
JOINTING COMPOUND, Wellseal
Triumph reduced the power of the 1296cc MkIII Spitfire unit from 75 bhp to 63 bhp with the
introduction of the MkIV Spitfire in November 1970. The problem was that US legislation had
commenced its power erosion process which was to bottom out on Californian versions of the MkIV
at 48 bhp, in the quest for pollution reduction. Luckily, the solution was at hand; the cylinder block
was modified and fitted with a longer throw crankshaft which increased the capacity to 1493 cc.
Thus the Spitfire reached the end of its engine development when the 1500 was introduced in
December 1974. At the same time, the final drive ratio was changed from 3.89 to 3.63:1 to take
full advantage of the extra torque now available, though the power only rose to 71 bhp. The 1500
took its final bow in August 1980 in this form. UK and European versions had remained largely
unaffected by Federal anti-pollution laws. British and European factory supported competition cars
used only the 1147 cc unit (competing in the up to 1200cc production sports class) and the
Competition department closed down in 1966. Despite this however, North American Spitfires
achieved amazing successes with 1147, 1296 and 1493 variations right up to 1980.
Cylinder Blocks - use of correct head gasket

A cylinder block can be identified by the inclusion or absence of counter bore recesses cut into its
top face around each cylinder bore. Blocks without these counter bores are pre engine number
FH25000 and must use the gasket set AJM1149. Cylinder blocks with the counter bore recesses
will be engine number FH25001 onwards for 1300 cars and FM28001 onwards for the 1500
version. Failure to observe these differences and the subsequent use of the incorrect gasket set
will result in the head gasket not sealing.
Gasket Sets
We supply two types of gasket sets for the Spitfire engine. The Conversion (bottom end) set is
suitable for both the 1300 & 1500 models and includes all gaskets necessary to re-build the
engine below the cylinder head gasket. The head gasket set comes in three forms depending on
engine no. (as mentioned in the preceding paragraph) and contains the gaskets required to service
the cylinder head. The two major crank oil seals are not included in any of the gasket sets and
should be purchased separately.
Req.
Details
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
1300 To (e) FH25000E

1300 From (e) FH25001E
1500 From (e) FM28001E
inc. items 2, 3, 34, 48, 50, 63
100ml tube
Short Engines (Reconditioned)

Our short engines are rebuilt by a major engine re-conditioner.
Note: All work is carried out to customers own unit. Price quoted excludes external ancillaries.
Please contact your local Moss branch for full details.
Comprising reground crankshaft and camshaft, re-bored cylinder block, new pistons, new bearings,
oil pump, timing chain, seals and gaskets. The unit is fully assembled up to the head face.
ENG1350
ENG1450
ENG1451
SHORT ENGINE, (1300), recon/exchange 1

Bored out to 1580cc
Lead Free 1500 Full Engines (Reconditioned)

Our Lead Free 1500cc Full Engines are rebuilt by a major engine re-conditioner.
GSE2459E
GSE2459BFC*
FULL ENGINE, (1500), recon/exchange

1
1
GSE2459ST2*
{
}
{
}
Standard
Standard, Balanced unit
(clutch & flywheel balanced)
Stage 2, Balanced unit
(clutch & flywheel balanced)
*Note: All work is carried out to customers own unit. Price quoted excludes external ancillaries.
Please contact your local Moss branch for full details. Also see accessories catalogue for full details.

1
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
520245
144687
144688
DP514
TE605105
118632
036234
UKC8321
GHF332
SE605061
GHF103
151134
AJM517
SH605051
SH605061
GHF332
213863
114774
155660
BH607241
GHF334
215350
215372
GHF332
SH605061
132107
131535
6K433
107246
116516
GPS117
TE605105
131786B
144686
101962
101022
500469
118632
12G2518**
156581**
157414
132098
GFE150**
157409
CYLINDER BLOCK, bare, 1500

1
Can be used for MkIV
CORE PLUG, 1
1
CORE PLUG, 1 1/2
1
DOWEL
2
STUD
1
PLUG, oil gallery
1
FILLER PIECE, wood
2
included in conversion set
GASKET, front sealing block
2
WASHER, locking
2
SCREW, pan head
2
SCREW, hexagon head
2
FRONT SEALING BLOCK
1
GASKET, sump
1
SCREW, short
12
SCREW, long, rear of sump
4
WASHER, locking
16
SUMP
1
DRAIN PLUG, tapered
1 { alternatives
DRAIN PLUG, magnetic
1 }
BOLT, main bearing cap
6
WASHER, locking
6
MAIN BEARING CAP
3
(Main bearing cap is part of cylinder block assembly, not available separately).
GASKET, front engine plate
1
FRONT ENGINE PLATE
1
WASHER, locking
3
SCREW
3
PISTON, oil pressure relief valve
1
SPRING
1
WASHER, copper, housing
1
HOUSING, oil pressure relief valve
1
PLUG, screwed
1
SWITCH, oil pressure warning light
1
STUD
2
SHAFT BUSH, oil pump drive
1
CORE PLUG, 1 1/4
2
STUD, fuel pump mounting
2
see also page 38
SCREWED PLUG, oil gallery
4
WASHER, copper
4
PLUG, screwed, oil gallery
1
ADAPTOR, oil filter to block
1
OIL FILTER,
1
Purolator or AC Delco type
SEAL, use with Purolator filter
1
O RING, use with AC Delco filter
1
OIL FILTER
1
SEAL RING, use with GFE150
1
**Note: GFE150 fits all 1300/1500 blocks, but you will need adaptor 12G2518 if this part is
missing. The seal is included with the filter.
NI
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
66
67
68
69
GFE24
105321
148353
DP619
144686
FHS2513
DP619
143456
156530
GHF332
SH605091
500469
201344
GHF332
SH605061
121217
105121
144688
602915A
129077
GHF346
158941
OIL FILTER (Micron Filter)

GASKET, seal housing to block
CORE PLUG, 2
DOWEL
CORE PLUG, 1 1/4
STUD
DOWEL
OIL SEAL
HOUSING, oil seal
WASHER, locking
SCREW
WASHER, copper
REAR ENGINE PLATE
WASHER, locking
SCREW
STUD (cylinder head)
STUD (cylinder head)
CORE PLUG, 1 1/2
DRAIN TAP
DRAIN PLUG
WASHER, fibre (when plug fitted)
CYLINDER LINER
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
1
1
6
7
1
1
7
7
2
8
3
1
1
1
4
High performance
cut to length
4 3/8 overall length

4 1/4 overall length
{ alternatives
}
74
121831
134933
032307
110748
51K1193B
WP9
DIPSTICK TUBE
DIPSTICK
WASHER, felt
NUT, cylinder head
NUT, cylinder head
WASHER, hard
1
1
1
10
10
10
heavy duty, item 74 not req.
15
Engine Mountings
The following procedure is suggested when removing the engine:
On the side of the engine bay with the steering column in it, undo the mounting from the engine
(leaving the mounting and bracket on the car body). On the other side, undo the bracket from the
body, (leaving the mounting and bracket on the engine). The result will be:
A)
B)
You only undo the bits you can see and get at (have a look and you will understand).
Upon re-assembly, you dont tear the thread off the studs on the mountings as you try
to jam the engine down into the V cradle formed by the brackets.
ill.
Part Number
Description
100
101
102
103
104
108
109
110
113
114
115
116
UKC5334
SH606091
GHF223
GHF302
GHF223
GHF301
GHF332
SH605051
CHA615
GHF201
GHF332
GHF301
FRONT ENGINE MOUNTING

SCREW
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
SCREW
MOUNTING
NUT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
2
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
BRACKET & MOUNTING
117 159656
cut to length
Note: Cylinder liners were not installed in all engines, specialist knowledge required.
70
71
72
73
ENGINE
Req.
Details
non-overdrive
{ J type overdrive,
| requires modification to
} fit D type overdrive
Note: For Gearbox Mountings see page 24 for 1300 3-Rail, and page 28 for 1500 Single Rail.
16
ENGINE
Internal Engine
18
Note: See accessories catalogue for full details.

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
155357
217789
207492
217790
MBK113
211126
GHF332
SE605031
SH605071
GHF332
GHF201
GHF332
UKC1110
119390
119389
145275
145276
308737E
RKC918E
105115
RTC1753
RTC1753/10
RTC1753/20
RTC1753/30
RTC1753/40
NUT, machined, pulley retaining

PULLEY
TIMING COVER, (illustrated)
TIMING COVER
SCREW KIT, (Timing cover)
GASKET, timing cover
WASHER, locking
SCREW, pan head
SCREW, hex head
WASHER, locking
NUT
WASHER, locking
SEAL, timing cover
OIL THROWER
TIMING GEAR, crankshaft
SHIM, crankshaft, 0.004
SHIM, crankshaft, 0.006
CRANKSHAFT, 1300 engine
CRANKSHAFT, 1500 engine
WOODRUFF KEY
MAIN BEARING SET, standard size
MAIN BEARING SET, 0.010 oversize
NI
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
141675
TKC1840E
TKC1840X
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
5
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Details
single timing mark

multiple timing mark
includes all fixings
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
201350
105143
138526
UKC4254
DP408
DP619
146454R
146454X
119813
107401
FLYWHEEL, (standard), 1300, (6 1/2 clutch) 1 { includes

FLYWHEEL, (standard), 1500, (7 clutch)
1 } ring gear
(These flywheels are NOT interchangeable).
FLYWHEEL (Lightweight/Steel)
1
(1500 7 clutch)
(See accessories catalogue for full details).
RING GEAR
1
SPIGOT BUSH
1
BOLT, flywheel, 3/8 UNF
4
1300
BOLT, flywheel, 7/16 UNF
4
1500
DOWEL,
3
in flywheel
DOWEL,
1
in crankshaft
CON ROD, standard/reconditioned
4
CON ROD, (Steel Billet type)
4
High performance rods
BUSH, gudgeon pin
4
LOCATING TUBE, in con rod
8
Note: Second hand bolts are supplied with reconditioned con rods, these must be replaced by new
bolts when assembling engine.
27
RTC1754*
RTC1754/10*
RTC1754/20*
RTC1754/30*
RTC1754/40*
RTC1754/60*
28
UKC2598
{ includes items
} 17 & 27
Note: When the crankshaft has been reground (undersize), an oversize bearing set will be required
to suit. Be sure to check this BEFORE ordering bearings. Bearing sets that have been opened and
used to check the crank size will not be acceptable for exchange as this process invariably
damages the precision finished soft face of the bearing. This also applies to big end (con rod)
bearings.
CON ROD BRG SET, standard

1
CON ROD BRG SET, 0.010 o/size
1
1
1
1
1
(*See information notes for item 17 relating to bearing sets).
BOLT, connecting rod
8
Note: Always fit new connecting rod bolts- they are a stretch bolt design & the manufacturers
recommend they are only used once.
29
BHM1366
BHM1366/2
BHM1366/5
BHM1366/15
BHM1366/25
BHM1366/30
THRUST WASHER, pair

THRUST WASHER, pair
THRUST WASHER, pair
THRUST WASHER, pair
THRUST WASHER, pair
THRUST WASHER, pair
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
standard size
0.002 oversize
0.005 oversize
0.015 oversize
0.025 oversize
0.030 oversize
ENGINE
17
Oil Pump
(Use pump GLP118 for more efficient oil pick up.)
ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
65
GLP145
OIL PUMP, vertical pick-up
66
GLP118
OIL PUMP, angled pick-up
67
68
69
70
71
GHF331
BH604221
155371
TKC2006
WASHER, locking
BOLT, pump to block
NUT, strainer to pump body
STRAINER, (fits GLP145)
STRAINER, (its GLP118)
3
3
1
1
1
Details
{
}
{
}
1300, 1500 To
(e) FM59898E
1500 (e) FM59899E
(alternative)
not available separately
Duplex (twin row) Timing Chain Modification

for 1500cc engines
30
155907
155907/20
155907/30
155907/40
155907/60
PISTON SET, standard

1 {
PISTON SET, 0.020
1 |
PISTON SET, 0.030
1 | engine set
PISTON SET, 0.040
1 | 1300
PISTON SET, 0.060
1 }
(Pistons are supplied in matched sets and include rings, gudgeon pins &
circlips. (Single replacement pistons may also be available, please enquire).
155169
155169/20
155169/30
155169/40
155169/60
PISTON Set, standard size

1 {
PISTON Set, 0.020" oversize
1 |
1 | engine set
1 | 1500
1 }
(Pistons are supplied in matched sets and include rings, gudgeon pins &
circlips. (Single replacement pistons may also be available, please enquire).
Note: It is always advisable to replace pistons in sets, though not compulsory. If the block is to be
re-bored it is essential to complete this process before ordering pistons as the bores may not
'clean up' at the next oversize. Where performance is significant however, use the largest size
available because even a 0.040" bore oversize will produce a measurable power difference.
31
32
33
35
146485
508978
BHM1175STD
BHM1175/20
BHM1175/0
BHM1175/40
BHM1175/60
212164E
RKC3305
RKC3305E
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
142647
142648
VPC978
105114
GHF332
SH605071
105131
035960
036411
100500
042425
043752
RR610040
033214
WP18
PS103121
104860
500974
104861
121530
104939
HB816
GHF332
GHF201
GHF332
GHF201
GUDGEON PIN
4
CIRCLIP
8
RING SET, standard size
1
RING SET, 0.020 oversize
1
1
1
1
CAMSHAFT, exchange
1
(212164E uses bearings item no. 36)
CAMSHAFT, new
1
(bearings not required)
CAMSHAFT, exchange
1
(bearings not required)
BEARING, camshaft, front & rear
2
BEARING, camshaft, intermediate
2
BEARING SET, camshaft
1
(Includes front, intermediate & rear bearings)
RETAINER, camshaft
1
WASHER, locking
2
SCREW, retainer securing
2
CHAIN, timing, (Simplex)
1
GEAR, camshaft
1
LOCK TAB, camshaft
1
BOLT, gear to camshaft
2
TENSIONER, timing chain
1
ANCHOR PLATE, tensioner
1
RIVET
2
PIN, tensioner retaining
1
WASHER, plain
2
SPLIT PIN
2
GEAR, driving
1
PIN, mills, gear to shaft
1
SHAFT
1
DISTRIBUTOR PEDESTAL
1
WASHER, joint, (0.006)
a/r
BOLT
1
WASHER, locking
1
NUT
1
WASHER, locking
2
NUT
2
1300 & 1500

{
|
|
|
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
engine set
Timing chain stretch or tensioner breakage are not unknown on the simplex (single row) chain
and gear installation in the 1500 engine. The timing gear set can easily be modified when chain
or tensioner renewal becomes necessary, to a more robust duplex design. Duplex timing gear
sets include a twin row chain, modified timing gears and wider spring tensioner.
A 1500 engine may be modified only by using all of the components listed here.
Actually, the components are sourced from the 1500 engines very close (in component design &
dimensions) bigger brother, the Triumph large car model PE156 engine, as fitted in the Triumph
TR5 Pi & TR6 Pi.
NI
NI
NI
NI
NI
NI
NI
NI
145864
145865
2H4286
145866
036411
PS103121
211126
UKC1110
TIMING GEAR, crankshaft, duplex

TIMING GEAR, camshaft, duplex
CHAIN, timing, duplex
TENSIONER, timing chain, duplex
LOCK TAB, camshaft
SPLIT PIN
GASKET, timing cover
SEAL, timing cover
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
The fitting method of duplex timing gears is as per the original installation. The factory workshop manual
should be consulted where applicable to ensure the engine valve timing is correctly maintained.
Distributor Drive & Pedestal Clearance

When fitted, a running clearance or end float of 0.003 to 0.007 (0.005 +/- 0.002) is required
between the distributor drive spindle and gear and the distributor pedestal housing.
Too much end float and the drive will chatter between the bush in the block and the pedestal
housing lower running face. Too little clearance and it may bind and damage its driving gear on
the cam shaft. Either of these conditions will result in rapid and excessive wear.
The clearance is adjusted by varying the quantity of gaskets fitted between the base of the
pedestal housing and the cylinder block. The gasket, (part number 104939), has a nominal
thickness of 0.006. However, the gasket thickness should be checked for each application.
To check the clearance when components have been replaced, the following procedure should be followed.
1300 To FH25000E
1)
1300 (From FH25001)
& 1500
2)
1300 To (e) FH25000E

3)
1300 To (e) FH25000E
4)
Install the drive in the cylinder block bush with a washer of known thickness on the
shaft between the base of the gear and the bush end face. The washer should be of
1/2 internal diameter to fit the shaft.
Fit the pedestal housing over the drive without any gaskets, using nuts to retain it.
Measure with feeler gauges all the way round the gap between the pedestal housing
and the cylinder block. The measurement should be noted.
Disassemble the pedestal housing and extract the drive with the known thickness
spacer washer from the cylinder block.
Calculate the existing clearance without gaskets by subtracting the dimension of
thickness of the spacer washer from the figure obtained with feeler gauges. This
figure should be a negative amount. Find the correct quantity of gaskets required to
obtain the running clearance of 0.003 to 0.007.
Example:
Washer thickness
Gap measured with feelers
Subtract gap dimension from washer thickness
Add the thickness of gaskets (4 @ 0.006)
Clearance obtained with 4 gaskets
distributor & oil pump
=
=
=
=
=
0.125
0.142
-0.017
0.024
0.007
In the event of the difference between the gap and the known washer thickness being a positive
amount in excess of 0.003, remedial action will be required to reduce it. This can be achieved by
selective assembly using other drives or pedestal housings. If, even with new components, the
correct figure can not be obtained, the bush height in the cylinder block must be adjusted. Remove,
inspect for serviceable condition and refit the bush with a suitable thickness shim between its
mating face and the cylinder block.
distributor to pedestal
The bush should be either carefully driven out from below using a suitable spigoted drift, or pulled
out from above with a bushing extractor. With the bush replaced securely, the above end float
checking procedure should be adopted. The method of completing this job by fitting the distributor
drive and setting its timing is detailed in the workshop manual.
18
CYLINDER HEAD
Cylinder Head
ill.
Part Number
Description
34
Req.
Details
35
Note: All old units must be suitable for re-conditioning. See accessories catalogue for full details.
1
516032R
UKC1427R
TKC1155
TKC1155R
TKC1155LFE
TKC1155XR
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
29
30
31
32
33
SH605031
500469
144648
144686
142649
UKC3653
105125
105124
AJM414
214814
105123
GHF201
GHF272
GHF301
WF508
TKC3702
ULC1578
GHF201
147737
147738
148090
143393
138176
GZC1400
149348
AJM374
AJM373
143552
111874
157508
144965
TT1315*
UKC2334
UKC2644*
CYLINDER HEAD, exchange

1
CYLINDER HEAD, exchange
1
CYLINDER HEAD, bare/new
1
CYLINDER HEAD, bare/exchange
1
CYLINDER HEAD, Lead Free
1
Recon/exchange, (with valves, guides & springs)
CYLINDER HEAD
1
Recon/exchange, (with valves, guides & springs)
SCREW, rear of cylinder head
1
WASHER, copper, 5/16
1
CORE PLUG, 1 5/8
1
CORE PLUG, 1 1/4
1
LIFTING EYE
1
LIFTING EYE
1
STUD, manifolds, long
6
STUD, manifolds, short
2
GASKET, rocker cover
1
ROCKER COVER
1
STUD, rocker cover
2
NUT, locking stud
2
NUT, nyloc, rocker cover
2
WASHER, plain
2
WASHER, fibre
2
ROCKER COVER
1
STUD, rocker cover
2
NUT, locking stud
2
RETAINER, rocker cover
2
COVER WASHER
2
WASHER, rubber
2
OIL FILLER CAP
1
OIL FILLER CAP
1
OIL FILLER CAP
1
BRACKET, accelerator cable
1
GASKET, cylinder head
1
GASKET, cylinder head, recessed
1
TAPPET
8
PUSH ROD, short
8
PUSH ROD, long
8
EXHAUST VALVE, standard
4
EXHAUST VALVE, stellite tipped
4
VALVE SEAT INSERT, exhaust
4
VALVE SEAT INSERT, exhaust
4
1300 To (e) FH25000E

1300 From (e) FH25001E
{
|
| 1500
|
|
}
late 1500 alternative
126893
145328
UKC2460
130814
146488
UKC2645
INLET VALVE, 1 1/4

INLET VALVE, 1 7/16
INLET VALVE, 1 3/8
VALVE SEAT INSERT, inlet
4
4
4
4
4
4
1300 To FH25000E
1300 From FH25001E
1500
use with 126893
use with 145328
use with UKC2460
Note: 126893 was fitted to engine numbers FH25000 in 1972. From 1972 engine number FH25001,
145328 was fitted until the 1500 emerged, when a change was made to UKC2460. Thats the story, but
in case the truth in your engine may be otherwise, it would be wise to check the valve head size.
36
38
39
40
41
42
43
058923
TT1419
105118
136487
157510
157229
157476
VS536
111870
TT1216
GUIDE, valve, standard

GUIDE, valve, (Bronze)
COLLAR
VALVE SPRING, single
SPRING SEAT
VALVE SPRING, twin, outer
VALVE SPRING, twin, inner
VALVE SPRING SET, standard
VALVE CAP, original
VALVE CAP, lightweight
8
1
8
8
8
8
8
1
8
8
supplied individually
supplied in engine set
{ 1300 To FH25000E
}
{ 1300 From FH25001E
| and 1500
}
standard
Alloy
Note: TT1216 is a Moss replacement part & machined from aluminium. It is recommended that
caps are replaced in sets.
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
|
}
{
}
1300, 1500
To FM80000E
1500 From FH80001E
1300
alternatives
1500
{ 1300 To
} FH25000E
1300 From FH25001E, 1500
1300 To FH25000E
1300 From FH25001E, 1500
alternative
*Note: These are designed for running with lead free fuel. These inserts may be used in repairing
minor cracks in valve seats provided the crack is no deeper than the seat (0.25).
44
50
106663
144962
144962K
137811
144973
144974
144975
110748
WP184
104859
105322
105120
146914
109024
109023
057109
109495
SPLIT COLLET
ROCKER SHAFT
ROCKER SHAFT ASSEMBLY
END PLUG
ROCKER PEDESTAL, front
ROCKER PEDESTAL, intermediate
ROCKER PEDESTAL, rear
NUT, rocker shaft
WASHER, plain
SCREW
SPRING
SPRING, spacing rockers
WASHER, spacer
ROCKER, nos. 1, 3, 5, 7
ROCKER, nos. 2, 4, 6, 8
BALL PIN, rocker arm adjustment
BALL PIN, rocker arm adjustment
64
65
057110
132495
NUT, jam, locking ball pin

STUD
66
67
PC10
600569A
68
TT1226
SPLIT PIN, front of rocker shaft

1
JOINTING COMPOUND
a/r
Wellseal 100ml tube
(For use practically everywhere except the cylinder head gasket.)
ROCKER OIL FEED KIT
1
(This bolt-on, easy-to-fit kit improves the oil supply to the most distant
parts of the engine, so insuring against rocker & shaft wear).
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
16
1
1
2
1
2
1
4
4
1
2
3
2
4
4
8
8
8
4
(for 144962)
rocker shaft to pedestal

for pedestals 1 and 4
1300 To FH25000E
{ 1300 From FH25001E
} & 1500
rocker shaft to cylinder
head

Curing Oil Consumption: (Plus easy Valve Spring Removal)
Excessive rocker shaft wear is a classic complaint about Triumph push rod engines. The rocker
feed kit is an effective (and easy to fit) solution to the problem. It works by piping oil directly from
a plug hole in the cylinder block main oil gallery up to the cylinder head, thereby maintaining a
higher pressure oil supply than standard. No drilling or tapping is required for installation.
CYLINDER HEAD
19
Remember when undoing a hose from the radiator to use two spanners; one to undo the tube nut
on the hose, the other to put on the hexagon of the radiator union to stop it turning with the nut.
Its surprising how easily a union can be twisted out of the radiator, rendering the item scrap.
If a rocker feed kit is fitted to the engine, an increase in oil consumption may be encountered. The
extra amount of lubricating oil flowing through the valve & rocker chamber, as supplied by the feed
kit, exaggerates any tendency for oil to be sucked down worn valve guides past worn valve stems.
The best solution is to fit new valves & guides, but this is not always on the top of the repair priority
list. To assist in the reduction of oil being sucked down the guides a method of sealing the valve
stems is required. The simple rubber rings that are used so successfully on some MG sports cars
engines - part number AEK113 (8 are required, one per valve stem), will service an engine. Each
seal fits on the valve stem above the valve guide but below the valve spring retaining cap.
Now the clever bit how to fit them without removing the cylinder head from the car. Remove
the rocker cover, rocker gear and the spark plugs. Cover the holes that the push rods come up
through so nothing can be dropped down into the engine. Turn the crankshaft so that number one
piston is at Bottom Dead Centre (BDC). Feed a length of clean, pliable rope down the spark plug
hole of number one cylinder, leaving a bit hanging out so you can retrieve it. Now carefully turn
the crankshaft clockwise by hand; resistance will be felt as the rising piston in number one cylinder
compresses the rope against the two valves in that cylinder, holding them against their seats.
The collets and spring caps of the valves in that cylinder can now be removed without the fear of
losing the valves down the bore. The valve stem oil seals can be fitted to the two valve stems
(perhaps new valve springs as well, while everything is apart). Once the valve stem oil seals, valve
spring caps and collets have been refitted to this first pair of valves satisfactorily, simply turn the
crank anti-clockwise to BDC, withdraw the rope and repeat the process on the remaining three
cylinders and three pairs of valves. Be honest, this tip saves the cost of a head gasket set!
To be sure that the rope has compressed sufficiently against the faces of the valves, attempt to
push the valves by hand (as if being acted on by the rockers) before removing the spring caps or
collets; this is the fail safe check. This method can be adopted anywhere as it does not require the
use of compressed air, special tools or luck.
1500cc Triumph PE94 Engine Colour Schemes
Oil Cooler
The 1500 engine was always black. The only component of the engine which differed from this
rule was the rocker cover, which for anything other than North American markets was always
silver (in America, a red rocker cover signified a car built to comply with Californian emissions
regulations, whereas light blue indicated compliance with the marginally less severe general or
Federal regulations. Ancillary items on the 1500 engine remained in the colour scheme or finish
given to them by their respective manufacturers.
Note: See accessories catalogue for full range of oil coolers & fittings (including non-drain filters).
Oil leakage from the Rocker Cover

Do you suffer with a permanent puddle of oil in the recess around the mounting flange of your
rocker cover? If so, it is either because you have spilt oil when topping up the engine, or the oil
fairy has been around.
This malevolent character is the one that always drips oil onto an area that you have scrupulously
cleaned previously. The truth is that the oil is leaking from an unseen joint on your engine (unless
you do believe in bad fairies).
The items that create the oil puddle on the rocker cover are the oil filler cap and the sealing
washers under the fasteners holding the rocker cover. A quick look at the rocker cover oil filler
caps seal will eliminate one possible cause. If it is in any way perished, torn or otherwise
damaged, renew the cap and seal assembly (part no. GZC1400 for the chrome cap, or 138176 for
the silver painted item). The seal is important on two counts: it should not leak oil, nor should any
air be drawn into the engine past it. This is because the inlet manifold is connected directly to the
engine breather on the rocker cover.
The nuts or screws that retain the rocker cover are not quite so easy to attend to, unless of course
they are obviously loose or there are no sealing washers present. Over tightening the fasteners will
end up distorting the top of the rocker cover rather than curing the leak. The area of rocker cover
around the holes where the attachment studs pass should be inspected.
This area should be flat, so that a sealing washer can work effectively on it. If it is not flat, the
rocker cover should be removed from the engine, and the area around the stud hole dressed flat
with a hammer & block. (A suitable block or dolly to assist in the repair of an original, pressed steel
rocker cover would be a length of flat ended one inch round bar held vertically in a vice.) The rocker
cover can be placed over the bar with the stud hole concentric to the bar and dressed back to
shape with a smooth faced hammer. If care is exercised when hammering, the painted finish of
the rocker cover will not be damaged.
The latter repair scheme is only relevant to, as previously stated, original pressed steel rocker
covers. If a replacement alloy rocker cover is distorted in this area by over tightening, the cover
should be inspected for cracks and if none are present the sealing area could be re-machined. If
not, a replacement should be sought.
Points to Remember about Oil Coolers

If an oil cooler has just been fitted to a car, check the oil level in the sump and top up as necessary.
The oil cooler circuit increases the oil capacity of the engine by well over a pint. However, in future
when draining the engine to change the oil, note that the old oil will remain in the cooler circuit
unless both the radiator and hoses are removed from the car to upturn and empty them. Thus the
quantity of oil required to effect an oil change on a car with an oil cooler will still be the same as
that for a car without one.
To prevent over cooling of the oil in cold weather, tin foil can be used to temporarily cover the oil radiator,
in the same age old manner that it has always been used by people to cover the water radiator.
If an oil thermostat is fitted to the car, there is of course no need to do this.
A hot engine will suffer, depending on its mechanical condition, a greater or lesser degree of oil
pressure loss without the aid of an oil cooler. This is most apparent in heavy traffic congestion or on
long motorway journeys. A correctly positioned oil cooler maintains lower oil temperatures and thus
higher oil viscosity, resulting in higher pressure. This all amounts to longer engine life and freedom
from being transfixed by the needle of your oil pressure gauge. As none of the original Triumph
components are available we offer a comprehensive range of alternatives.
(Illustrated is a ten row oil cooler plus a TT1365 installation kit)
ill.
Part Number
Description
ARO9807
ARA221
TT1365
TT1367
TT1369
OIL COOLER, 10 row

OIL COOLER, 13 row
INSTALLATION KIT, (inc. fittings)
THERMOSTAT CONTROLLED
THERMOSTAT CONTROLLED
TT1369S
Req.
1
1
1
1
Details
{ alternatives
}
rubber hoses
stainless steel hoses
rubber hoses
stainless steel hoses
Kangaroo Petrol - or Worse?

A worried Scandinavian owner rang his UK based parts specialist one day with the complaint that
he could not drive his car slowly over the bumpy woodland roads typical of his country without it
behaving like it was a kangaroo. He had done everything to his car including fitting stronger front
road springs and harder dampers in a vain attempt to relieve the problem.
It was eventually solved by the use of a pair of new carburettor throttle return springs to replace
very tired old ones. Every time he had driven over a bump, his foot had pushed down on a very
light throttle pedal.
He reacted by lifting his foot, the car slowed down and he instinctively pressed the accelerator
down, whereupon the whole disconcerting process began again.
Increasing the pedal pressure of the accelerator by fitting new return springs was just enough, as
the cars designers had intended, to damp out the see-saw effect and resolve the owners
kangaroo petrol problem.
Incidentally, tired engine mountings which allow the engine to rock sideways excessively under
acceleration or braking will cause the throttle cable to tighten or slacken off, resulting in similar
staccato progress down the road (although not so marked as that caused by a soft pedal).
20
RADIATOR & HOSES
Radiator & Hoses
18
SH605071
Note: See accessories catalogue for our full range of Radiator & Hoses.
19
20
25
26
WP17
GHF222
706843*
706844*
ill.
Part Number
Description
402823
RKC2117
GEC2001
GEC1002
GEC2005
RADIATOR, new
RADIATOR, (Uprated/wider)
ANTI-FREEZE, (1 litre)
GRC180
GRH533
GRH265
GRH532
CS4025
GHC1217
209750
209749
GHF105
GHF333
WM59
GHF202
GHF117
GHF300
GHF331
GHF200
132565
TKC1761
RADIATOR PRESSURE CAP

TOP HOSE
BOTTOM HOSE
BOTTOM HOSE
CLAMP, wire type
CLAMP, band type
STAY ROD, RH
STAY ROD, LH
SCREW
WASHER, locking,
WASHER, plain, stay rod to body
NUT, stay rod to body
SCREW, rod to radiator
WASHER, plain, cradle
WASHER, locking
NUT
TAP, radiator drain
CRADLE, radiator supporting
NI
NI
NI
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Req.
Details
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
1
1
Standard
New
*Note: These ducts were originally attached with rivets backed up with a plain washer. We list this
original fixing system & also a nut, screw & washer system.
27
28
13lbs
1300
1500
{
}
{
|
}
radiator
to chassis
stay rod
to body
{ cradle
| & stay rod
} to radiator
SCREW, cradle to chassis

2
(Also holds the bracket for the overflow bottle to the chassis).
WASHER, plain
2
NUT, nyloc
2
DEFLECTOR BOARD, LH
1
DEFLECTOR BOARD, RH
1
29
30
31
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
562403
WM54
PT505
PWZ203
GHF220
GHF117
GHF300
518454X
137742
GRH1001M
12H1060
137743
137632
142804
PT507
PWZ203
WL700101
HN2005
RIVET, deflector board to cradle

WASHER, plain, on rivet
SCREW
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
SCREW
WASHER, plain
CAGED NUT
OVERFLOW TUBING
OVERFLOW TUBING
GROMMET, tubing through lid
CAP, overflow bottle
OVERFLOW BOTTLE
BRACKET, overflow bottle
SCREW, bottle bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
6
6
6
6
6
4
4
4
1
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
|
}
{
|
}
alternative
attachment
method
air deflector
to chassis
radiator to bottle
per metre
Water Pump, Fan & Hoses

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
6
156333
BH605101
GHF103
GHF332
GTS102
GTS104
GTS106
115467
138702
GTR108
144297
144297X
BH605221
BH605191
BH605181
GHF332
138701
100433
TE605105
GHF201
GHF332
GCB11088
GWP128
309141
311702
RKC2126
ELBOW, water outlet to radiator

BOLT, elbow to housing
SCREW, elbow to housing
WASHER, locking
THERMOSTAT, (hot climate)
THERMOSTAT, (standard)
THERMOSTAT, (cold climate)
GASKET, outlet elbow to housing
GASKET, housing to cylinder head
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
HOUSING, water pump & thermostat
HOUSING, alloy, water pump
BOLT, (2 3/4 long)
BOLT, (2 3/8 long)
BOLT, (2 1/4 long)
WASHER, locking
GASKET, water pump to housing
STUD, pump to housing
STUD, pump to housing
NUT
WASHER, locking
FAN BELT
WATER PUMP & PULLEY
COOLING FAN, light green
COOLING FAN, orange
COOLING FAN, natural
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Req.
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
Details
GHF117
GHF331
138530
AUC2141
154149
27b GZA2052
SCREW, fan to water pump pulley

WASHER, locking
ADAPTOR, thermostat to hose
WASHER, fibre, adaptor to housing
HOSE, water pump housing
to inlet manifold
HOSE, water pump housing
to inlet manifold
4
4
1
1
1
1
28
29
30
31
32
74C, 160F
82C, 180F
88C, 195F
33
34
35
36
GHC406
152521
154149
212416
212416SS
212935
212935SS
209776
101302
TL11
101343
CLAMP, hose securing

HOSE, inlet manifold to return pipe
HOSE, inlet manifold to return pipe
TUBE, water return, (standard)
TUBE, water return, (stainless steel)
TUBE, water return, (standard)
TUBE, water return, (stainless steel)
TUBE, water return
TUBE NUT
OLIVE, sealing tube
ADAPTOR
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
21
band type
1300 To FH59688E
1300 From FH59689E, 1500
{ 1300 To FH59688E
}
{ 1300 From FH59689E, 1500
}
when heater not fitted
return tube to pump housing
1500 Models with Viscous Coupling Fan System
{ housing to
| cylinder head
}
{ alternatives
}
1300, 1500 To (c)FH105733

{
| alternatives
}
Note: The natural colour fan is the only one currently in production. It can be used to replace the other two.
22
23
25
26
27
WATER PUMP & HOSES
{ 1300
}
{ 1500
}
40
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
UKC774
GCB11088
UKC3532
UKC759
RKC92
GHF102
GHF200
GHF300
WATER PUMP & PULLEY

FAN BELT
VISCOUS COUPLING
TOLERANCE RING
FAN ASSEMBLY, 13 blade
BOLT, fan to viscous coupling
NUT
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
1500 From FH105734
viscous coupling to pump pulley
22
COOLING & CLUTCH
Anti Freeze: Winter Protection and Summer Coolant

Note: See accessories catalogue for Money Saving Kenlowe Electric fans.
Todays anti freezes are of a high quality chemical mix and no longer deteriorate within 6 months
and ruin the cooling system of the engine. However, anti freeze should always be used as
recommended by the manufacturer and any instructions given should be adhered to.
The hidden benefit of using anti freeze throughout the year is that not only does it protect the cooling
system from freezing in cold weather, as the name suggests, but it also increases the boiling point
of the water; this is ideal for the hotter conditions of summer driving. Most high grade anti freeze
solutions also contain an inhibitor that will reduce or eliminate cooling system corrosion. That will
stop, for example, thermostat housings and other alloy components from disintegrating.
Triumph Cooling Fans - and the BOW Test

In the 1960s Standard Triumph had a series of unexplained blade failures on plastic cooling fans. Their
development department was confused by this, as the fans fitted were of a material and construction
which made them capable of rotating a whole lot faster than the engines could before they failed.
The cause of blade breakage was traced to shock loading, caused by rain water thrown up from
the test track or road when puddles were driven over at speed. Those ever resourceful Triumph
chaps at Fletchamstead Highway would have to quickly find a method of viewing the phenomena
of fan blade breakage, when the speeding car passed over a puddle. Enter the BOW test.
This very expensive piece of test equipment duplicated the conditions of wet roads, providing
visual proof of the occurrence. Armed with the results of the test, plastic technology and air duct
design could be amended to completely alleviate the problem. What was BOW? Simply a Bucket
Of Water thrown at the rotating fan from different angles to study the effect.
Why is a Pressure Cap Used On a Radiator?

By sealing the cooling system, pressure up to a certain given value is built up and the boiling point
of the water is raised. This enables a smaller quantity of water to be used and rather higher (and
therefore more efficient) engine temperatures, without the risk of the water boiling. The system is
sealed by the radiator cap. The cap consists of two halves, namely a pressure valve and vacuum
valve. The pressure valve is a spring which holds the caps large seal against the inside surface of
the filler neck. It will allow pressure to build up to a given value (usually stamped into the top of
the cap) and be maintained in the sealed system. The vacuum valve is a small poppet valve that,
as the radiator water cools & contracts admits air and restores pressure to atmospheric.
Throughout its life, the engine passes through countless temperature cycles that will cause pressure
increases and decreases in the cooling system. The radiator cap is therefore working constantly.
So when you are seeking solutions to overheating problems... you might just have a worn out
radiator cap, not a blown head gasket and cracked block, as friends cheerfully suggested.
Fan Belt Tension

The question of how tight a fan belt should be is not as easy to answer as would first seem;
certainly it should be tight enough to drive the engine ancillaries to which it is attached, but not so
tight that the bearings of the ancillaries are overloaded. A fan belt that is fitted too tightly will also
absorb extra engine power. Fitted too loosely, the belt will slip when the engine is accelerated or
an electrical load is applied to the generating system. Slippage wears out the belt and the pulleys.
The handbooks and service manuals give instructions about belt tension. Maintenance of the belt
and its periodic replacement will eradicate one of the most frustrating causes of breakdowns. If
the fan belt is replaced before it breaks, the old item could be kept in the boot just in case.
Clutch Drive Components

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
4
5
6
7
GCK272
GCK160
GCC197
GCP190
SH605051
GHF332
GCC196
GCP230
CLUTCH KIT, (inc. items 1, 2, 10)

CLUTCH KIT, (inc. items 6, 7, 10)
CLUTCH COVER
PLATE, (6 1/2)
SCREW, clutch cover
WASHER, locking
CLUTCH COVER
CLUTCH PLATE, (7 1/4)
1
1
1
1
6
6
1
1
GCP103
CLUTCH PLATE, (7 1/4)
{ 1500 (10 spline)

} three rail gearbox
(GCP103 is for use between a 1500 engine and three rail gearbox - a non
standard combination in the UK and mainland Europe).
NI
NI
GAC5053B
GAC5053A
ALIGNMENT TOOL
ALIGNMENT TOOL
1
1
20 Spline
10 Spline
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
146176
GRB207
105143
139563
DS916
112509
112516
207887
129412
ALLEN SCREW c/cover to flywheel

RELEASE BEARING
SPIGOT BUSH, crankshaft
SLEEVE, clutch release bearing
ROLL PIN
THRUST PLUG
LEVER PIN
CLUTCH ARM
TOLERANCE RING
6
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1500
Cooling System 'Leak Stoppers'

The use of proprietary leak stoppers (whether of the fluid type or the stick of material which is
designed to be crumbled, stock cube fashion, into the radiator) is often the focus of derision from
the motoring enthusiast fraternity.
Blocked radiator cores and other maladies are said to result from using leak stopper to bodge a
repair on an errant cooling system. Well, read on.
There is a Leyland Cars publication, for internal use, called Parts List Schedules or Modifications
- ADO47 MG 1500. In the section entitled Fuel, Oils & Grease (you just wouldnt believe the
variety of lubricants applied to each car when it was built) is the following statement;
Bars Seal Leak Stopper (insert cylinder of Bars Seal in top radiator hose).
Routes: All. Modification Date: 27/05/76.
In other words, from that date onwards, every car that came down the line had a stick of leak
stopper in it! Presumably this was to guarantee against small weeps from a newly assembled
system. Continual use of the product to shore up an ailing cooling system might impede water flow
(although in theory this shouldnt take place, since leak stopper will only cure in air - i.e. when it
finds a leak out of the sealed system), but the product is acceptable when used in moderation.
Req.
Details
1300
1500
{
| 1300 (10 spline)
|
}
1500
{ 1500 (20 spline)
} single rail gearbox
The Moss R&D team combined forces with British Motor Heritage to reproduce the tolerance ring
which had been unavailable for a long time. During those long dark days when Spitfire owners
suffered a deep period of depression and a gnashing of teeth, we learned of many who used the
tolerance ring in conjunction with a 5/16 bolt (BH605321), two washers (GHF302) and a nyloc nut
(GHF222) to stop the worn tolerance ring from falling out. The alternative was to suffer the pin
dropping straight out again during rebuilding, or waiting to drop out while the car was being tested.
Trouble was, tightening the nut up too tight led to the unfortunate bodger splitting the bell housing
(hence all that Araldite stuffed in the crack that you have just no doubt discovered).
The moral is clear, dont listen to ex-Spitfire owners who suggest using a nut and bolt to do a
bodge job. At less than two quid a shot we expect all Spitfire owners to do the decent thing and
liberate this bolt from their clutch and replace the worn tolerance ring with a new item.
18 129410
PIVOT, clutch shaft fork
1
19 109182
PUSH ROD
1
CLUTCH
23
motor cars; it uses air from a spare tyre to propel the fluid under pressure into the system. The
only cautionary note is to follow the manufacturers instructions religiously; seat the adaptors
correctly on both the Eezibleed reservoir and the master cylinder, and dont have too high a
pressure in the spare tyre.
Another tool, like the hand operated vacuum pump from Mityvac, attaches to the bleed nipple on
the slave cylinder to draw fluid down the line, collecting waste fluid in its own reservoir. While a
little more expensive than Eezibleed, the Mityvac has the added advantage of a host of other uses,
for example checking vacuum systems on distributors, brake servos, etc.
Note: See accessories catalogue for full range of workshop tools & consumables.
Clutch & Brake Fluids

When did you last change your Clutch/Brake fluid?
DOT 3 fluid ought to be completely discarded, DOT 4 (GBF4) should be installed and replaced
every 2 years, as recommended by manufacturers.
An alternative, especially if you are replacing master cylinders, brake calipers and/or wheel
cylinders, is to thoroughly flush out the pipes and install Silicone fluid (DOT5 ABF), which is NonHygroscopic, so it doesnt promote rust problems in the hydraulic system. The bonus is that it
wont damage paint work.
When silicone is in use it will provide years of trouble free braking and an end to the monotonous
and expensive pastime of repairing or replacing worn or leaking hydraulic components.
Racing Fluid (DOT 5.1 GBF5) really is the ultimate in brake fluid. Its anti-boil properties mean that
even when the brakes get hot the fluid will remain efficient, rather than boiling locally (such as in
the calipers) into useless vapour. Ideal on the race track or when the brakes are used to their
limits. Due to its high Hygroscopic nature, DOT 5.1 Racing fluid should be replaced annually
otherwise the quality and effectiveness will be drastically reduced.
Brake/Clutch Fluid (DOT 4 Specification)

ill
Part Number
Description
NI
NI
NI
GBF4102
GBF4103
GBF4104
BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID, dot 4

Req.
Details
a/r
a/r
a/r
500ml
1 litre
5 litre
Silicone Brake/Clutch Fluid (DOT 5 Specification)

NI
NI
Clutch Hydraulics & Pedal

ill.
Part Number
Description
25
26
25
26
27
28
29
30
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
60
144716
515297
GSY103
GRK4019
BH605181
GHF222
556508A
234957A
GMC205
GRK1029
500201A
106095
122296
PJ8808
GHF301
GHF502
SH605071
GHF332
119583
125217
137842
GHF117
WM57
GHF117
GHF331
119575
506542
TKC4155
105605
114438
150881
305937
305936
AEU1581A
114178
CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER, alloy

REPAIR KIT for alloy slave cylinder
CLUTCH SLAVE CYLINDER, iron
REPAIR KIT for iron slave cylinder
BOLT
NUT, nyloc
NIPPLE, bleed
CAP, bleed nipple
MASTER CYLINDER, clutch
REPAIR KIT, master cylinder
CAP, master cylinder
SEAL, rubber
PUSH ROD
CLEVIS PIN
WASHER, plain
SPLIT PIN
SCREW, cylinder to bracket
WASHER, locking
BRACKET, master cylinder
GAITER
BRACKET, mounting pedal
SCREW, pedal adjustment
WASHER, plain
SCREW
WASHER, locking
SHAFT, pedal
CIRCLIP, external
CLUTCH PEDAL
BUSH
SPRING, return
PEDAL RUBBER
PIPE, clutch hydraulic
PIPE, clutch hydraulic
CLIP, pipe to top bell housing stud
SLEEVE, rubber
63
64
ABF3
ABF4

a/r
a/r
silicone 500ml
silicone 1 litre
Racing Brake/Clutch Fluid (DOT 5.1 Specification)

Req.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
6
6
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Details
{ 1300
}
{ 1500
}
5/8 bore
includes bush
RHD
LHD
Bleeding the Hydraulic System

The only route to sure-fire success of bleeding the hydraulic system is to use a pressure or vacuum
bleeding tool to push or draw, the fluid, displacing the air as it goes. Gunsons Eezibleed is an
ingeniously cost effective kit consisting of the basic tools plus a selection of adaptors for different
NI
NI
GBF5102
GBF5103
BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID, dot 5.1

BRAKE/CLUTCH FLUID, dot 5.1
a/r
a/r
racing 500ml
racing 1 litre
24
GEARBOX
Gearbox Units & External Components (1300 - 3 rail)

From the introduction of the Spitfire Triumph produced gearboxes which did not change much
externally but underwent many changes & developments internally to take advantage of power
changes and be strong enough to cope with them.
Gearbox Units
ill.
Part Number
Description
520426E
520432E
UKC1959E
GEARBOX, non-overdrive
GEARBOX, for D type overdrive
GEARBOX, for J type overdrive
Req.
1
1
1
Details
{ reconditioned
| exchange units
}
Gearboxes are supplied without top cover extension or bell housing.

Contact your branch to find out whether you have to remove the bell housing, extension, adaptor
plate etc. before handing us your old unit. You must supply us with a re-buildable 'like for like' old
unit. For example, offering us an old non-overdrive box for a rebuilt overdrive item wont do. Also,
if you have a non-overdrive gearbox with a square drive flange, its a Spitfire MkI-III unit and
therefore not acceptable as an old unit to exchange for a rebuilt MkIV gearbox.
External Components (All Models)

NI
1
515122
210449
GASKET SET
CLUTCH HOUSING
1
1
inc. items 24, 32, 42, 69
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
156336
500464
GHF105
GHF333
129358
SH605091
GHF332
GHF201
132872
GHF302
GHF333
GHF202
GHF513
206175
BH605181
GHF272
SH605071
GHF332
149140
155660
122566
DP205
122569
DP414
114774
BOLT
WASHER, copper
SCREW
WASHER, locking
BUSH, clutch pivot
SCREW, gearbox to engine
WASHER, locking
NUT
DOWEL BOLT
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SPLIT PIN
HOUSING, clutch slave cylinder
BOLT
NUT, nyloc
SCREW, housing
WASHER, locking
CASING
COVER, front
DOWEL
GASKET
DOWEL
FILLER PLUG
1
1
4
4
2
8
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
scroll type seal

27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
56
57
60
61
63
64
65
66
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
217333
157732
22G2353
SH605071
GHF332
106437
056305
GHF332
138092
119099
119100
119099
AAU2304A
119096
154953
158493
106269
SH604071
106957
158003
DP414
HBZ411
GHF331
107099
106489
136990
154945
158585
146240
106481
108021
104449
147394
BLS110
106478
113868
106268
122653
120305
306152
158002
GHF332
GHF201
158072
DS1315
118053
118040
122653
127740
127741
BH604091
GHF301
155801
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
GHF271
DS2516
129120
119262
155800
155799
125054
GHF271
120307
TK4503
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
107
108
109
110
111
138685
119252
119263
119251
128373
119573
126607
126754
156910
129119
146303
118054
NT605041
134814
JN2158
154985
22B19
42
43
44
REAR EXTENSION
1
non-overdrive
BEARING, rear
1
SEAL, rear
1
SCREW
7
WASHER, locking
7
GASKET
1
SCREW, locating
1
WASHER, locking
1
BEARING, speedo drive
1
includes seals
O RING
1
GEAR, speedo drive
1
O RING
1
OIL SEAL
1
BEARING, end thrust
1
TOP COVER
1
To (c) FH31846
TOP COVER
1
From (c) FH31847
GASKET, top cover
1
SCREW, top cover to casing
7
STUD, 5/16 UNF
4
To (c) FH31847
STUD, 5/16 UNF
4
From (c) FH31847
DOWEL
2
BOLT
2
WASHER, locking
2
PLUG, interlock hole
2
SPRING, plunger
3
PLUNGER
1
SELECTOR SHAFT, reverse
1
WASHER, spacer
1
SELECTOR SHAFT, 1st & 2nd gear
1
PLUNGER
1
SELECTOR SHAFT, 3rd & 4th gear
1
PLUG, selector shaft holes
6
ACTUATOR, reverse gear
1
BALL, interlock
1
PIN, interlock
1
SELECTOR, 1st & 2nd
1
SELECTOR, 3rd & 4th
1
SCREW, tapered
3
selector to shafts
GASKET, extension to top cover
1
TOP COVER EXTENSION
1
BRACKET, inhibitor switch
1
WASHER, locking
4
NUT
4
ACTUATOR
1
ROLL PIN
1
O RING
2
INTERNAL GEAR LEVER
1
SCREW, tapered
1
lever to shaft
SHAFT
1
COUPLING
1
BOLT
1
WASHER, steel
1
WASHER, nylon
1
(An improved version of the nylon washer (155801) is supplied in the
linkage overhaul kit, item 127).
NUT, nyloc
1
ROLL PIN
1
OPERATING SHAFT
1
BUSH, operating shaft
1
SPACER
1
BUSH
1
LINK BOLT
1
NUT, nyloc
1
PLATE, reverse baulk
1
SCREW, attaching plate
2
(This plate may be riveted to the top cover extension).
BUSH, spherical, nylon
1
SPRING, reverse baulk
1
CIRCLIP, retaining spring on lever
1
SPRING, cap retainer
1
WASHER, dished, inner, nylon
1
WASHER, dished, outer
1
CAP, top cover extension
1
DOWEL, cap to top cover extension
2
BUSH, gear lever
2
SLEEVE, pinch, in lever
1
WASHER
2
SCREW, reverse stop to g/lever
1
NUT
1
GEAR LEVER
1 {
LOCK NUT
1 | non-overdrive
KNOB, gear lever
1 |
KNOB, gear lever, round
1 }
Note: See accessories catalogue for leather and polished wood gear knobs.
GEARBOX
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
120
121
122
123
124
125
155173
C30623
C30505A
155030
520999A
520999C
153726
706919
710820
613607
AD608053
GHF712
611177
519770*
GEAR LEVER
NUT, locking, for knob
NUT, locking, chrome
GEAR KNOB & SWITCH
SWITCH, overdrive control
SCREW, holding switch
EXTENSION HARNESS, pair
GAITER
GAITER, for overdrive models
GAITER - see carpets on page 84
RING, retaining gaiter
SCREW, securing ring
SPIRE NUT
WASHER, rubber
LINKAGE OVERHAUL KIT
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
25
{
|
|
| overdrive
|
|
}
1
4
4
1
a/r
gear lever
*Note: Inc. items 69, 82 & improved version of 83, 87, 95, 96, 98, 100, 103, 104, 105. If you cant
tell whether the gearbox has selected 1st, 3rd or reverse and dont really care anyway because of
the buzzing & rattling emanating through the gaiter, our linkage overhaul kit is the answer to your
prayers. This kit replaces the worn bushes with a superior design, and provides all the other parts
required to return your Spitfire to the zizzle-free dream car it should be.
Gearbox Mountings, Non-Overdrive

130 209018
TKC484
131 SH605051
132 GHF332
133 GHF201
134 SH605051
135 GHF332
136 GHF201
137 136890
UKC3215
138 CHA615
139 GHF301
140 GHF332
141 GHF201
PLATFORM, rear engine mounting

SCREW, platform to chassis
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW, bracket to platform
WASHER, locking
NUT
BRACKET, gearbox mounting
MOUNTING
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
1
1
4
4
4
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
To (c) FH60000
From (c) FH60001
To (c) FH60000
From (c) FH60001
Gearbox Mountings, D Type Overdrive

150 148897
151 SH605051
152 GHF332
153 GHF201
154 159656
*155 147630

WASHER, locking
NUT
BRACKET & MOUNTING
BRACKET, mounting to overdrive
1
4
4
4
1
1
*Note: Bracket (item 155) forms part of 159656 (item 154) but is illustrated separately to assist in
identification, perhaps when the vehicle arrived dismantled or when an overdrive conversion is
taking place. Some packing may be required to achieve correct alignment of the transmission.
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
SH605061
GHF301
GHF332
GHF201
SH605051
GHF332
GHF201
SH605071
GHF331

WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW, bracket to o/drive casing
WASHER, locking
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Gearbox Mountings, J Type Overdrive

170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
TKC1407
SH605051
GHF332
GHF201
159656
SH605061
GHF301
GHF332
GHF201
HU957
GHF333
PLATFORM, rear engine mounting.

WASHER, locking
NUT
BRACKET & MOUNTING
SCREW, mounting to platform
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW
WASHER, locking
1
4
4
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
26
GEARBOX
Internal Gearbox (1300 - 3 rail)

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
216611
106365
104433
112654
104438
129839
TKC533
TKC923
TKC899
104433
112654
155805
155806
155807
155808
CONSTANT PINION SHAFT

1
(1st motion shaft)
OIL THROWER
1
BEARING, front main
1
CIRCLIP, (snap ring)
1
OUTER WASHER, (0.094 thick)
1
CIRCLIP
1
MAINSHAFT, non-overdrive
1
MAINSHAFT, overdrive type D
1
To FH60000
MAINSHAFT, overdrive type J
1
From FH60001
BEARING, rear main
1
CIRCLIP, (snap ring)
1
WASHER, 0.120
a/r {
WASHER, 0.123
a/r | alternatives
WASHER, 0.126
a/r |
WASHER, 0.129
a/r }
(These washers are used to maintain correct end float for 1st gear (see
workshop manual).
CIRCLIP, speedo. drive gear
1
BALL
1
GEAR, speedo drive
1
WASHER, 1/8 thick
1 {
BEARING, in rear extension
1 |
SEAL, rear
1 | non-overdrive
FLANGE, to prop shaft
1 |
WASHER, plain
1 |
NUT, nyloc
1 }
BEARING, constant pinion
1
BAULK RING, 4th, (top), gear
1
SYNCHRO HUB, 3rd/4th
1
BAULK RING, 3rd gear
1
CIRCLIP, (SNAP RING), 3rd gear
1
on main shaft
THRUST WASHER
1
(with internal lugs)
GEAR, 3rd speed
1
BUSH, 3rd gear
1
WASHER, thrust, 2nd/3rd, (0.153)
a/r {
a/r | See
a/r | Box A in
a/r | illustration
a/r }
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
129839
BLS106
156032
155756
157732
22G2353
155755
WM74
510618A
144782
150328
156968
150328
TKC6444
159978
216614
147354
111422
131843
149963
156084
UKC769
Req.
Details
30
31
32
147354
154479
160018
BUSH, 2nd speed

GEAR, 2nd speed
WASHER, thrust
34
35
36
37
UKC933
BLS106
UKC3364
UKC934
UKC935
UKC936
UKC937
BUSH, 2nd gear

BALL
GEAR, 2nd speed
WASHER, thrust, (0.199)
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
has 4 radial grooves each

side
{
|
| see
| Box B in
| illustration
|
}
Note: Items 28 & 37 are used to adjust the end float of 2nd & 3rd gears.
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
150328
156911
150328
137834
154821
137775
BLS108
104445
037948*
BAULK RING, 2nd gear

SYNCHRO HUB, 1st & 2nd gear
BAULK RING, 1st gear, (bottom)
SPLIT COLLAR, pair
GEAR, 1st speed
WASHER, spacer
BALL, (3rd & 4th synchro hub)
SPRING, synchro
SHIM
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
3
a/r
(33 teeth)
*Note: This shim is selectively fitted under each of the springs and balls in the two synchro hubs in the
gearbox. Its use is to equalise the outward pressure of the balls in the hub. Equalising the pressure
can only be achieved with special spring balance equipment, so it only remains to be said that if you
have to take a hub apart for inspection or cleaning, make sure (by means of scribing identifying marks
on non-working surfaces of the gear) that the correct shims go back in their respective holes. Along
the same lines as the above, use corresponding scribed marks on the hub and outer ring to ensure
that the ring is slipped back in place exactly as it was before (and the same way round!).
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
BLS108
106388
037948
144595
144595B
DS1908
106270
119891
119893
154829
119891
BALL, in 1st & 2nd synchro hub

SPRING, in synchro hub
SHIM
LAYSHAFT, genuine
LAYSHAFT, pattern
ROLL PIN, locating layshaft
THRUST WASHER, rear
RETAINING RING
NEEDLE ROLLER
LAYGEAR CLUSTER
RETAINING RING
3
3
a/r
1
1
1
1
2
25
1
2
{ alternatives
}
57
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
119893
113229
113071
137687
144580
104420
106477
GHF332
106254
106448
GHF273
NEEDLE BEARING
THRUST WASHER, front
SPINDLE, reverse gear
SPACER
REVERSE IDLER GEAR
BUSH
SCREW, locating
WASHER, locking
LEVER, reverse operating
FULCRUM PIN
NUT, nyloc
25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
(includes bush 104420)
Assessment for Gearbox Overhaul

Oil in any machinery collects particles from the operating parts that it comes into contact with. Many
engineering concerns use lubricating oil analysis at regular intervals to monitor the machinerys
condition. In fact, with the oil laboratorys help and the applied knowledge of the mechanical
engineer, machinery life expectancy and time period between overhauls can be established.
Economically speaking, a piece of machinery can be withdrawn from service for bearing
replacement before it actually fails and destroys other more expensive parts within the whole.
This, in the case of an aircraft engine for example, will minimise in-service break downs and
unscheduled power plant changes. Some motor car oil manufacturers offer lubricant analysis to
users of their product.
Impending failures can be noted by increases of certain deposits in the analysed oil. The oil drained
from your gearbox can be viewed in a less scientific manner, but still with an accent towards
indicating any potential failure, or to give an idea of which item has failed within the gearbox and
how it has failed.
A damaged component such as a synchro ring may prove relatively cheap to replace. The complete
collapse of the mainshaft tip bearing or layshaft needle roller bearings is not. The inclusion of a
magnetic drain plug in the sump of the gearbox is recommended; it will collect all the metallic
particles that otherwise would circulate with the oil and further erode the wearing surfaces of all
components.
So what do you look for in your oil when you have drained it into a clean container?
A light brassy coloured oil is nothing to worry about. However, brassy coloured lumps or pieces of
yellow coloured metal probably indicates the failure of synchro rings, the plain bushes on the
mainshaft or the thrust washers at each end of the laygear countershaft.
A thick grey coloured oil will indicate the start of or the actual failure of steel components such as
the laygear bearings, or the mainshaft tip bearing in the first motion shaft. This coloured deposit
GEARBOX
27
can be tested with a magnet; steel fragments will of course be attracted to it.
If the reason you have drained your oil is because of a nasty noise from the gearbox when it is
driven, this information may assist you in planning the repair route you choose. Once the gearbox
is removed from the car, the exterior of the gearbox should be cleaned. It is important that no extra
dirt be deposited inside the gearbox while an internal examination is carried out through the
removed top cover. Physically moving parts about and checking for excessive play in bearings will
give a good indication whether it is cheaper to chop the box in for a reconditioned item, or tackle
the repair yourself. Often it is cheaper to tackle the task yourself.
As with all things in life - you get what you pay for A cheap reconditioned exchange gearbox is not
necessarily as good as your own with the same amount spent on replacement parts. This said, if you
are expecting to have to renew gear assemblies or sets of gears it may well prove economically more
prudent to obtain a quality reconditioned exchange unit. Often, when gear set and shaft replacement
is required the sum of the cost of the parts far exceeds the cost of the whole.
The quality gearbox repairer knows what goes wrong and will replace items regardless of their
condition, as he has to guarantee the finished unit. Similarly an experienced re-conditioner will
have spares available to himself which are not always obtainable by the public. This is his trade
and he will protect it to retain his position in the marketplace.
When fitting a reconditioned exchange gearbox assembly do not forget that the unit is delivered
without lubricating oil. The oil recommended is Hypoid 90 grade, as used in the rear axle assembly.
As a useful tip, remember to slacken both the oil drain plug and filler plug prior to installation of
the unit in the car. There is nothing more irritating than wanting to fill (or drain) a gearbox and then
discovering that the plugs on the freshly fitted and now inaccessible unit were apparently installed
by the worlds strongest man! Afterwards, re-tighten both plugs to your chosen torque.
28
GEARBOX
Gearbox Units & External Components

(1500 - Single rail)
ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
Details
Gearbox Units (Non overdrive)

UKC5643E
GEARBOX, reconditioned
ULC2483E
1
1
Scroll type pinion shaft/seal

Lip type pinion shaft/seal
Gearbox Units (Overdrive)

UKC5646E
ULC2450E
1
1
Scroll type pinion shaft/seal

Lip type pinion shaft/seal
Important Note: If you place an order for a 'Lip type' shaft/seal Gearbox unit to replace your 'Scroll
type' unit, there is a non refundable (additional) surcharge applied to cover extra manufacturing
costs. You must supply us with a re-buildable 'like for like' old unit. For example, offering us an
old non-overdrive box for a rebuilt overdrive item wont do. Our overdrive boxes are supplied
without gear lever extension assembly or overdrive, but with the overdrive adaptor plate.
External Components (All Models)

ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
Details
NI
1
HMP290020
312151
31215A
UKC7933
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
156336
500464
SH606091
GHF333
SH605091
GHF332
GHF201
132872
GASKET KIT, gearbox

1
Includes items 24, 29, 71
BELL HOUSING
1
to gearbox FR33414
BELL HOUSING, alloy
BELL HOUSING
1
from gearbox FR33415
(The bell housing changes correspond with the change from the scroll type
to rubber lip type seal on the constant pinion shaft. New bell housings do
not include front covers (items 14 or 16).
BOLT
1
WASHER, copper
1
SCREW, bell housing to casing
4
WASHER, locking
4
SCREW, gearbox to engine
6
WASHER, locking
6
NUT
6
DOWEL BOLT
1

10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
GHF302
GHF333
GHF202
129358
122566
DP205
UKC7926
DP205
132292
RKC461
155660
114774
137532
DS5016
206175
SH605071
GHF332
22G1420
157690
DAM1650*
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
BUSH, clutch pivot
COVER, front, scroll type seal
DOWEL
FRONT COVER
DOWEL
SEAL, in front cover
GEARBOX CASING
FILLER PLUG
SPRING
DOWEL
HOUSING, clutch slave cylinder
SCREW, fixing housing
WASHER, locking
GASKET, rear
GASKET, front
REAR EXTENSION
79
80
81
82
83
84
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
112653
GHF103
GHF332
219005A
219003A
219001
BOLT
SCREW
WASHER, locking
SPEEDO DRIVE GEAR
SPEEDO DRIVE GEAR
SPEEDO DRIVE GEAR
2
6
8
1
1
1
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
TRS1620
22G1486
AAU2304A
22G1711
GHF300
GHF331
GHF117
22G1425
GHF331
SH604051
157732
22G2353
22G1422
DAM2670
DAM2670
22G2277
DAM518
UKC8875
DAM1723
DAM671
TRS912
22G2198
22G1421
22G1947
DAM6892
DAM4968
DAM4804
DAM3632
DAM2959
22G1584
22G1406
22G1408
O RING, speedo drive bush

BUSH, locating drive gears
OIL SEAL
RETAINER, speedo pinion
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
SCREW
REVERSE LIFT PLATE
WASHER, locking
SCREW
BEARING, rear
SEAL, rear
END COVER
PIN, locating cap
PIN, locating cap
PIN, locating cap
GAITER, selector shaft
GAITER, selector shaft
CLEAT, front
CLEAT, rear
O RING
SPRING
PLUNGER
PLUG, plunger securing
INSERT
DETENT
SPRING
NYLON PLUG
INSERT
SELECTOR FORK, 3rd & 4th
SELECTOR FORK, 1st & 2nd
SHAFT, selector fork
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
60
61
62
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
22G1413
UKC6398
22G1418
RZS1216
22G2291
22G1424
DAM3045
13H6762
22G1419
22G1911
22G1884
SH604041
GHF331
YKC1481
YKC1482
YKC1483
AD608053
WP124
SELECTOR SHAFT
ROLL PIN, shaft to interlock
INTERLOCK
PIN
YOKE
YOKE SEAT
YOKE SEAT
CIRCLIP
SPOOL INTERLOCK PLATE
GASKET, top cover
TOP COVER
SCREW, securing cover
WASHER, locking
GAITER, gear lever
GAITER, gear lever
RETAINER PLATE
SCREW, securing gaiter
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
9
9
1
1
1
4
4
RETAINER
PLUNGER, nylon, anti-rattle
SPRING, anti-rattle
GEAR LEVER
LOCK NUT, lever to knob
GEAR KNOB
GEAR KNOB
GEAR KNOB
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note: See accessories catalogue for alternative gear lever knobs.
External Components for Overdrive Models

overdrive models only
non-overdrive models
for 3.89:1 axle

for 3.63:1 axle
{ From FH126380
} Switzerland only (3.27:1 axle)
To gearbox FR268
From gearbox FR269
To gearbox FR12687
From gearbox FR12688
{ To gearbox
} FR12688
{
|
}
{
|
|
|
}
use with non-overdrive

original rear extension only
use with non-overdrive
replacement DAM1650
extension only as detailed
in notes for item 30
External Components for Non-Overdrive Models

63
64
65
66
67
68
22G1434
22G2286
106388
UKC3284
JN2158
UKC2793
UKC7615
UKC7614
29
use with item 16 only
*Note: The DAM1650 rear extension is a cut to fit type supercession by Rover Cars Parts. To fit a
DAM1650 you will also need to buy an insert (DAM2959) and a plug (DAM3632). The gearbox
mounting plate will also have to be drilled and tapped to accept the mounting rubbers.
31
32
33
34
GEARBOX
{ alternatives
}
use only if DAM3045 fitted
non overdrive
overdrive
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
UKC3285
C30505A
C30623
AAU6867
DAM2174
520999A
520999C
153726
TKC1256
UKC2937
UKC3600
GHF118
GHF331
SH604041
GHF331
SH604071
GHF331
22G1911
UKC4619
UKC2281
DS1914
UKC2742
122653
UKC2892
TRS912
UKC2890
UKC2939
TKC1305
108114
GHF163
GHF332
GHF163
GHF332
22G2277
DAM2670
GEAR LEVER
CONE NUT, chrome
LOCK NUT, knob
GEAR KNOB CAP & SWITCH
BODY, gear knob
SWITCH, overdrive control
SCREW
EXTENSION HARNESS, (pair)
TOP COVER
GASKET, cover plate to top cover
COVER PLATE
BOLT
WASHER, locking
SCREW
WASHER, locking
SCREW
WASHER, locking
GASKET, top cover
SELECTOR SHAFT
ACTUATOR
ROLL PIN
CONNECTOR BLOCK
LOCATING PIN
SELECTOR SHAFT
O RING
BUSH
TOWER
END COVER
SCREWED PLUG
SCREW
WASHER, locking
SCREW
WASHER, locking
PIN, short
PIN, long
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
7
7
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
Note: Overdrive conversions are frequently a desirable feature. J type overdrive units can be
fitted to a suitably prepared gearbox (see gearbox internal & overdrive unit sections, pages 30 &
35). It would be wise to make sure that the correct tower unit is to hand before progressing too
far, as this may well be the hens teeth of this enterprise.
Gearbox Mountings (All Models)

120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
TKC484
TKC1407
SH605051
GHF332
GHF201
UKC3215
GHF301
GHF332
SH605051
CHA615
GHF301
GHF332
GHF201
159656
SH605061
GHF301
GHF332
GHF201
HU957
GHF333

WASHER, locking
NUT
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
MOUNTING
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
BRACKET & MOUNTING
SCREW, mounting to platform
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW, mounting to overdrive
WASHER, locking
1
1
4
4
4
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
non-overdrive
overdrive
{
|
|
| non-overdrive models
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
| overdrive models
|
|
}
30
GEARBOX
Internal Gearbox (1500 - Single rail)

ill.
Part Number
Description
TKC1267
TKC3259

Req.
1
1
Details
106365
104433
112654
104438
129839
22G2840
13H9513
RKC722
RKC767
BLS106
22G2210
OIL THROWER
BEARING, front main
CIRCLIP (snap ring)
SPACER WASHER
CIRCLIP
SHAFT SPACER
BEARING, constant pinion
MAINSHAFT
MAINSHAFT
BALL
WASHER, radial grooved both sides
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
104433
112654
155805
155806
155807
155808
16
17
18
CR620325
22G1753
155756
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
155755
142333
510618A
22G2839
150328
156968
037948*
To FR33414, (1st motion)

From FR33415, (1st motion)
Note: TKC1267 has a scroll type oil seal; TKC3259 is machined plain to accommodate a rubber lip
type seal.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
To gearbox FR33414
1st to 3rd motion shaft

non-overdrive
overdrive
BEARING, rear main

1
CIRCLIP (snap ring)
1
THRUST WASHER (0.120)
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
(The thrust washers (item 15) adjust the end float of the 1st speed gear.)
CIRCLIP
1
SPEEDO DRIVE GEAR
1 {
THRUST WASHER
1 |
drive flange to mainshaft
| non-overdrive
FLANGE, to prop shaft
1 |
WASHER, plain
1 }
NUT, nyloc
1
SPACER
1
BAULK RING, 4th gear (top)
1
SYNCHRO HUB, 3rd/4th gears
1
SHIM, under synchro spring
a/r
*Note: (This shim is selectively fitted under each of the springs and balls in the two synchro hubs
in the gearbox. Its use is to equalise the outward pressure of the balls in the hub. Equalising the

pressure can only be achieved with special spring balance equipment, so it only remains to be said
that if you have to take a hub apart for inspection or cleaning, make sure (by means of scribing
identifying marks on non-working surfaces of the gear) that the correct shims go back in their
respective holes. Along the same lines as the above, use corresponding scribed marks on the hub
and outer ring to ensure that the ring is slipped back in place exactly as it was before (and the
same way round!).
26
27
28
29
104445
BLS108
150328
TKC6444*
SPRING, in synchro hub

BALL, in synchro hub
BAULK RING, 3rd gear
CIRCLIP, mainshaft
3
3
1
1
*Note: This circlip must always be renewed when re-assembling the main gear cluster.
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
159978
216614
TKC3003
147354
UKC933
TKC3002
UKC934
UKC935
UKC936
UKC937
150328
156911*
UKC8748*
THRUST WASHER
1
GEAR, 3rd speed
1 { alternatives
GEAR, 3rd speed
1 }
BUSH, 3rd gear
1
BUSH, 2nd gear
1
GEAR, 2nd speed
1
WASHER, thrust (0.199 thick)
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
(These washers are used to obtain the correct end float for 2nd and 3rd gears).
BAULK RING, 2nd gear
1
SYNCHRO HUB, 1st & 2nd
1
33 teeth
SYNCHRO HUB, 1st & 2nd
1
29 teeth
*Note: 156911 & UKC8748 are only interchangeable if both laygear cluster & reverse idler are fitted
at the same time. Once again, an exchange gearbox is advisable if damage is obvious here.
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
037948
106388
BLS108
150328
137834
TKC3001
144595
144595B
DS1908
137532*
SHIM (in synchro hub)

SPRING (in synchro hub)
BALL (in synchro hub)
BAULK RING, 1st gear
SPLIT COLLAR, pair
GEAR, 1st speed (bottom)
LAYSHAFT, genuine
LAYSHAFT, pattern
ROLL PIN
SPRING
a/r
3
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
113229
119893
119891
154829
TKC5799
119891
119893
106270
106477
GHF332
113071
144580
UKC8750
104420
22G1435
CHM63
DAM1714
THRUST WASHER, front

NEEDLE ROLLER, front
RETAINING RING, front
LAYGEAR CLUSTER, 15 teeth
LAYGEAR CLUSTER, 13 teeth
RETAINING RING, rear
NEEDLE ROLLER, rear
THRUST WASHER, rear
SCREW, locating
WASHER, locking
SPINDLE, reverse gear
REVERSE IDLER GEAR (21 teeth)
REVERSE IDLER GEAR (17 teeth)
BUSH, in reverse gear
SPACER
REVERSE LEVER
PIVOT PIN, reverse lever
1
25
2
1
1
2
25
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
31
So what do you look for in your oil when you have drained it into a clean container?
A light brassy coloured oil is nothing to worry about. However, brassy coloured lumps or pieces of
yellow coloured metal probably indicates the failure of synchro rings, the plain bushes on the
mainshaft or the thrust washers at each end of the laygear countershaft.
A thick grey coloured oil will indicate the start of or the actual failure of steel components such as
the laygear bearings, or the mainshaft tip bearing in the first motion shaft. This coloured deposit
can be tested with a magnet; steel fragments will of course be attracted to it.
If the reason you have drained your oil is because of a nasty noise from the gearbox when it is
driven, this information may assist you in planning the repair route you choose. Once the gearbox
is removed from the car, the exterior of the gearbox should be cleaned. It is important that no extra
dirt be deposited inside the gearbox while an internal examination is carried out through the
removed top cover. Physically moving parts about and checking for excessive play in bearings will
give a good indication whether it is cheaper to chop the box in for a reconditioned item, or tackle
the repair yourself. Often it is cheaper to tackle the task yourself.
As with all things in life - you get what you pay for.
A cheap reconditioned exchange gearbox is not necessarily as good as your own with the same
amount spent on replacement parts. This said, if you are expecting to have to renew gear
assemblies or sets of gears it may well prove economically more prudent to obtain a quality
reconditioned exchange unit. Often, when gear set and shaft replacement is required the sum of
the cost of the parts far exceeds the cost of the whole.
The quality gearbox repairer knows what goes wrong and will replace items regardless of their
condition, as he has to guarantee the finished unit. Similarly an experienced re-conditioner will
have spares available to himself which are not always obtainable by the public. This is his trade
and he will protect it to retain his position in the marketplace.
When fitting a reconditioned exchange gearbox assembly do not forget that the unit is delivered
without lubricating oil.
The oil recommended is Hypoid 90 grade, as used in the rear axle assembly. As a useful tip,
remember to slacken both the oil drain plug and filler plug prior to installation of the unit in the car.
There is nothing more irritating than wanting to fill (or drain) a gearbox and then discovering that
the plugs on the freshly fitted and now inaccessible unit were apparently installed by the worlds
strongest man! Afterwards, re-tighten both plugs to your chosen torque.
Bell Housing Drainage

{ alternatives
}
*Note: These springs control the end float of the laygear on its shaft, by pushing the front thrust
washer against the laygear. Placing the springs in their respective holes in the gear case is the last
job to be done prior to refitting the bell housing; its very easy to forget them. Be warned!
47
48
49
50
GEARBOX
for 21 tooth reverse gear

for 17 tooth reverse gear
Assessment for Gearbox Overhaul

Oil in any machinery collects particles from the operating parts that it comes into contact with.
Many engineering concerns use lubricating oil analysis at regular intervals to monitor the
machinerys condition. In fact, with the oil laboratorys help and the applied knowledge of the
mechanical engineer, machinery life expectancy and time period between overhauls can be
established. Economically speaking, a piece of machinery can be withdrawn from service for
bearing replacement before it actually fails and destroys other more expensive parts within the
whole. This, in the case of an aircraft engine for example, will minimise in-service break downs
and unscheduled power plant changes. Some motor car oil manufacturers offer lubricant analysis
to users of their product.
Impending failures can be noted by increases of certain deposits in the analysed oil. The oil drained from
your gearbox can be viewed in a less scientific manner, but still with an accent towards indicating any
potential failure, or to give an idea of which item has failed within the gearbox and how it has failed.
A damaged component such as a synchro ring may prove relatively cheap to replace. The complete
collapse of the mainshaft tip bearing or layshaft needle roller bearings is not. The inclusion of a
magnetic drain plug in the sump of the gearbox is recommended; it will collect all the metallic particles
that otherwise would circulate with the oil and further erode the wearing surfaces of all components.
Some (but apparently not all) 1500 gearbox bell housings have a small hole at the bottom, in which
is a loosely fitted split pin, seemingly serving no purpose. In fact, this split pin (part no. PC39) is
sitting in a drainage hole, and its mere presence dangling in the hole helps oil or water which may
have found its way into the bell housing to drain out again, thus avoiding fluid build up in the
environs of the clutch.
Omit the split pin and the hole, devoid of the rattling bit which kept it clear, will quickly block up
and fail to serve its purpose.
32
OVERDRIVE
D Type Overdrive
ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
307862R
120694
37H1901
305137
106437
8
9
10
11
12
13
15
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
GHF201
GHF332
NT605041
132115
SH605071
TKC923
515814
506083
506105
GHF200
GHF331
010002
7H8196
NZ604041
UFS1194R
WF702101
515811
515813
513888
500412
500594
506109
513204
53K126
WF702101
502560
506117
3H693
007972
500591
BLS108
17H8030
7H8191
47
48
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
65
506129A
506118A
506076
513196
500633
513222
37H2693
BL14
37H2557
514889
506118A
513206
513216
OVERDRIVE, reconditioned
1
exchange
ANGLE DRIVE, speedo pinion
1
GASKET, overdrive to extension
1
ADAPTOR PLATE
1
GASKET, adaptor plate to gearbox
1
(Triumph attached the adaptor plate to the gearbox using either seven
studs, or with five screws plus two studs, with nuts & washers as required).
NUT
6/2 {
WASHER, locking
7 | quantity decreases
NUT
1/0 | if item 12 is used
STUD, locking extension to g/box
7/2 }
SCREW
5
alternative to 8, 10, 11
MAINSHAFT
1
MAIN CASING
1
STUD, overdrive to extension
7
STUD, overdrive, lower LH
1
NUT
8
WASHER, locking
8
SOLENOID
1
GASKET
1
NUT, solenoid adjusting
1
SCREW, solenoid to main casing
2
WASHER, shakeproof
2
CAM, operating valve
1
LEVER
1
LOCATING PIN, cam
1
LOCATING PIN, lever
1
O RING
1
SIDE PLATE
1
GASKET, side plate
1
SCREW, side plate
3
WASHER, shakeproof
3
BREATHER
1
PLUG
1
WASHER, copper
1
SPRING, plunger
1
PLUNGER
1
BALL
1
OPERATING VALVE
1
RELIEF VALVE KIT
1
(Wear in this assembly is a frequent cause of sluggish overdrive engagement).
SEAL, upper, relief valve
1
SEAL, lower, relief valve
1
SCREW, pump retaining
1
PLUNGER
1
SPRING, plunger
1
PUMP BODY
1
NON-RETURN VALVE
1
BALL
1
SPRING, non return valve
1
PIN, locating
1
WASHER, sealing
1
PLUG, non return valve
1
PUMP CAM
1
(Remember to align the pump cam & plunger correctly when attaching
overdrive to gearbox).
WOODRUFF KEY
1
SNAP RING
1
SEAL, operating piston
2
OPERATING PISTON
2
SPRING, operating piston
2
(If the overdrive is sluggish in engaging, these 2 springs may be the cause).
BRIDGE BAR
2
LOCK NUT
4
CLUTCH SPRINGS (set of four)
1
locates on to item 87
(If the overdrive is sluggish in disengaging, deterioration in these four
springs may also be the cause).
SEALING PLATE
1
MAGNET SET
1
FILTER
1
COVER PLATE, filter
1
GASKET, filter cover
1
SCREW, cover retaining
4
WASHER, shakeproof
4
BRAKE RING
1
SNAP RING
1
CIRCLIP
1
BASE PLATE, bearing housing
1
FRONT BEARING
1
BEARING HOUSING
1
BOLT, bearing housing
4
locates disengagement springs
66
67
68
69
70
WKN304
22H228
TRS1114
7H8290
513219
71
72
73
7H8286
JS616A
513199
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
506107
513205
7H8197
506097
506098
GHF117
GHF321
513228
506091
515356
506104
7H8301
506081
513203
Req.
33
OVERDRIVE
88
89
506044
513200
90
114
115
116
17H8014
505546
500412
513208
NKC77A
010857
012610
506063A
513209
500613A
22H193
506113
513195
134465
7H8294
513211
17H8024
17H8025
17H8026
17H8027
27H2893
533360A
7H8325
146102
WP24
BTB753
515817
PC12
506119
506066
117
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
506115
506071
500469
506103
506082
GHF200
GHF331
513198
Details
91
92
93
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
SUN GEAR
1
SLIDING MEMBER
1
(also known as clutch)
(Sudden cessation of overdrive engagement is often caused by this item
wearing badly, burning, breaking up, or frequently, the lining shearing off
the sliding member).
PLANET GEAR CARRIER
1
BEARING, needle roller
6
MILLS PIN, securing bearings
3
SPRING, one-way clutch
1
ratchet operation
SNAP RING
1
SLEEVE, clutch retaining
1
CAGE, uni-directional clutch rollers
1
ROLLERS, set of twelve
1
CLUTCH CENTRE
1
WASHER, thrust
1
SPRUNG SLEEVE
1
BEARING FACE, inside annulus
not separately available
SPIGOT BEARING, inside annulus
1
ANNULUS
1
BEARING, front of annulus shaft
1
DRIVE GEAR, speedometer
1
SPACER TUBE
1
SHIM, 0.105
a/r
SHIM, 0.1
a/r
SHIM, 0.095
a/r
SHIM, 0.09
a/r
SHIM, 0.085
a/r
BEARING, rear of annulus shaft
1
OIL SEAL, drive flange
1
DRIVE FLANGE
1
WASHER, plain
1
NUT, nyloc
1 { alternatives
NUT, slotted
1 }
SPLIT PIN (or slotted nut only)
1
PINION, speedometer drive
1
BEARING, pinion
1
Dismantle this Bearing at your peril.
O RING
1
SCREW, locking pinion assembly
1
WASHER, copper
1
STUD, rear casing to main casing
2
for lower 2 holes on flange
STUD, rear casing to main casing
6
use in other six positions
NUT
8
WASHER, locking
8
REAR CASING
1
So Your Overdrives Stopped Working (part 1)

Symptom
A) Overdrive does not engage
B) Overdrive does not disengage
C) Clutch slip in overdrive
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Insufficient oil in gearbox
Electrical system fault
Solenoid lever out of adjustment
Insufficient hydraulic pressure (check valves for seating or dirt)
Pump filter blocked
Blocked restrictor jet in operating valve

Solenoid sticking
Sticking clutch
Worn or glazed clutch lining

Car not fitted with overdrive
34
OVERDRIVE
J Type Overdrive
Overdrive Assembly; for '3-Rail Gearbox'
ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
1
2
3
4
5
8
9
11
12
13
313305R
120694
37H1901
313085
106437
GHF201
GHF332
132115
SH605071
TKC899
OVERDRIVE, reconditioned/exchange
1
1
GASKET, o/drive to adaptor plate
1
ADAPTOR PLATE
1
1
NUT
7/2
WASHER, locking
7
STUD, extension to gearbox
7/2
SCREW
5
MAINSHAFT
1
Details
{ quantity decreases
| if item 12
} is used
alternative to items 8 & 11
Overdrive Assembly; for 'Single Rail Gearbox'

14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
RKC688R
120694
37H1901
RKC634
22G1420
UKC4811
GHF332
RKC767
22G1947
22G1421
22G2198
NKC56
NKC57
GHF200
GHF331
NKC41
NKC108
NKC107
NKC67
NKC97
NKC96
NKC23
NKC11
NKC24
NKC53
37H1943
NKC54
NKC76
37H1946
NKC110
NKC30
NKC102A
NKC92
NKC14
NKC92
NKC33
NKC104
NKC15
NKC13
NKC91
AAU1388
RTC1949
NKC92
NKC102A
NKC13
NKC91
NKC93
NKC94
NKC95
NKC28
NKC25
NKC100
NKC29A
NKC26A
NKC101A
22H228
159503
159505
WKN304
NKC21
NKC99A
500587
JS616A
NKC19
OVERDRIVE, reconditioned/exchange
GASKET, o/drive to adaptor plate
ADAPTOR PLATE
SCREW, adaptor plate to gearbox
WASHER, locking
MAINSHAFT
PLUG, in adaptor plate
PLUNGER
SPRING
STUD, long, set of six
STUD, short, set of two
NUT
WASHER, locking
SOLENOID
WASHER, copper
O RING
EARTH WIRE, solenoid
SCREWED PLUG
WASHER, copper
FILTER, pressure
WASHER
PLUG (threaded), filter
FILTER, suction
MAGNET SET
COVER, sump
GASKET, sump
SCREW, sump cover
WASHER, shakeproof
BODY, relief valve
O RING, small
O RING, large
DASH POT SLEEVE
O RING
RELIEF VALVE
SPRING, relief valve
DASH POT PISTON
DASH POT PLUG KIT
O RING
RELIEF VALVE KIT
O RING, large
O RING, large
O RING, small
DASH POT PLUG KIT
O RING
PLUG, relief valve
SPRING, relief valve
BALL
PUMP PLUNGER
PUMP BODY KIT
O RING
NON-RETURN VALVE KIT
PUMP PLUG KIT
O RING
CIRCLIP
SNAP RING
CAM, oil pump operating
WOODRUFF KEY
OPERATING PISTON
O RING
BRIDGE BAR
LOCK NUT
MAIN HOUSING
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
4
1
90
NKC66
NAMEPLATE
J type overdrive
{ main housing to
} adaptor plate
OVERDRIVE
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
134
135
136
137
138
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
|
}
NKC98
NKC86
NKC10
NKC58
NKC59
NKC83
NKC85
NKC84
NKC63
NKC62
NKC109
NKC12
NKC40
NKC55
AEU1051
NKC22BK
NKC77A
NKC20
NKC17
012610
506063A
NKC16
513208
NKC79
NKC9
217325A
NKC46
NKC45
NKC78
NKC87
RTC1951
AAU1387
NKC90
NKC88
NKC89
SP75G
NKC39A
160286
NKC82A
NKC81
NKC49
AEU1578
NKC42
NKC106
NKC105A
NKC43
AAU1384
NKC80
NKC70
DRIVE SCREW, nameplate

GASKET
BRAKE RING
STUD, short
STUD, long
CIRCLIP, sun gear
CIRCLIP, clutch
SNAP RING, bearing
BEARING, clutch
BEARING HOUSING
BOLT
SPRINGS, set of four
SLIDING MEMBER, (clutch)
SUN GEAR
PLANET GEAR & CARRIER
BEARING & AXLE SET
SNAP RING
OIL THROWER
FREEWHEEL UNIT
CAGE
ROLLERS, set of twelve
CLUTCH, inner member
SPRING, clutch retaining
THRUST WASHER
ANNULUS
BEARING, annulus head
GEAR, speedometer drive
GEAR, speedometer drive
SPACER, annulus shaft
GASKET, rear to main housing
REAR HOUSING
REAR HOUSING
NUT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BEARING, rear of annulus shaft
OIL SEAL
DRIVE FLANGE
WASHER
NUT, nyloc
HOUSING, pinion
O RING
OIL SEAL
RETAINER, pinion
CLAMP, retainer
SCREW
WASHER, shakeproof
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
4
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
35
brake ring to main housing

set of four
set of two
uni-directional clutch rollers
3.89:1 axle ratio

3.63:1 axle ratio
for three rail gearbox

for single rail gearbox
3.89:1 axle ratio

3.63:1 axle ratio
So Your Overdrives Stopped Working (part 2)

used in 3 rail
type overdrive (item 1)
and youd prefer to explore some less expensive reasons for failure before looking up the price
of a solenoid or overdrive unit. Check for the following easy-to-cure problems first (these are
equally applicable to both D and J type fitted cars);
1)
used in single rail

type overdrive
(item 14)
2)
3)
4)
If you look at the gear knob switch you will notice that there are special connectors used on
the gear lever harness which slide onto the switch fittings. The connectors are insulated from
each other by means of the switch casing, however they do sometimes become disconnected
through vibration and either earth out or break the circuit intermittently.
A short circuit caused by chaffing of the gear lever wires (153726) is a prevalent problem on
all cars with gear knob mounted overdrive switches.
The overdrive may sometimes cease to work due to wear on the inhibitor switch ball end of
the 3rd & 4th gear selector shaft. Removal of a spacing washer may cure this problem. Too
few washers may load up the selector and stiffen the gear change.
Remember the all important ingredient of an overdrive is oil. It is the operating medium as
well as a lubricant. Under no circumstances should anti-friction additives be used in gearbox
or overdrive oil. Hypoid oil should not be used even though its recommended by Triumph (the
gearbox maker). Laycock de Normanville (the overdrive maker) specifically excludes oils
with Hypoid additives from its lubrication chart.
Moss suggest the following oils;

Warm climates:
Cold climates and winter:
Penrite Gear oil 40 (GGL9021X).

Penrite Gear oil 30 (GGL9019X).
(Numbers in brackets are Moss part numbers)
{ supplied with items 25,

} 26, 71, 72, 73, 94, 95
36
GEARBOX
1300 Non Overdrive Gearbox

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
160335
BAU1074A
502146
PCR509
AEU1581A
HARNESS, reverse lamp switch

SWITCH, reverse lamps
WASHER, spacing
CLIP, harness to gearbox top cover
CLIP, harness to bell housing
Req.
Details
1
1
a/r
1
1
1300 D Type Overdrive Gearbox up to (c) FH60000

10
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
160335
155985
155983
155984
153726
BAU1074A
502146
059474
133770
158002
SH604071
142169A
GHF425
WL700101
PWZ203
AEU1581A
PCR509
618511
061917

HARNESS, overdrive, on gearbox
HARNESS, overdrive, on body
HARNESS, overdrive, on body
EXTENSION HARNESS, overdrive
SWITCH, overdrive inhibitor
WASHER, sp`acing
NUT, switch securing
SCREW, bracket to gearbox
GEAR KNOB & SWITCH
RELAY, overdrive
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
CLIP, harness securing
CLIP, harness to bulkhead
GROMMET, bulkhead
1
1
1
1
1
2
a/r
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
RHD
LHD
in gear lever
also reverse lamps
To FH31846
From FH31847
see page 24 for details
1300, J Type Overdrive Gearbox (c)

FH60001 to (c) FH62644
J Type overdrive equipped Spitfires built in this period (beginning of 1974 model year) used two
harnesses on the gearbox (one for reverse lights, the other for overdrive) plus two sets of wires running
from the car body to supply the two systems. All later 1300 J type overdrive cars (c) FH62645 onwards)
had just one set of supply wires on the body, plus one dual purpose harness on the gearbox (item 40 on
this page). This harness may be easily installed on the earlier cars by simply connecting it to the reverse
lamp circuit wires hanging on the bulkhead, just to the left of the front of the gearbox tunnel (the wires
are green and green/brown). The overdrive supply wires on the car body will now be redundant. All
switches, brackets & clips are as per the (c) FH62645 onwards section.
1300, J Type Overdrive Gearbox from FH62645

40
159653
HARNESS
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
55
56
153726
BAU1074A
502146
BAU1074A
502146
059474
158002
SH604071

WASHER, spacing
SWITCH, inhibitor, overdrive
WASHER, spacing
SCREW, bracket to gearbox
GEAR KNOB & SWITCH
AEU1581A
PCR509
1
1
1
a/r
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
1
{ reverse lamp switch

} & overdrive
in gear lever
see pages 24/25 for details
1500, Non Overdrive Gearbox

60
61
62
63
64
65
UKC4481
GAE191A
GHF302
ULC1178
503213
618511

WASHER, spacing
CLIP, harness to gearbox
INSULATING SLEEVE (for clip)
1
1
a/r
2
2
1
1500, J Type Overdrive Gearbox

70
UKC4612
HARNESS
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
83
84
85
153726
GAE191A
GHF302
BAU1074A
502146
059474

WASHER, spacing
SWITCH, inhibitor, overdrive
WASHER, spacing
GEAR KNOB & SWITCH
CLIP, harness to gearbox
INSULATING SLEEVE, for clip
ULC1178
503213
618511
1
1
1
a/r
1
a/r
1
1
2
2
1
{ reverse lamp switch

} & overdrive
in gear lever
see pages 28/29 for details
Carburettor Technical Tips

Carburettors rarely go out of tune by themselves. When engine condition changes, the carburation
requirements of the engine are altered. A compromise is sometimes possible by adjusting the
carburettor(s) to suit, but the overall performance will be below what it should be. When you think
your car needs a carburettor tune-up, make sure that everything is in proper condition and adjusted.
It is impossible to properly adjust carburettors if the engine is not set up correctly.
FUEL SYSTEM
37
wasted, and if the mixture is wrong Colourtune provides the means to make accurate adjustments
with ease. According to the AA (the worlds largest automobile association), Colourtune can save up
to 10% of the fuel you put into the tank, which gives you more money to spend on Saturday night.
MRD1005
COLOURTUNE
a/r
Grose Jets
Re-bushing Carburettor Bodies
'Precision fuel flow'
Re-bushing carburettor bodies and fitting new throttle shafts is a major part of a carburettor rebuild
which is often overlooked. Vacuum leaks due to worn bodies and shafts cause rough idle, poor
performance, and poor fuel economy.
Checking the shaft & body clearance is a simple matter of wiggling the shafts in the carburettor
bodies. Any appreciable play indicates wear in the bodies or on the shafts or both. Some wear is
to be expected, but performance is seriously affected when clearances are over 0.005 (five
thousandths of an inch). Verification is done with the engine running at idle by spraying carburettor
cleaner (MRD1023) on the shafts where they enter the carburettor body. If the idle changes, the
shafts and/or the bodies are worn.
Quite often, the problem can be fixed by simply replacing the throttle shafts. Remove the couplings,
springs, and other fittings from the ends of the shafts. Mark the butterfly plates with a felt-tip pen
to indicate which end is installed upwards and remove the two securing screws. Pull the plates out
and slide the shaft sideways until a clean, unworn section of the shaft is in each side of the body.
Now wiggle the shaft up & down, forwards & backwards, to determine if any play is present. If none,
a new pair of standard throttle shafts should solve the problem. Oversize shafts (if not already fitted)
can be purchased to take up slight wear in the carburettor body. Since the holes in the bodies
generally wear to a slight oval shape, it is advisable when fitting oversize shafts, to ream the
carburettor bodies to the diameter of the particular new shaft plus 0.002 clearance. Standard SU
shafts measure 0.310 to 0.311 in diameter. Oversize shafts vary in diameter, but are generally
0.005 to 0.010 larger than the standard shafts. If the carburettor bodies are found to be worn too
badly for oversize shafts to be effective, the bodies must be re-bushed.
To re-bush carburettor bodies, the old bushes (or the bodies themselves, if the particular
carburettors dont have bushes) must be drilled out to a diameter just smaller than the outside
diameter. of the new bushes, and to a depth just short of entering the venturi. Since each side of
the body must be drilled separately, accurate alignment of the two holes is difficult to maintain.
Several members of our staff have found that an easy way to do this is to chuck the appropriate
drill in a lathe, and run the carburettor body onto the drill with the tailstock centre. New bushes
are then pressed into the bodies and reamed to fit the new shafts with the minimum clearance
which allows free rotation. This is best accomplished with a 5/16 adjustable reamer with a pilot
long enough to ride in the opposing bush. Sometimes it is necessary to lap the shafts in the bushes
by chucking the projecting end of the shaft in an electric drill and running it dry in the bushes. Do
not use any abrasive compound; the dark oxide that is formed is enough. Add a drop or two of light
oil and continue until the shaft rotates freely in the bushes. After re-installation of the throttle
plates, springs, and linkage, the rest of the rebuild is routine. Keep in mind that the throttle plates
must be centralised before the screws are tightened.
Your carburettors may be reconditioned, but they still leak fuel all over the place when you lift your
foot off the accelerator. If so, fit Grose jets, the ball valve jet which wont stick open, unlike old
fashioned needle and seat valves.
GAC9201X
Grose Jet for HS type SU carbs
Grose Jets
Re-bushing Carburettor Bodies
Carburettor Adjusting Tools

The proper tools will give you an edge in the correct tuning and maintenance of your carburettors.
For full details of carburettor tools please refer to Accessories.
Choke Adjustment
Adjustment of the choke mechanism of SUs and Zenith-Strombergs is of great importance, but
seems to be little understood.
Technically speaking, SUs do not have true choke mechanisms by which a richer mixture is
created by restricting the airflow, but accomplish the same result by keeping the airflow the same
and increasing the flow of fuel. Zenith-Stromberg carburettors on U.S.A. market Spitfires use a true
choke; a starter bar which rotates up under the air piston, at once restricting the airflow and
increasing the fuel flow. Before any choke adjustments can be made accurately, the carburettors
must be synchronised and balanced and the choke cable disconnected from the carburettors. Of
primary consideration is the physical condition of the choke & fast idle linkages. Excess looseness
or binding prevent proper adjustment and operation. Replace any worn or damaged parts. Next,
the choke linkages of the two carburettors must be synchronised. If you have any doubts as to how
to do this, refer to a good workshop manual. In general, back off the fast idle screws so they wont
get in the way, loosen the interconnecting linkage, and re-tighten so that both chokes begin to
operate at the same time. Adjust the fast idle screws so that in the rest position, there is about
1/32 clearance between the screws and the fast idle cams. Re-connect the choke cable leaving
it a bit slack, as you do not want any pre-load on the choke mechanism that would hinder its return
to rest when the choke is in the off position.
Idle Speed Adjustment Problems
Carburettor Adjusting Tools
SU Carburettor
(Side View)
Choke Adjustment
If difficulty is encountered in adjusting to a proper idle speed, check for:

1) Vacuum leaks.
2) Jet/choke linkage position.
3) Interference between the fast idle adjusting screw and the fast idle cam.
Check all of this only after you are sure that the ignition system and the rest of the engine are in good order.
Colortune
"The tune-up window"
Using Colortune is as simple as fitting a spark plug, and it lets you see into the engine! The colour
of the burning mixture lets you know whether fuel is being mixed and burnt properly or being
Colortune
Idle Screw Fast Idle Screw

Fast Idle Cam
38
FUEL SYSTEM
Fuel Tank, Pipes & Pump
17
18
19

ill.
Part Number
Description
725117
725570
GAC6001X
571086
718738
725220
650247
UKC9920
CS4038
CS4042
311589
RKC3395
312407
FUEL CAP, vented

FUEL CAP, non vented
FUEL CAP, locking, lozenge shaped
FUEL CAP, locking, round shape
SEAL, vented
SEAL, non vented
GROMMET, filler neck to rear deck
HOSE, filler neck to tank
CLAMP, wire type
CLAMP, wire type
FUEL TANK
FUEL TANK
FUEL TANK
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
154036
107562
GHF103
GHF332
WP125
TKC2053
ARA1501
FINISHER, tank edge

FELT PAD, anti-rattle
SCREW, tank mounting
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SENDER UNIT, fuel gauge
LOCKING RING, sender unit
1
1
5
5
5
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Req.
Details
alternative
(cut neck length to fit)
replacement
original filler hose
fits UKC9920 hose
1300 To FH50000
1300 From FH50001, 1500
{ 1300 German models only
| 1500 To FH75379 D, B, DK,
} F, NL, I, CH & A models only
glued to tank
ARA1502
158554
UKC3793
SEALING RING, sender unit

CAP, blanking vent
CLIP, securing blanking cap
1
a/r
a/r
1300 models to (c) FH50000

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
45
46
155083
TL8
060142
144938
216006
600395
153300
155506
305953
AHA5535
TL7
600395
305824
134942
TL7
122796
AHA5535
060176
TL7
059191
208493B
138591
PICK-UP PIPE
OLIVE
TUBE NUT
HOSE, rubber
TUBE, fuel feed
GROMMET
CONNECTOR
TUBE, fuel feed
TUBE ASSEMBLY, fuel feed
TUBE NUT & OLIVE
OLIVE
GROMMET
TUBE ASSEMBLY, fuel feed
TUBE NUT
OLIVE
CONNECTOR
TUBE NUT & OLIVE, pump inlet
TUBE NUT
OLIVE
CLIP
FUEL PUMP
GASKET, fuel pump to engine
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
{
|
|
| all markets except
| Germany
|
|
}
{
|
|
| German market only
|
|
}
fuel & brake pipes to chassis

screw in connections
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
104359
GHF332
GHF201
101962
305946
060176
TL7
122796
630661
061917
155959
138892
(Original fuel pumps require the use of a tube nut to attach it on its rearward
mounting stud. The tube nut allows clearance for the manual priming lever
to operate and allows easier fitting of the nut).
TUBE NUT
1
WASHER, locking
2
NUT
1/2
can be used to replace item 47
STUD, pump to engine
2
TUBE ASSEMBLY
1
fuel pump to carburettors
TUBE NUT
1
OLIVE
1
CONNECTOR
1
GROMMET
1
GROMMET
1
BRACKET, tube supporting
1
CLIP, vacuum pipe to fuel tube
1
1300 models from (c) FH50001 except Germany

1500 except D, B, DK, F, NL, I, CH, A to (c) FH75379
60
61
62
63
64
65
TKC5419
060142
TL8
144938
UKC3795
215975
PIPE ASSEMBLY, pick up

TUBE NUT
OLIVE
HOSE, rubber
CLIP, securing connector to tube
PIPE, fuel feed
UKC1764
AHA5535
060176
TL7
PIPE ASSEMBLY, fuel feed

TUBE NUT & OLIVE
TUBE NUT
OLIVE
600395
115784
UKC3795
PKC828
149608
059191
624155
GROMMET
CONNECTOR
CLIP, securing connector
TUBE, fuel feed
CONNECTOR, tube to pump inlet
CLIP, metal (alternative)
CLIP, plastic (alternative)
99
100
101
102
103
104
106
107
108
109
{ fuel & brake pipes

} to chassis
Pulling out the choke knob causes two distinct mechanical things happen to your carburettors.
A ) The first third of movement increases the idle speed, this can often be observed by
the accelerator pedal moving downwards.
B ) The next two thirds of movement continues to increase the idle speed while
enriching the fuel/air mixture.
To start your Triumph from cold you should always use full choke.
Once the engine has started, feed the choke back in to obtain a smooth fast idle which has
sufficient mixture enrichment to allow smooth acceleration but not rough idling. The real trick is to
gradually feed the choke back in as the engine warms up and retain normal running & pick up.
Whatever happens the choke must be pushed fully in before the engine reaches normal running
temperature. Remember too little choke will mean bad cold starting and hesitant pick-up while the
engine is warming up. Too much choke will give a lumpy tickover, excessive fuel consumption and
more dramatically, increased cylinder bore wear due to the petrol washing off the lubricating oil
from the cylinder walls. If your Spitfire does not warm up quickly to the correct temperature, check
the operation of the radiator thermostat. If in doubt read the service manual about resetting the
choke mixture & fast idle.
Fuel Pumps with Push-on Fuel Connections

Straight Lever
Pumps with Straight levers
do NOT use spacer block
B)
Curved Hook Lever

Pumps with Hooked levers
DO use spacer block
Triumph changed the pump installation at engine no. FM93157. The new installation included a
spacer block between the engine and pump. The later pump must be fitted with the block and
conversely the early pump must not. This is due to different types of contact desired between the
lever & the camshaft.
Note: That aftermarket versions of the pumps may have lever profiles which only approximate to
the illustrations.
RKC1624
RKC1624Z
TE605105
GHF201
GHF332
2A113
TKC3417
TKC3417Z
UKC8523
GHF201
GHF332
TE605141
FUEL PUMP, original

FUEL PUMP, reproduction
NUT
WASHER, locking
GASKET
FUEL PUMP, original
FUEL PUMP, reproduction
SPACER BLOCK, 13mm
NUT
WASHER, locking
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
{
|
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
|
}
39
pumps fitted without

13mm spacer block
pumps fitted with

13mm spacer block
Note: If in doubt as to what you have or need - order the pump, and its correct studs, spacer block
or gasket, depending on the pump chosen.
97
98
Proper use of a Spitfire Manual Choke
A)
87
88
89
90
95
96
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
3
3
81
82
83
84
86
92
93
94
1
1
1
1
2
1
All 1300 models from (c) FH50001 & 1500

71
72
73
74
75
76
77
80
91
1300 models from (c) FH50001 German markets

1500 models up to (c) FH75379
D, B, DK, F, NL, I, CH, A only
67
68
69
70
FUEL SYSTEM
110
111
112
113
114
116
117
NI
NI
144938
153300
UKC3795
UKC3794
TKC680
310221
155959
061917
630661
138892
153300
120331
UKC3795
UKC3794
157082
120331
125170
UKC3793
AEU1581A
114178
UKC4962
623313
629596
120331
125170
UKC3793
215924
215938
125170
C45174
BAU5077
37H7281
HFFK8
HFFK13
HOSE rubber, (5/16 int. dia)

CONNECTOR (5/16 to 1/4 int. dia)
CLIP (1/2 int. dia)
CLIP (7/16 int. dia)
TUBE, fuel feed (5/16 outer dia)
TUBE, fuel feed (1/4 outer dia)
BRACKET, tube support
GROMMET, in bracket
GROMMET, in bracket
CLIP, vacuum pipe to fuel tube
CONNECTOR (5/16 to 1/4 int. dia)
CONNECTOR (1/4 int. dia)
CLIP (1/2 outer dia)
CLIP (7/16 outer dia)
TUBE, fuel feed (carb to carb)
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CLIP, connector clamping
CLIP, fuel tube
GROMMET, tube
TUBE, fuel feed (carb to carb)
CLIP, single (1/4 pipe)
CLIP, twin (1/4 & 5/16 pipe)
CONNECTOR
CONNECTOR
CLIP
OVERFLOW & VENT TUBE, front
OVERFLOW & VENT TUBE, rear
CONNECTOR, tube to carb
EDGE CLIP, overflow tube
REPAIR KIT, fuel pump
REPAIR KIT, fuel pump
FUEL PIPE KIT, copper
FUEL PIPE KIT, copper
1
1
1/2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2/3
1
1
1
1/2
1
2
2
4
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
To FH59688E
From FH59689E
To FH59688E
From FH59689E
{ alternatives
}
To FH59688E
From FH59689E
1300 engine
{ alternatives
}
if fitted
{ 1300 engines only
}
500 engines
To FM105277E
From M105278E
{ alternatives
}
{
| From FM105278E
}
screw in connections
push on connections
To FH50000E
From FH50001E
40
CARBURETTORS
HS2 SU Carburettors
CARBURETTORS
41
Note: Throttle spindle & fitting kit also includes lock tab (item 58) & carburettor mounting gaskets
item 80 & 81.
53
WZX1320
THROTTLE DISC & FITTING KIT

(plain disc type)
(valve type disc)
{ AUD441 carburettors
}
{ AUD517, 580, 624
} carburettors
Non USA Spitfires used only SU carburettors in two sizes;

1 1/4 (HS2) & later 1 1/2 (HS4). This is lucky because it therefore means there is continuity in the
supply of parts, also that the changes made (for emission control) are negligible. All 1300 non USA
Spitfires use HS2 carburettors of the swing (or biased) needle type. When components differ between
the front & rear carburettors, the text lists both items describing them simply as front or rear.
Note: Throttle disc kits include screws (item 52) & carburettor mounting gaskets items 80 & 81.
ill.
54
Part Number
Description
HS2 Carburettors are supplied in pairs

AUD441T
CARBURETTORS, new
AUD441E
CARBURETTORS, reconditioned
AUD517T
CARBURETTORS new
AUD517E
AUD580T
CARBURETTORS, new
AUD580E
AUD624T
CARBURETTORS new
AUD624E
Req.
1pr
1pr
1pr
1pr
1pr
1pr
1pr
1pr
Details
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
To FH25000E
From FH25001E
To FH50000E
From FH50001E
To FH59688E
Trom FH59689E
Note: That reconditioned carburettors are offered on an exchange basis. To be acceptable for
exchange, your old units must be complete and undamaged.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
50
AUD9998
CUD4103A
AUC4900A
JZX1394
CUD1012
AUD3306
AUD4288
AUD4252
WZX1259
AUC2054
AUC2099
WZX1108
AUC8464
AUC1151
AUC1250
AUC4387
WZX1442
AUD3414
AUC2002
AUC2114
AUC8461
AUD2987
AUD9104
AUD9103
AUD2129
AUD2193
AUD2194
AUD2195
AUC2104
AUD2140
AUD2179
AUD2178
AUC1329
AUD2891
AUD3017
AUC1317
AUC1318
WZX1300
AUC8459A
WZX1100A
GAC9201X
AUC1152
AUE270*
AUE267*
AUE267*
AUE271*
AUE268*
AUE271*
JZX1394
WL700101
AUC1215
AUD3079*
SUCTION CHAMBER & PISTON

DAMPER PISTON
WASHER, fibre
SCREW, chamber to body
NEEDLE, type AAN
SPRING
NEEDLE GUIDE
SCREW, needle guide securing
PISTON GUIDE & SCREW KIT
PISTON GUIDE
SCREW
PISTON LIFTING PIN KIT
PIN, piston lifting
SPRING
CIRCLIP, pin securing
PISTON SPRING, (Red, 4 1/2 oz)
JET BEARING KIT
JET BEARING
TUBE NUT, jet securing
SPRING
TUBE NUT, mixture adjustment
WASHER, sealing, jet bearing
JET ASSEMBLY, front
JET ASSEMBLY, rear
TUBE NUT, jet to float chamber
WASHER, seal supporting
SEAL, rubber
FERRULE, brass
SCREW, jet to lever
FLOAT CHAMBER
ADAPTOR, float chamber, rear
ADAPTOR, float chamber, front
WASHER, support
BOLT, flanged head,
BOLT, mounting float chamber
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
FLOAT, (includes gasket)
GASKET, float chamber lid
NEEDLE & SEAT, (inc. gasket)
GROSE JET, (superior design)
PIN, float pivot
FLOAT LID, rear
FLOAT LID, front
FLOAT LID, rear
FLOAT LID, front
FLOAT LID, rear
FLOAT LID, front
SCREW, float lid
WASHER, locking
BAFFLE, float lid
INSERT, throttle shaft bush
2
2
2
6
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
6
2
a/r
if required
original specification
tickler pin
{ 0.090"
}
WZX1310
AUC1358
THROTTLE SPINDLE & FITTING KIT

SCREW, throttle disc to spindle
2
4
AUD2052
AUD2053
WZX1140
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
AUC8483
AUC2451
JZX1328
AUD3323
AUC1424
AUC8483
AUC2451
WZX1336
65 AUC8462
66 AUD2431
WZX1335
AUC1375
AUD2432
67 CUD2687
CUD2686
WZX1331
68 AUC1426
69 AUD2429
70 AUC5032
71 AUC8473
72 AUD2430
73 AUD2433
74 AUD3287
AUD3288
80 ACA8014
81 1G2624
82 GHF202
83 GHF333
90 156290
91 AUC1453
92 AUE587
93 AUE586
94 AUC2694
95 AUC8396
96 AJD8012Z
97 AUE34
100 MRD1023
THROTTLE LEVER, rear

1
THROTTLE LEVER, front
1
SUNDRIES KIT
2
throttle levers
(Throttle linkage sundry parts kit includes items 55, 56, 60 & 61).
SCREW, fast idle adjustment
2
SPRING
2
LEVER, lost motion
2
LOCK TAB
2
PIVOT NUT
2
SCREW
2
throttle stop & idle adjustment
SPRING
2
CHOKE SPRING KIT, choke, rear
1
SPRING, choke, rear, inner
1
SPRING, choke, rear, outer
1
CHOKE SPRING KIT, choke, front
1
SPRING, choke, front, inner
1
SPRING, choke, front, outer
1
LEVER & JET LINK, rear
1
LEVER & JET LINK, front
1
PIVOT BOLT KIT
2
BOLT, pivot
2
WASHER, anti rattle
2
WASHER, spacing
2
DISTANCE TUBE, inner
2
DISTANCE TUBE, outer
2
WASHER, spacing
2
CHOKE LEVER, rear
1
CHOKE LEVER, front
1
GASKET, carburettor to air filter
4
GASKET, carburettor to manifold
2
NUT, carburettor to manifold
4
WASHER, locking
4
LINK ROD & LEVER, throttle
1
LINK ROD, choke
1
LOST MOTION LEVER, rear
2
LOST MOTION LEVER, front
2
SCREW, in lever
4
WASHER, plain
4
NUT
4
TRUNNION, choke cable
1
SPRAY CLEANER
a/r
carburettor cleaner
Other kits available for the servicing of HS2 carburettors include the following:
float chamber mounting
alternative to WZX1100A
{
}
{
}
{
}
For AUD441 &

AUD517 carburettors
For AUD580 carburettors
Steel
*Note: Item 50 is to be used when the carburettor body is worn around the throttle spindle.
Reaming the boss in the carburettor body to 8mm allows the insert to be fitted, thereby bringing
the hole diameter to a correct 1/4. See page 93 (Fuel System Technical Tips) for further details.
51
52
WZX1383
NI
WZX1120
NI
AUE810A
NI
WZX1391
NI
WZX1860X
NI
GAC6154X
CARBURETTOR SUNDRIES KIT

2
(Inc. items 4, 9, 10, 24 for one carburettor).
CARBURETTOR GASKET KIT
2
(Inc. items 24, 27, 28, 41, 80, 81 for one carburettor).
FLOAT CHAMBER SUNDRIES KIT
2
(Inc. items 27, 28, 37, 41, 43, 45, 46, 47 for one carburettor).
SERVICE KIT
1
(Inc. items 3, 25, 41, 42, 80, 81; to service two carburettors).
REBUILD KIT
1
(Inc. items 3, 25, 41, 42, 50, 51, 52, 53, 80, 81 for 2 carbs plus instructions.
Please note that only plain type throttle discs are included in this kit).
42
CARBURETTORS
HS4 SU Carburettors
The HS4 type carburettor on 1500 engines during production was subjected to more visually
obvious improvements than its predecessor, the HS2 on 1300 engines. These changes included
the replacement of the age old sliding bush suction chamber & piston assembly, with a new
smoother ball bearing design (a definite improvement) and, the introduction in 1976 of the
emissions-conscious Capstat jets (at best, controversial). The illustration and text is structured in
an attempt to group together all the components in each sub assembly which changed.
Note: That reconditioned carburettors are offered on an exchange basis. To be acceptable for
exchange, your old units must be complete and undamaged. See accessories catalogue for full details.
ill.
Part Number
Description
HS4 Carburettors (Supplied in pairs)

AUD665T
CARBURETTORS, new
AUD665E
1
2
3
4
5
6
Req.
Details
1pr
1pr
{ To FM53446E
}
FZX1258T
FZX1258E
CARBURETTORS, new
1pr
1pr
{ From FM53447E
} To FM105278E
FZX1122E
CARBURETTORS reconditioned
1pr
{ From FM105279E
} To FM118374E
FZX1327T
FZX1327E
CARBURETTORS, new
1pr
1pr
{ From FM118375E
}
AUD9988
AUC8114A
AUC4900A
AUC4387
LZX1025
LZX1313

DAMPER PISTON
WASHER, fibre
PISTON SPRING, red (4 1/2 oz)
DAMPER PISTON
2
2
2
2
2
2
For AUD665 &

FZX1258 carburettors
(sliding bush type
suction chamber)
{ For FZX1122 carburettors
} (ball bearing type chamber)
LZX1523
LZX1506
AUD4355

DAMPER PISTON
PISTON SPRING, red (4 1/2 oz)
(2 1/4 diameter)
2
2
2
{
}
{
}
For FZX1327 carburettors

(ball bearing type chamber)
For FZX1122 &
FZX1327 carburettors
Note: The ball bearing type suction chamber is a vast improvement over the earlier sliding bush
type, with benefits to smoothness, acceleration and economy. If fitted it must be used with the
correct damper (LZX1313 or LZX1506) and piston spring (AUD4355). No needle specification
change is required.
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
20
21
25
26
27
JZX1394
AUD4251
AUD3306
CUD1041
SCREW, chamber to body

SCREW, needle guide securing
SPRING
NEEDLE, type ABT
6
2
2
2
NZX4013
NEEDLE, type ADN
AUD4288
WZX1259
AUC2054
AUC2099
WZX1108
AUC1249
AUC1151
AUC1250
WZX1442
WZX1443
NEEDLE GUIDE
PISTON GUIDE & SCREW SET
PISTON GUIDE
SCREW
PISTON LIFTING PIN KIT
PIN, piston lifting
SPRING
CIRCLIP, pin securing
JET BEARING KIT
JET BEARING KIT
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
AUC8478
AUD2104
AUD2427
AUD2428
AUD9451A
WASHER, sealing, jet bearing

SCREW, jet to bracket
BRACKET, jet to lever, front
BRACKET, jet to lever, rear
JET, front, 0.090 jet
2
2
1
1
1
{
}
{
}
For AUD665 & FZX1258

carburettors
For FZX1122 & FZX1327
carburettors
if fitted
tickler pin'

{ For FZX1258, FZX1122
} & FZX1327 carburettors
{ For AUD665 carburettors
| (standard jets)
}
{ For AUD665 carburettors
28
29
30
31
32
AUD9450A
LZX1323A
LZX1322A
LZX1331
LZX1330
AUD2129
AUD2193
AUD2194
AUD2195
TT1459
JET, rear, 0.090 jet

TUBE NUT, jet to float chamber
WASHER, seal supporting
SEAL, rubber
FERRULE, brass
JET CONVERSION KIT
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
}
{
}
{
}
(standard jets)
(capstat jets)
carburettors (capstat jets)
CARBURETTORS
68
82
85
86
AUD3586
WZX1335
AUC8462
AUD2431
WZX1336
AUC1375
AUD2432
CUD3073
CUD3072
WZX1339
AUC8462
HMP290050
WZX1338
AUC1375
HMP290051
AUD4871
AUD4870
WZX1357
WZX1356
JZX1259
WZX1331
AUC1426
AUC5032
AUC8473
AUD2430
AUD4860
AUD4861
AUE34
12G2125
UKC2992
O RING
CHOKE SPRING KIT, front
CHOKE SPRING KIT, rear
LEVER & JET LINK, front
LEVER & JET LINK, rear
CHOKE SPRING KIT, front
CHOKE SPRING KIT, rear
LEVER, front
LEVER, rear
ROD LINK KIT, front
ROD LINK KIT, rear
CLIP, rod link to jet
PIVOT BOLT KIT
BOLT, pivot
WASHER, spacing
DISTANCE TUBE, inner
DISTANCE TUBE, outer
CHOKE LEVER, front
CHOKE LEVER, rear
TRUNNION, choke cable
GASKET, carb to air filter
GASKET
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
4
4
87
88
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
100
SH505091
GHF332
UKC3009
AUE668
AUE586
AUE587
AUC2694
AUC8396
AJD8012Z
MRD1023
SCREW, carb to manifold

WASHER, locking
LINK ROD & LEVER, throttle
LINK ROD, choke
LOST MOTION LEVER, front
LOST MOTION LEVER, rear
SCREW, in lever
WASHER, plain
NUT
SPRAY CLEANER
4
4
1
1
2
2
4
4
4
a/r
70
71
72
{ Converts Capstat jets
} to standard jets
73
Note: If your car has capstat type carburettors (FZX1258, FZX1122 or FZX1327) then read on. Its
possible that your engine - when hot, dies on idle, or idles unevenly. If these maladies can be
definitely traced back to the carburettors, our TT1459 Capstat conversion kit can be fitted. The
kit replaces the dubious Capstat jets with standard items and also effects the necessary choke
linkage changes. One kit services both carburettors.
74
75
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
50
AUC2140
AUD2178
AUD2179
AUC1329
AUD2891
AUD3017
AUC1317
AUC1318
WZX1300
AUC8459A
WZX1100A
GAC9201X
AUC1152
AUE271*
AUE268*
AUE272*
AUE273*
JZX1394
WL700101
AUD3080
FLOAT CHAMBER
ADAPTOR, float chamber, front
ADAPTOR, float chamber, rear
WASHER, support
BOLT, flanged head
BOLT, mounting float chamber
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
FLOAT, (includes gasket)
GASKET, float chamber lid
NEEDLE & SEAT (inc. gasket)
GROSE JET (alternative to 42)
PIN, float pivot
FLOAT LID, front
FLOAT LID, rear
FLOAT LID, front
FLOAT LID, rear
SCREW, float lid
WASHER, locking
STEEL INSERT
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
6
6
a/r
76
float chamber
{ alternative to
} item 38
(superior valve design)

{
}
{
}
without overflow connection

AUD665 and FZX1258 carbs
with overflow connection
FZX1122 and FZX1327 carbs
throttle shaft bush
Note: Use Item 50 when the carburettor body is worn around the throttle spindle. Reaming the boss
in the carburettor body to 9.5mm allows the insert to be fitted, thereby bringing the hole diameter
in the boss to a correct 5/16. See page 37 (Fuel System Technical Tips) for further details.
77
78
79
80
81
}
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
}
43
& FZX1327 carburettors
For FZX1258, FZX1122

{ carburettor to heat shield

} & heat shield to manifold
carburettor cleaner
Note: Other kits available for the servicing of HS4 carburettors include.
51
52
WZX1177
AUC1358
SPINDLE & FITTING KIT

SCREW, throttle disc to spindle
2
4
NI
WZX1120
Note: Kit 51 also includes lock tab (item 63) & mounting gaskets 85 & 86
NI
AUE811A
53
NI
WZX1391
NI
NI
WZX1852X
WZX1853X
NI
NI
WZX1890X
WZX1889X
NI
WZX1849X
NI
NI
NI
GAC6155X
GAC6166X
GAC6167X
WZX1323
WZX1385
WZX1225

valve type disc
valve type disc
valve type disc
2
2
2
{
}
{
}
{
}

carburettors
Note: Throttle disc kits include screws (item no. 52) & carburettor mounting gaskets item nos. 85
& 86. A plain disc may be substituted here, particularly if greater performance is sought. The discs
are supplied individually, again with screws and gaskets.
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
NI
WZX1323
AUD4863
AUD4862
AUC8483
AUC2451
AJD8014Z
AUD3518
JZX1179
JZX1178
AJD8014ZX
JZX1299
JZX1298
JZX1328
WZX1140
WZX1156
63
64
65
66
AUD3323
AUC1424
AUC8483
AJD8014Z
67
AUC2451
JZX1180

SPRING (alternative to AJD8014Z)
NUT, locking
(alternative to AUC2451 spring)
LEVER, lost motion
SPIRE NUT, screw to throttle lever
SPRING, throttle return, front
SPRING, throttle return, rear
LEVER, lost motion
SUNDRIES KIT (throttle linkage)
(contains items 25, 26, 55, 56, 65, 66)
SUNDRIES KIT (throttle linkage)
(contains items 59, 67, 68)
LOCK TAB
PIVOT NUT
SCREW, throttle stop & idle
NUT, locking
(alternative to AUC2451 spring)
SPRING (alternative to AJD8014Z)
SCREW, throttle stop & idle
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
plain disc
{
|
|
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
|
|
}
{
}
{
}
for AUD665
carburettors

& FXZ1327 carburettors

{
| For AUD665 carburettors
|
}
{ For FZX1258, FZX1122
CARB SUNDRIES KIT

2
(Inc. items 8, 13, 14, 21 for one carburettor).
CARB GASKET KIT
2
FLOAT CHAMBER SUNDRIES KIT
2
(Inc. items 30, 31, 37, 41, 43, 45, 46, for one carburettor).
SERVICE KIT, front
1 { For AUD665
SERVICE KIT, rear
1 } carburettors
SERVICE KIT, front
1 { For FZX1258
SERVICE KIT, rear
1 } carburettors
SERVICE KIT (for two carburettors)
1 { For FZX1122 & FZX1327
(Inc. items 3, 28, 41, 42, 85, 86)
} carburettors
REBUILD KIT (for both carbs)
1
For AUD665 carbs
1
For FZX1258 carbs
1
FZX1122 & FZX1327 carbs
(Rebuild kits include items 3, 27 (in GAC6155X), 28 (in GAC6166X & GAC6167X), 41,
42, 50, 51, 52, 53, 85, 86 for two carburettors, plus instructions).
44
ENGINE & EXHAUST
Accelerator & Choke Controls

Manifolds (Inlet/Exhaust) & Air Filters, 1300
Engine Breather System
Accelerator & Choke Controls

ill.
Part Number
Description
156137
1
SCC101
CHOKE CABLE
(includes RHD equivalents of 1 & 2)
COMPLETE CHOKE CABLE ASSEMBLY
3
4
5
6
618946
WF600081
061917
13H6107
RTC222A
AUE34
156342
156345
156346
BHH1059
146984
PJ8504
PWZ203
GHF500
145197
BEZEL NUT
WASHER, locking
GROMMET, cable (bulkhead)
CABLE TIE, fir tree type
CABLE TIE, ratchet type
TRUNNION, cable end to carb
ACCELERATOR CABLE
ACCELERATOR CABLE
ACCELERATOR CABLE
SCREWED ADJUSTER
NUT, locking
CLEVIS PIN, cable to lever
WASHER, plain
SPLIT PIN, cut to fit
RETURN SPRING, cable linkage
7
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1/2
1
2
Details
{ RHD models
}
LHD models
{ alternatives
}
RHD
1300, LHD
1500, LHD
{ 1300,
} 1500 To FM53446E
Note: The return spring became redundant in 1976 upon the introduction of the Capstat type
carburettor; these later carburettors were constructed with a return spring operating between the
throttle linkage and the carburettor body.
17
18
25
615707
153041
156216
UKC1370
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
45
46
47
48
49
156188
217465
156300
156301
NT605041
AHH5301
AHH6504
GHF104
GHF301
GHF272
156190
057950
SH604041
GHF331
WM57
156533
UKC5374
UKC9225
GHF331
SH504041
SH504051
156535
UKC3272
UKC6268
153957
136835
153953
143747
157065
UKC3281
UKC9193
CLIP, cable retaining

CLIP, clamping nipple to pedal
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
& BRACKET ASSEMBLY
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
& BRACKET ASSEMBLY
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
PEDAL STOP
PEDAL STOP
NUT, locking pedal stop
BUSH, accelerator pedal pivot
SPACER, accelerator pedal pivot
BOLT, accelerator pedal pivot
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
BRACKET, pedal support
SPRING, pedal return
SCREW, bracket attaching
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BRACKET, linkage & bell crank
WASHER, locking
SCREW, bracket to manifold
SCREW, bracket to manifold
LINK ROD, bellcrank to carb
CLIP, retaining link rod
SPRING, throttle return
SPRING, throttle return
LINK ROD, spring to bracket
BRACKET
BRACKET
BRACKET
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
{ RHD models
}
{ LHD models
}
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
1300
1500 To FM118389E
1500 From FM118390E
1300
1500
1300
1500 To FM118389E
1500 From FM118390E
1300
1500
1300
1500 To FM118389E
1500 From FM118390E
Note: UKC9193, the most commonly found bracket, mounts on one of the exhaust down pipe nuts.
The two earlier brackets attach to the chassis rail and front suspension turret respectively.
Engine Breather System

1
2
3
5
6
7
8
216924
156605
144938
154220
UAM1600
154935
154934
HOSE, rocker cover breather to T piece

T CONNECTOR
HOSE, T piece to carbs
HOSE, rocker cover to T piece
T PIECE, rocker cover to carburettors
HOSE, T piece to carbs
ADAPTOR, breather to carbs
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
{
|
}
{
|
|
}
1300
twin HS2 carb.
models
1500
twin HS4
models

1
308087
MANIFOLD, inlet (2 connectors)
To FH59688E
ENGINE & EXHAUST
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
29
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
39
41
42
43
44
45
46
311925
154053
105745
AJM648
137845
058258
WP20X
100498
308086
WP20X
100498
TE505111
GHF332
GHF201
TE605105
GEG701
GHF332
515369
GHF261
DS2516
217822
141648
ACA8014
GFE1037
GHF332
BH505181
GHF300
GHF331
SH604041
616012
151784
GHF201
156511
GHF332
SH604091
MANIFOLD, inlet (3 connectors)

CORE PLUG
STUD
GASKET
CLAMP, large
CLAMP, small
WASHER, plain
NUT
MANIFOLD, exhaust
WASHER, plain
NUT
STUD
WASHER, locking
NUT
STUD
GASKET, manifold to pipe
WASHER, locking
NUT, stainless steel
NUT, brass
ROLL PIN, manifold
AIR CLEANER BOX
SEAL, back plate
GASKET, 1 1/4
AIR FILTER, 1 1/4
WASHER, locking
BOLT, air cleaner to carb
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
SCREW
AIR HOSE
CLAMP
NUT, plain
SPACER
WASHER, locking
SCREW
1
1
4
1
2
4
6
6
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
1
3
3
3
2
1
1
4
2
4
4
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
45
From FH59689E
{ alternatives
}
see accessories catalogue

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
29
31
32
33
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
50
51
RKC723
AJM681
122132
WF512
DS2512
GHF332
SH505101
058258
WP20X
100498
137845
WP20X
100498
RKC648
GHF332
SH505141
TE605105
GEG739
GHF332
515369
GHF261
RKC4165
TKC1570
141648
12G2125
GFE1063
MANIFOLD, inlet
GASKET, manifolds
BLANKING PLUG
WASHER, fibre
ROLL PIN, manifold
WASHER, locking
SCREW
CLAMP, small
WASHER, plain
NUT
CLAMP, large
WASHER, plain
NUT
MANIFOLD, exhaust
WASHER, locking
SCREW
STUD
GASKET, manifold to down pipe
WASHER, locking
NUT, brass
AIR CLEANER BOX
AIR CLEANER BOX
SEAL, back plate
GASKET
AIR FILTER
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
4
6
6
2
2
2
1
2
2
3
1
3
3
3
1
1
1
4
2
GHF332
BH505181
623313
626960
SH604041
GHF331
GHF300
616012
151784
GHF201
156511
GHF332
SH604091
UKC8372
UKC2992*
WASHER, locking
BOLT, air box to carburettors
PIPE CLIP
PIPE CLIP
SCREW
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
AIR HOSE
CLAMP
NUT
SPACER
WASHER, locking
SCREW
HEAT SHIELD, carburettors
GASKET
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
{ carb & heat shield

} to manifold
{ alternatives
}
To FH127151
From FH127152
{ See accessories for

} sports air filters
To FH27151
From FH27152
{ carburettor to heat shield

} & heat shield to manifold
*Note: Gaskets were used to approx. mid 1977 when the heat shield was manufactured in a new
material that no longer required gaskets. The part number remained unchanged. Ours are made
to the early specification and require gaskets.
46
EXHAUST
Exhaust System 1300

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
GEX1439
GEX3668
GEG701
TE605105
GHF332
515369
GHF261
BH605221
GHF301
GEX7509
GEX7511
GHF332
GHF201
BH605201
GEX7496
GHF301
GHF332
GHF201
BH605101
WP17
GEX7330
GEX7329
GHF242
GEX7509
BH605221
GHF301
GHF332
GHF201
GEX7506
GEX9007
GHF103
155249
GEX7510
GHF332
GHF201
GEX7359
UKC1910
GHF120
GHF315
GHF332
GHF201
GEX1305
GFK6630X
FRONT PIPE
SILENCER
GASKET, manifold to front pipe
STUD, manifold to front pipe
WASHER, locking
NUT, brass
BOLT, pipe clamping
WASHER, plain
CLAMP BRACKET
SUPPORT BRACKET
WASHER, locking
NUT
BOLT, pipe clamping
ANGLED BRACKET
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
BOLT, bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
GROMMET
NUT
CLAMP BRACKET
BOLT, pipe clamping
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
CLAMP, silencer to pipe joint
CLAMP ASSEMBLY, U bolt type
SCREW, silencer mounting
SPACER TUBE (in rubber strap)
CLAMP PLATE
WASHER, locking
NUT
FLEXIBLE STRAP
MOUNTING BRACKET
SCREW, attaching bracket
WASHER, reinforcing
WASHER, locking
NUT
CHROME FINISHER
EXHAUST FITTING KIT
10
11
12
13
14
15
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
Req.
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
4
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
Details
{ alternatives
}
to front of differential
rubber & steel composite
alternative to items 28 to 32
1
1
SILENCER (Twin tail pipes)

SILENCER (Single tail pipe)
SPORTS SILENCER (Twin tail pipes)
1
1
1
1 5/8 internal diameter

includes items 3 to 39
1300 original design
equivalent to GEX1439
USA type Specification
57
60
61
62
63
64
65
67
68
69
GEX1620
GEX1621
GEX3668
TE605105
GHF332
515369
GHF261
GEG739
BH605221
GHF301
GEX7509
GEX7511
GHF332
GHF201
BH605201
GEX7496
GHF301
FRONT PIPE
INTER PIPE, front pipe to silencer
SILENCER
STUD, manifold to down pipe
WASHER, locking
NUT, brass
GASKET, manifold to front pipe
BOLT, pipe clamping
WASHER, plain
CLAMP BRACKET
SUPPORT BRACKET
WASHER, locking
NUT
BOLT, pipe clamping
ANGLED BRACKET
WASHER, plain
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
4
2
1
2
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
rubber & steel composite
{
|
|
| late cars only
|
|
}
1 5/8 internal diameter
alternative to items 78 to 82
EXHAUST, stainless steel
1500 original design
1
1
1
Alternative 1500 Stainless Steel Silencers

FSTH150SP
FSTH171
FS5417
SILENCER (Twin tail pipes)

SPORTS SILENCER (Twin tail pipes)
1
1
1
USA type Specification
TriumphTune Sports Exhaust Manifolds & Systems

Alternative Exhaust Systems to fit all Spitfire (& GT6 models). Popular for many years has been the
TriumphTune twin silencer exhaust system. Historically we have supplied the kit in mild steel material
only but we now offer a stainless steel version. This product has been introduced alongside our
existing range of original design stainless steel exhaust components. The replacement TT Sports
exhaust systems can be used with the existing front down pipe. They include fitting kit & instructions.
TriumphTune Sports Manifolds

TT1400
FS1400
TT9931
TT5911
1500 Exhaust System

51
52
53
54
55
56
FSSP5*
Exhaust System (FSSP5) consists of:

NI FSTH148
FRONT PIPE
NI FSTH149
INTER PIPE
FSTH150
Alternative 1300 Stainless Steel Silencers

FSTH150SP*
FSTH171
FS5417
WASHER, locking
NUT
BOLT, bracket attaching
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber
GROMMET
NUT
BOLT, pipe clamping
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
CLAMP
SCREW, silencer mounting
SPACER TUBE, in rubber strap
CLAMP PLATE
WASHER, locking
NUT
FLEXIBLE STRAP
MOUNTING BRACKET
SCREW
WASHER, reinforcing
WASHER, locking
NUT
SUPPORT BRACKET
U BRACKET
SPACER TUBE
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
BOLT, U bracket
CLIP NUT
CHROME FINISHER
CLAMP ASSEMBLY, U bolt type
EXHAUST FITTING KIT
*Note: These system kits do not include fixings; order the appropriate mild steel fixing kit.
*Note: These system kits do not include fixings; order the appropriate mild steel fixing kit.
Exhaust System (FSSP4) consists of:
FSTH121
FRONT PIPE
FSTH150
GHF332
GHF201
BH605101
WP17
GEX7330
GEX7329
GHF242
BH605221
GHF301
GHF332
GHF201
GEX7506
GHF103
155249
GEX7510
GHF332
GHF201
GEX7359
UKC1910
GHF120
GHF315
GHF332
GHF201
UKC9716
UKC9725
UKC9726
GHF300
GHF331
BH604201
FQ35076
GEX1305
GEX9007
GFK6604X
1500 Stainless Steel Exhaust System

NI
(Original UK Specification)
EXHAUST, stainless steel
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
78
79
80
81
82
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
104
105
106
47
(Original UK Specification)
1300 Stainless Steel Exhaust System

FSSP4*
EXHAUST
Sports Manifold
Sports Manifold
Exhaust Clamp
ADAPTOR PIPE
1
1
2
1
mild steel
stainless steel
{ TriumphTune manifold to
} original system, mild steel
TriumphTune Sports Exhausts

{ alternatives
}

TT5412
FS5412
TT5420
TT5913
with TWIN ROUND BOX

with TWIN ROUND BOX
with TWIN OVAL BOX
ADAPTOR PIPE (mild steel)
1
1
1
1
mild steel
stainless steel
mild steel
{ original manifold to
} TriumphTune system
48
ROAD WHEELS
Road Wheels & Tools
Offset Splined Hub Kit
Note: See also Exterior Trim in accessories catalogue for our full range of road wheels.
If you have ever wanted to fit larger diameter or wider wire wheels to your Spitfire/Herald, but were
always told you couldnt, well think again, because Moss Europe can now supply (a set of 4) easy to
fit bolt-on splined hubs that fit directly onto your existing (disc brake type) hub flange utilising the
original wheel studs. Simple. Because these splined hubs have an ingenious off-set, they allow you
the fitting of 14"/15" diameter (centre lock wire) wheels and, a choice of different rim widths. So
now you really can make your classic not only look good, but you can make it a real head turner.
ill.
Part Number
Description
312046
151539
PKC518
GLZ225Z
GAC2254X
628097
716180
YKC1335
633590
YKC1334
155751
155753
154028
ROAD WHEEL, steel, 4.5 x 13

ROAD WHEEL, steel, 4.5 x 13
ROAD WHEEL, steel, 5 x 13
TRIM RING (individual)
TRIM RING (set of 4 trims)
SPRING, hub cap tensioning
HUB CAP, black
HUB CAP, silver
FOIL BADGE, silver & black
FOIL BADGE, silver & blue
WHEEL NUT, chrome
WASHER, wheel nut
WHEEL NUT, chrome
(For steel wheels without hub caps)
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Req.
5
5
5
a/r
1
16
4
4
4
4
16
16
16
Details
1300
1500 To (c) FH130000
1500 From (c) FH130001
{ stainless steel
}
1300
1500
Spitfire 1300
Triumph 1500
steel wheels only
GAC8223X
AHA8785SS
68
142598
142597
ALLOY WHEEL, silver, (5 x 13)

WHEEL NUT, stainless steel
WIRE WHEEL (Centre Lock)
SPINNERS (Centre lock wheels)
ADAPTOR HUB, wire wheel, LH
ADAPTOR HUB, wire wheel, RH
5
16
2
2
for alloy wheels only

{ see accessories for full range
}
{ originally for MkI-III
} Spitfires; but will fit later cars
Following the success of their earlier TR wheel hubs, designers at Standard Triumph developed a
wheel hub set which would bolt directly to the steel wheel axles of the Spitfire. We are able to
supply these for owners wishing to convert from steel to wire wheels. Please note that Adaptor
nuts will be required and are not supplied with the adaptor hubs.
These hubs will only safely accept the wire wheels specifically designed for Spitfires. Other 13"
dia. wire wheels may look as though they fit, but the spline & seat design may differ - so they dont.
(See below for hubs for custom built cars) Its a matter of Triumph engineers effectively widening
the axle by using adaptors, but endeavouring to keep the overall track dimension the same.
69
144504
NUT, chamfered, adaptor to hub
69
GAC7051X
142598L
142597L
144504
'Off-set' Splined Hub Kit

1
ADAPTOR (Long) HUB, wire wheel, LH 2
ADAPTOR (Long) HUB, wire wheel, RH 2
16
{ Also suitable for custom built

} cars using Spitfire running gear
Note: The above nuts must be used when installing wire wheel adaptor hubs. If ordinary wheel nuts
are used, each wheel will be unable to locate properly on its adaptor. The steering will become
increasingly interesting as the wire wheels start sliding along the hubs and the wheel nuts &
spinners begin to unfasten. (Unless you already have standard bolt-on centre lock/splined hubs
fitted, you will need to order 16 nuts).
Miscellaneous Tools & Equipment
Note: At the time of writing we have no plans to re-manufacture Spitfire steel wheels due to the
prohibitive cost of tooling the complex centre pressing. The situation could conceivably change in the
future (keep an eye on our price guide), but in the meantime we can offer an alloy wheel alternative.
This wheel, styled as a replica of the 8 spoke competition wheels used so widely in the 1960s &
1970s, is manufactured specifically for Spitfires in a silver finish. Special wheel nuts must be used.
18
19
20
NI
68
See accessories catalogue for our full range of tools & garage equipment.
27
28
29
30
31
33
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
43
44
45
C27290
88G329
AHH5839
GAC4089
MM385-800
212677Z
21A2818
523638A
706807
113087
717601
HAMMER
HAMMER
SPANNER
BRUSH
SPOKE SPANNER
JACK & HANDLE, scissor type
WHEEL NUT SPANNER
TYRE PUMP, period stirrup type
SPARE WHEEL BOARD
WHEEL NUT
COVER, spare wheel
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
JRC7954
DMR13868
125505
725793*
716032*
715092*
715097*
STRAP, spare wheel removal

PLUG SPANNER
FEELER GAUGE SET
TOOL BAG ONLY, black
TOOL BAG ONLY, black
TOOL POUCH ONLY, red
TOOL POUCH ONLY, blue
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
16
*Note: Tools not included.
spinners begin to unfasten.
copper & hide

lead alloy
octagonal knock on nuts
for wire wheels
steel & bolt on wire wheels

{
}
{
}
not suitable for wire wheels

(fit flat side down)
for standard dimension
wheel & tyre
imperial
polythene
hardura
(USA cars)
WIRE WHEELS
49
It is always best to check the wire wheel by clamping it onto a front hub, using the correct knockon nut BEFORE fitting the tyre. Spin the wheel on the hub and check sideways or vertical run-out
as shown in the illustration, and observe or measure the run-out. + or 1/16 is not a problem,
even +/- 1/8 is barely detectable on the road.
So the conclusion is summarised as follows:

Our new wire wheels are built and assembled to the highest standards. When your wheel/tyre fitter
says they are no good, there is a very, very strong chance that he is not using the equipment in a
fashion which is appropriate for wire wheels. The above tips will allow you to check the truth of
the wire wheel, whether the wheel is new or used.
Its a sad truth that wire wheels have a bad reputation they dont deserve, but the people who give them
a bad reputation actually deserve it themselves. We have total confidence in the Dunlop product we sell.
By Pete Cox
So You Think Youve Got Wobbly Wire Wheels?
How To Balance Centre Lock Wire Wheels
Back in the good old days when Pete Buckles and myself were just young lads, we were able to
buy virtually direct from Dunlop, so the wire wheels were inexpensive. These British made wheels
were sold mostly to the TR Register members at insanely low prices. 4.5 x 60 spoke wire wheels
went out at 4.10.0d!, with no VAT to pay and we still made a pound on each wheel! The low prices
enabled me to indulge in experiments: if they didnt work (or fit), offending wheels would always
be sold on and a couple of bob profit could still be made.
We show here the advice given to tyre fitters, produced by Motor Wheel Services.
These notes are intended as a guide in helping to solve problems that are commonly encountered
when balancing wire wheels on a electronic balancer.
Diagram A
Diagram B
Is the correct method of locating the wheel.

Shows the wrong method and one which gives false readings, giving
the appearance of untrue or wheels that require large amounts of
weights to balance the wheel.
Points To Check
The original high degree of balance may be affected by wheel damage as well as by
other factors related to the tyres uneven tread wear, cover or tube repairs.
If vibration or high speed steering troubles develop, and this cause is not disclosed
by mechanical investigation, then the complete tyre & wheel assembly should be
checked for balance.
It is IMPERATIVE that the hubs are located in the balancing machine in exactly the
same manner as located on the car, and the factory truing jigs. Alternatively, balance
on the vehicle, this operation can only be done on the front wheels.
Motor Wheel Services dedicate considerable time to ensure that your wheels are of the highest
quality & reliability. Following this guide, and the information contained in our centre-lock brochure
will provide the highest level of customer satisfaction.
So my TR2, an attractive beast wearing glistening Midnight Blue paint work and not so glistening
(but by then typical), rusty quarter panels, finalised its development with the unusual combination
of 6 Cobra wheels at the front and, 5.5 TR6 wheels at the rear. This was because the TR2 was
always enthusiastically driven and the growing pile of Lockheed half shafts finally stopped growing
the day a second hand TR4 rear axle was installed, its extra width requiring the above wheel
combination to balance its cornering habits.
Now, wire wheels are built to flex (or bend) and this was brought shockingly home to me on one
occasion when Pete Buckles visited me in Birmingham (remember Clapgate Lane?). We were off
to visit a supplier (who incidentally, still stamps out trunnion blanks for Moss). Petes TR3 followed
my TR2 down an interestingly twisty road which I happened to know particularly well, and after
exiting a seriously exciting corner I looked in the mirror to check on the progress of our illustrious
leader, and was horrified to see his car in a lurid slide (he maintained it was under control) with
its outside front wheel keeling over at a crazy angle, almost 60 off vertical. This memory has
remained vivid ever since, and is one explanation why Moss Europe (formerly Cox & Buckles) do
not sell second hand or reconditioned wire wheels.
If it is assumed that both hub & rim of a wire wheel are in good condition, it may be worth having
the wheel re-spoked as necessary and then trued up by a competent re-builder. The wheel will
probably need shot blasting and stove enamelling which will bring the cost to near to (or possibly
over) the price of a new wheel. Remember also that you have got a used, worn wheel, not a nice
new one. Bear in mind then, that the wheel is capable of being flexed by 4 (i.e., the hub is fixed
and the top of the wheel is 4 further out than the bottom), while it is rotating at speed on the road,
it is then supposed to return to the original shape.NOW decide if you still want the wheel re-built!
We certainly would not want to guarantee one.
Slight sideways run-out (or out of true) with wire wheels is therefore not significant: a couple of hard
corners will soon re-arrange the wheel spokes anyway. Vertical run out should not be permitted, ever.
By far the most common cause of wire wheel wobbles is an incorrect method employed in balancing.
A simple spirit level balancer is the thing to seek out. Under no circumstances should balancing be
attempted on the now common dynamic machine without the use of the special sprung cones shown
in the illustration, because, although the wheel locates correctly on its inner coned surface, these
machines try and locate onto the inside of the wire wheels outer flange, which is NOT a true
machined surface. This incorrect technique appears as terrific sideways run-out and the balancing
specialist always blames the wheel. Now you know the truth.
50
BRAKES
Brake Pedal & Fittings

ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
TKC4156
105605
150881
114438
119575
506542
152823
SH604051
GHF331
WM57
125217
SH605071
GHF332
GHF201
PJ8808
GHF301
GHF502
146413
TKC4088
BRAKE PEDAL
BUSH
PEDAL RUBBER
SPRING, return
SHAFT, pedal
CIRCLIP, shaft end
PEDAL BOX
SCREW, pedal box to bulkhead
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
GAITER
SCREW, m/cylinder to bracket
WASHER, locking
NUT
CLEVIS PIN
WASHER, plain
SPLIT PIN
BRACKET, master cylinder to bulkhead
BRACKET, master cylinder to bulkhead
148156
BRACKET, master cylinder to bulkhead 1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
8
8
4
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
Details
Single System
RHD to (c) FH130000 and LHD (not F, B, NL, LUX) to FH80000
25 GMC224
BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER
1
26 516225
PUSH ROD
1
SERVICE KIT
FILLER CAP
SEAL, in cap
F, B, NL, LUX, to FH80000

30 GMC220
31 516225
PUSH ROD
32 516227
SERVICE KIT
33 516222
NUT, reservoir to cylinder
34 516221
WASHER, plain
35 516218
FILLER CAP
36 606404A
SEAL, in cap
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Tandem System
tandem systems only
{
}
{
}
single system
tandem system
RHD
tandem system
LHD
If your car has single system brakes, identifying the master cylinder is easy, either it has an alloy
reservoir cast integrally with the cylinder (GMC224), or it has a translucent plastic reservoir (GMC220).
However, if youre trying to purchase parts for (or replace completely) one of the two tandem
system master cylinders, the simplest method of identification is big cap and little cap, referring
of course to the filler caps. Big or Little cap? is very likely to be the question asked of you by your
parts man. Unfortunately, when viewed independently, both cylinders appear to have big caps. The
sure-fire method of identification is:
Brake Master Cylinders
GRK1029
133581
606404A
Single System
Master Cylinder Identification
Master cylinder (213689) cap is 95mm diameter.

Master cylinder(GMC226) cap is 50mm diameter.
27
28
29
LHD to FH80000
40 213689
41 517046
42 517700
43 517333
44 517044
45 517045
46 517040
47 517042
48 517041

PUSH ROD
SERVICE KIT, master cylinder
SERVICE KIT, reservoir
SCREW, reservoir to cylinder
WASHER, locking
FILLER CAP
SEAL, in cap
BAFFLE, in cap
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
RHD from FH130000 and LHD from FH80000

50 GMC226
51 517046
PUSH ROD
52 AAU2850
SERVICE KIT, master cylinder
1
1
1
Tandem System
Brake Servo
NI
TT3949
BRAKE SERVO
Front Brakes
Note: See accessories catalogue for full details of uprated brakes.
1
159131
159131E
159130
159130E
BRAKE CALIPER, new, LH

BRAKE CALIPER, exchange, LH
BRAKE CALIPER, new, RH
BRAKE CALIPER, exchange, RH
1
1
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
516212
GRK5005
601959
234957A
BHM7057
511031
511032
GBP574
TT34501
GBD154
113150
GHF333
213681
213680
149623
ATB4074
WQ310
PISTON, caliper
REPAIR KIT, caliper
BLEED NIPPLE
CAP, bleed nipple
BRAKE PAD FITTING KIT
PIN, brake pad securing
CLIP, for pin
DISC PAD SET, (four pads)
DISC PAD SET, (Mintex M171)
BRAKE DISC
BOLT, disc attachment
WASHER, locking
DUST SHIELD, LH
DUST SHIELD, RH
SHIELD DUCT, caliper mounting
BOLT, caliper mounting
WASHER, locking (square)
4
1
2
2
1
4
4
1
1
2
8
8
1
1
2
4
4
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
201246
V5435
GBS749
105689
105690
37H6134
111054
GWC1202
GWC1110
18G9004Z
GRK2010
556508A
234957A
GHF200
GHF321
GRSP1006
17H7993
504877
17H4374
37H6132
120138
120139
123135
GHF502
BRAKE DRUM
SCREW, securing brake drum
BRAKE SHOES, car set
SPRING, upper, shoe return
SPRING, lower, shoe return
ADJUSTER
TAPPET, brake adjuster
WHEEL CYLINDER, 0.625 bore
WHEEL CYLINDER, 0.7 bore
REPAIR KIT, wheel cylinder
REPAIR KIT, wheel cylinder
BLEED NIPPLE
CAP, bleed nipple
NUT, adjuster fixing
WASHER, shake-proof
PIN KIT, brake shoe retaining
PIN, brake shoe retainer
SPRING, brake shoe retainer
CUP, spring retaining
PLATE, spring, inner
PLATE, spring, outer
DUST SEAL
LEVER, handbrake operating
SPLIT PIN, securing lever to shoe
2
4
1
2
2
2
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
4
4
1
4
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
51
car set
includes anti-squeal shims
uprated
Clutch & Brake Fluids

When did you last change your Clutch/Brake fluid?
DOT 3 fluid ought to be completely discarded, DOT 4 (GBF4) should be installed and replaced every
2 years, as recommended by manufacturers. An alternative, especially if you are replacing master
cylinders, brake calipers and/or wheel cylinders, is to thoroughly flush out the pipes and install
Silicone fluid (DOT5 ABF), which is Non-Hygroscopic, so it doesnt promote rust problems in the
hydraulic system. The bonus is that it wont damage paint work. When silicone is in use it will provide
years of trouble free braking and an end to the monotonous & expensive pastime of repairing or
replacing worn or leaking hydraulic components. Racing Fluid (DOT 5.1 GBF5) really is the ultimate
in brake fluid. Its anti-boil properties mean that even when the brakes get hot the fluid will remain
efficient, rather than boiling locally (such as in the calipers) into useless vapour. Ideal on the race
track or when the brakes are used to their limits. Due to its high Hygroscopic nature, DOT 5.1 Racing
fluid should be replaced annually otherwise the quality and effectiveness will be drastically reduced.
Rear Brakes
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
BRAKES
ill.
To (c) FH80000
From (c) FH80001
To (c) FH80000
From (c) FH80001
{ wheel cylinder
} retaining
w/cylinder & handbrake lever
Part Number
Description
Req.
Brake/Clutch Fluid (DOT 4 Specification)

NI GBF4102
500ml
NI GBF4103
1 Litre
NI GBF4104
5 Litre
a/r
a/r
a/r
Silicone Brake/Clutch Fluid (DOT 5 Specification)

NI ABF3
500ml
NI ABF4
1 Litre
a/r
a/r
Racing Brake/Clutch Fluid (DOT 5.1 Specification)

NI GBF5102
500ml
NI GBF5103
1 Litre
a/r
a/r
Details
52
BRAKES
Single System Brakes

RHD models up to (c) FH130000
LHD models up to (c) FH80000
Tandem System Brakes
RHD models (c) FH130001 on
LHD models from (c) FH1 on
Brake Pipe Kits (Copper Pipes)
20
Kits include all relevant brake pipes numbered (1) the illustration.
(20) TKC2710
ill.
Part Number
Description
21
22
HGB6222
HGB6222L
HGB6241
HGB6241L
HGB6226
HGB6226L
BRAKE PIPE SET, RHD

BRAKE PIPE SET, LHD
BRAKE PIPE SET, RHD
BRAKE PIPE SET, LHD
BRAKE PIPE SET, RHD
BRAKE PIPE SET, LHD
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Details
{
}
{
}
{
}
single system
tandem system
To FH80000
tandem system
From FH80001
Hydraulic Brake System (Front)

2
3
4
5
6
GBH216
TT3340
233220A
NT606041
GHF323
145454
7
8
9
10
11
132366
11K9181
GHF1192
059380
AB608031
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
565719A
BH604101
GHF300
GHF331
GHF200
BTB657
13H7428
079127A
HOSE, standard (rubber)

2
HOSE stainless steel braided
1
WASHER, copper
2
NUT
2
WASHER, shake-proof
2
BRACKET, hose to pipe, RH
1
(Bracket may require some adjustment to fit)
BRACKET, hose to pipe, LH
1
CLIP, pipe to chassis
1
CLIP, plastic, pipe to chassis
1
CLIP, pipe to bulkhead
3/2
SCREW
3/2
(Lower quantities of 10 & 11 are for LHD vehicles).
UNION, (4 way)
1
BOLT, union to chassis
1
WASHER, plain
1
WASHER, locking
1
NUT
1
UNION, 3 way
1
CLIP, brake pipe spacing
1
CLIP, pipes to bulkhead, RHD
1
RTC2525
BH604141
GHF331
VALVE, pressure differential

(imperial threads)
VALVE, pressure differential
(metric threads)
BOLT, valve to bulkhead
WASHER, locking
1
1
1
1
{
}
{
}
{
}
Tandem system
To (c) FH80000
tandem system
From (c) FH80001
tandem system
Hydraulic Brake System (Rear)

25
26
27
28
29
30
31
(pair)
32
33
34
ACB5559
BTB657
BH604101
GHF300
GHF331
GHF200
GBH175
GBH166
TT3342
TT3442
GHF323
NT606041
059191
UNION, double male

UNION, 3 way
BOLT, union to chassis bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
HOSE, stainless steel braided
HOSE, stainless steel braided
WASHER, shake-proof
NUT
CLIP, brake and fuel pipe
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1pr
1pr
4
4
3/7
To FH50000
From FH50001
To FH50000
From FH50001
Note: Increased quantity of item 30 is for the Swedish market only.

{
| single system
|
}
{
| tandem system
}
35
624155
CLIP, plastic
36
37
38
148820
GHF1192
503213
CLIP, metal (alternative)

CLIP, plastic (alternative)
INSULATING SLEEVE, for clip
2
1
1
brake & fuel pipes to

chassis
{ brake pipe to fuel pipe
} brake pipe to chassis
Handbrake
ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
UKC6691
UKC866
104743
WB112081
AS610032
148083
104737
132588
104740
UKC3918
131312
TKC3894*
144432*
HANDBRAKE LEVER
HANDBRAKE LEVER
FULCRUM PIN
WASHER, plain
CIRCLIP, external
RATCHET, segment
PAWL
ROD & KNOB
SPRING
GRIP, handbrake
GRIP, handbrake
SWITCH, handbrake warning
Req.
Details
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1500
1
1300
1 { 1500
1 } alternative
*Note: All USA vehicles and UK spec with dual circuit brakes.
13
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
30
31
AB604023
121766
104749
JN2107
CN1
104750
WM93
GHF500
106036
PMZ210
509563
WL700061
NH806011
158080
UKC1788
121757
SCREW
HANDBRAKE CABLE, front
FORK END, handbrake cable
HALF NUT, locking
CAPTIVE NUT
CLEVIS PIN
WASHER, plain
SPLIT PIN
CLAMP
SCREW
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
RELAY LEVER, original
RELAY LEVER, alternative
BEARING, relay lever
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
BRAKES
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
121760
121755
121758
121759
121699A
PJ8807
GHF502
GHF301
133915
159372
WASHER
DUST SEAL
LOCK TAB, for pivot bolt
PIVOT BOLT
COMPENSATOR, cable
CLEVIS PIN
SPLIT PIN
WASHER, plain
CABLE, compensator to drums
CABLE, compensator to drums
53
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1300 To FH50000
1 { 1300 From FH50001,
} and 1500
Note: The difference in length of the above cables is due to the change in drive shaft length from FH50000.
41
42
43
45
46
47
48
49
50
104750
GHF300
GHF500
104749
CN1
JN2107
GHF200
131807
131806
CLEVIS PIN
WASHER, plain
SPLIT PIN
FORK END, handbrake cable
CAPTIVE NUT
HALF NUT, locking
NUT, locating anchor plate
ANCHOR PLATE
SPRING
(Rear brake back plate to anchor plate).
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
Handbrake Adjustment
{
| tensioning cable spring
|
|
}
{ front cable
} to compensator
When adjusting the handbrake, please note there is a simple, and a hard way, to do the job. First
of all try adjusting the cable from the lever end, rather than making two sets of adjustments at the
wheels. Also it is well worth greasing the chassis guides (especially the compensator), because
otherwise the cables seem well adjusted, until the lever is applied; they then release under tension
resetting themselves again when the handbrake is applied. Greasing all of the guides and
compensator will inevitably lead to longer cable life and a smoother action during operation.
54
STEERING
Steering Column (Upper)
34
35
Early type to (c) FH100020

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
155621
140549
122719
122718
125782
JN2110
125781
122669
GHF331
BH604101
2190611
12
579085
13
UKC27191
14
218959
STEERING COLUMN
CLIP, (indicator cancelling)
BEARING WASHER
END CAP
LOCK PLATE, tapped
JAM NUT
SCREW, Allen
CLAMP
WASHER, locking
BOLT
STEERING LOCK & IGN SWITCH
(With two keys)
SWITCH, only
(With Lucar type terminals)
(With two keys)
SWITCH, only
(With small loom & block connector)
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
Details
41
column adjustment
{
| To FH62644
|
}
{
| From FH62645
|
}
Note: For ease of identification, you should order an ignition switch based on the presence of, or
absence of, a block connector. i.e. no block connector, use 2190611 or 579085; block connector,
use UKC27191 or 218959.
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
519188
UKC894
627340
PWZ203
WL700101
HN2005
718813
160038
156170
SHEAR BOLT
CLAMP
CLIP
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
PADDED SURROUND
STEERING WHEEL
PADDING, for boss
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
Note: See accessories catalogue for our full range of sports steering wheels.
24
25
30
31
32
33
WP8013
105438
154177
209423
608462
608139
WASHER, plain
NUT, steering wheel to column
SHROUD
BUSH, steering column
HORN SLIP RING & INSULATOR
INSULATOR
1
1
1
2
1
1
36
37
38
39
40
142534
150277
159761
613766
708479
AD606033
FC2803
152616
148648
158966
42
43
44
45
46
47
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
WE604
TP402
611011
621968
611012
621967
154833
619850
611368
620547
609639
154977
GHF300
155086
628375
155038
608185
608223
GHF314
GHF331
GHF200
608222
628402
SH604071
SH604051
GHF331
GHF300
623488
623489
716966
716967
GHF117
GHF300
GHF331
GHF200
BRUSH, horn push

1
HORN PUSH, Triumph Shield
1
To FH50000
HORN PUSH, Triumph
1
From FH50001
CLIP, horn push securing
1
ESCUTCHEON
2
SCREW
2
SPIRE NUT
2
SWITCH, headlamp, dip & flash
1
RHD
1
LHD
SWITCH, indicator
1
(It is not uncommon for these switches to be transposed. For this reason it
is necessary that you should decide which transfers suit your vehicle).
WASHER, shake-proof
4
SCREW, pan head
4
TRANSFER, indicators
1 {
TRANSFER, main/dip
1 | check type
TRANSFER, indicators
1 | of switch fitted
TRANSFER, main/dip
1 }
CHANNEL
1
for wiring
CLAMP, lower
1
CLAMP, upper
1
TAPPED PLATE
1
SPRING CLAMP
1
BRACKET, (Anti-Torque)
1
WASHER, plain
2
SCREW, clamping
2
SUPPORT PLATE
1
speedo trip control
TUBE, distance (cardboard)
1
LHD
CLAMP, column to bracket
1
FELT PACKING STRIP
1
WASHER, plain
2
WASHER, locking
2
NUT
2
FELT PACKING STRIP
1
SUPPORT BRACKET
1
SCREW
2
SCREW
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
TIE BAR
1
RHD
TIE BAR
1
LHD
TIE BAR
1
RHD
TIE BAR
1
LHD
SCREW, tie bar to column support
4
WASHER, plain
4
WASHER, locking
4
NUT
4
77
80
81
82
83
809785
809786
601597
613466
AD608043
GHF701
SUPPORT, steering column

RETAINING PLATE
SEAL, retaining plate
SCREW
SPIRE NUT
1
1
1
1
2
2
RHD
LHD
Steering Column (Upper)

Late Type from FH100021
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
TKC2299
TKC2300
209423
GSV1095
125782
JN2110
125781
122669
GHF331
BH604101
122718
122719
601597
613466
AD608043
GHF701
623488
623489
GHF117
GHF300
GHF331
GHF200
716966
716967
628402
GHF117
SH604051
GHF300
GHF331
608222
608223
STEERING COLUMN, upper

STEERING COLUMN, upper
BUSH, steering column, lower
BUSH, steering column, upper
LOCK PLATE, tapped
JAM NUT
SCREW, Allen
CLAMP
WASHER, locking
BOLT
END CAP
BEARING WASHER
RETAINING PLATE
SEAL, retaining plate
SCREW
SPIRE NUT
TIE BAR
TIE BAR
SCREW
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
TIE BAR
TIE BAR
BRACKET
SCREW
SCREW
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
PACKING STRIP, felt
PACKING STRIP, felt
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
4
2
4
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
1
RHD
LHD
steering column adjustment
STEERING
32
33
34
35
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
48
49
50
51
55
56
608185
GHF314
GHF331
GHF200
620547
UKC6765
UKC5664
628375
UKC7070
RKC3982
RKC3983
218959
152597
XKC2344
XKC2342
XKC2343
XKC2345
SE104601
AAU8843
AAU8844
AAU7994
AAU7996
CLAMP, column to bracket

WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT, plain
TAPPED PLATE
CLAMP, upper
CLAMP, lower
SUPPORT PLATE
BOLT, clamp assembly
SWITCH only
SHEAR BOLT
COWL, top
COWL, top
COWL, bottom
COWL, bottom
SCREW, cowl securing
SWITCH, wiper & wash
SWITCH, wiper & wash
SWITCH, indicator & headlamp
SWITCH, indicator & headlamp
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
speedo trip control

RHD (with two keys)
LHD (with two keys)
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
Note: See Accessories catalogue for our full range of sports steering wheels.
60
RKC2818
TKC2796
RHD
LHD
RTC2504
61
RHD
LHD
62
63
RKC4042
UKC8135
TKC5178
ULC1591
ULC1992
WB600121
138466
STEERING WHEEL
Formula type, silver spokes
STEERING WHEEL
Anti-reflective finish
STEERING WHEEL
Moto-Lita original equipment
STEERING WHEEL, padded spokes
CENTRE PAD, s/wheel
CENTRE PAD, s/wheel (Moto-Lita)
BADGE, centre pad
BADGE, s/wheel, padded spokes
WASHER, plain, thin
NUT, steering wheel
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{
}
{
}
{
}
To approx. mid 1978

not Germany
To approx. mid 1978
Germany only
approx. mid 1978
To FH130000
From FH130001
To approx. mid 1978
{ approx. mid 1978
} To FH130000
From FH130000
55
56
STEERING
Steering Rack & Lower Column

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
209688
FAM1718
108976
502148
GHF301
108977
130581
BH605101
GHF272
STEERING COLUMN, lower

COUPLING, steering
BOLT, drilled
WIRE, locking
WASHER, plain
O RING
EARTH CABLE
BOLT, pinching clamp
NUT, nyloc
1
1
4
4
4
8
1
2
2
305932X
STEERING RACK KIT, High Ratio (new)

(Supplied with Alloy Mountings)
STEERING RACK, High Ratio (new)
(Less Alloy Mountings)
STEERING RACK KIT, High Ratio (new)
(Supplied with Alloy Mountings)
STEERING RACK, High Ratio (new)
(Less Alloy Mountings)
305932XNF
305931X
305931XNF
Req.
1
1
1
Details
(universal joint)
22
23
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
}
RHD models
(Track rod ends
not included)
24
25
LHD models
(Track rod ends
not included)
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Note: Our Quick Racks have a high ratio pinion giving you lock-to-lock in only 2.5 turns (compared
to the standard 3.5). Made initially for competition use, racks have a stronger outer casing with a
higher grade of steel rack for increased durability. The Steering Rack Kits also include solid alloy
mounts to reduce the amount of steering rack float. These Quick Racks must be fitted with Alloy
(solid) mountings.
61
TT3255
11
305932*
305932R*
305931*
305931R*
ALLOY RACK MOUNTING KIT

1
(This Alloy (solid) rack mounting kit stops the steering float caused by
wear in the rubber mounts. Although it gives a slightly less comfortable
ride, it provides much more accurate steering - and lasts longer).
STEERING RACK, new
1 { RHD
STEERING RACK, rebuilt, exchange
1 } (Standard)
STEERING RACK, new
1 { LHD
STEERING RACK, rebuilt, exchange
1 } (Standard)
*Note: Less Track Rod Ends.

12
134689
134688
PINION, (7T)
PINION, (7T)
1
1
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
RHD
LHD
36
37
38
39
40
41
45
46
47
48
509537
128001
128021
120941
127998
127999
128000
127997
305774
305773
128002
133103
056935
132053
120959
120949
132055
126765
143952
120946
146364
129961
128023
158732
120953
120957
130031
130032
129963
128024
GSV1104
GSV1105
GSV1104/5
GHF1267
EAW4321
208058
NT608041
GSJ158
GSJ158B
138869
EAW2270
CIRCLIP, securing pinion

1
COLLAR
1
SEAL
1
SHIM (0.005)
a/r
PINION BUSH, upper
1
WASHER, thrust, upper
1
WASHER, thrust, lower
1
PINION BUSH, lower
1
RACK BODY
1
LHD
RACK BODY
1
RHD
BUSH, passenger side
1
PLUG
1 { alternatives
GREASE NIPPLE
1 }
(A plug is traditionally fitted here to discourage over-greasing of the steering rack).
SCREWED CAP
1
SHIM, 0.002
a/r
SHIM, 0.004
a/r
SHIM, 0.010
a/r
SPRING
1
WASHER
1
DAMPER PAD
1
LOCK NUT, rack bar
2
INNER BALL JOINT
2
BALL PIN
2
SOCKET
2
SPRING
2
TAB WASHER
2
SHIM, 0.002
a/r
SHIM, 0.010
a/r
SOCKET NUT
2
BALL HOUSING
2
GAITER, passenger side
1
GAITER, drivers side
1
GAITERS, pair, (includes clips)
a/r
CABLE TIE, ratchet type
a/r { alternatives
WIRE TIE, original
a/r }
RACK BAR
1
NUT, locking (track rod end)
2
TRACK ROD END, genuine
2 { alternatives
TRACK ROD END, pattern
2 }
GAITER CLAMPING RING
2
GAITER
2

49
50
59
60
61
WB110061
GHF223
156024
139386
TT3255
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
U CLAMP, steering rack
MOUNTING, rubber, steering rack
*RACK MOUNTING KIT, Alloy
2
2
2
2
1
replaces items 59 & 60
Note: This Alloy (solid) rack mounting kit stops the steering float caused by wear in the rubber
mounts. Although it gives a slightly less comfortable ride, it provides much more accurate steering
- and lasts longer.
62
63
64
65
66
133875
GHF301
GHF222
134301
145108
PLATE, reinforcer
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
EARTH LEAD
PLUG, nylon
2
4
4
1
1
steering rack to chassis
Note: Omission of this plug will contribute to slackness in the rack. If fitted in conjunction with item
61, it may need slight reduction in length.
Removing & Refitting Steering Components

1. The steering lock.
There are several ways of removing steering lock shear bolts, which by security conscious design
will have sheared their heads off during fitting. The methods range from the ham-fisted (ignoring
the bolts and simply hack-sawing the lock off, thereby destroying it ) to a couple of more rational
ideas described below.
If there is any of the shear bolt material proud of the steering lock casting, it may be possible to
create a slot across it with careful use of a hacksaw and then undo the bolt with a screwdriver. If
this is not possible, the bolt can be undone by putting the point of a centre punch near the outer
edge of the sheared surface of the bolt, then angling the punch so that when struck by a hammer
it knocks the bolt round in an anti-clockwise direction. Repeating this action will, of course,
eventually undo the bolt. Granted, its a slow procedure, but it works every time.
Drilling the bolts out is not really recommended if the lock is to be saved -unless you are
remarkably skilful (or lucky) in your aim, the drill will probably drift into the soft metal of the lock
casting, leaving rather too much of the relatively harder bolt complete.
In the same vein, using an Easyout (a device for removing broken studs) is a bit of a gamble; if
the Easyout breaks - as it will if you get a little too enthusiastic with it, you will be left staring at
something thats definitely too hard to drill out.
2. The steering wheel.

When trying to ease the steering wheel off the tapered splines on the top of the column without
the aid of the correct wheel pulling tool (i.e. jiggling it from side to side and tugging at the same
time, or tapping the back of the wheel with a soft faced hammer), make sure that the wheel
retaining nut is still held on to the end of the column by a thread or two. Youll have saved face literally - when the wheel eventually breaks free in a hurry from its splines.
Going back to the start of the task, scratch a mark on the top of the inner column to match another
on the wheel centre, so that later during re-assembly you dont have to go through the hit and miss
process of trying to get the wheel on straight again.
3. Joining the steering column to the steering rack.

Never attempt to join the column and steering rack together without the rack clamps being loose
enough to allow a little rotation of the rack in its mountings.
The movement will allow the splines of the column and the rack to settle properly in line with each
other; only then should all the bolts be nipped up tight:
The column pinch bolt first, followed by the rack mountings. If the rack pinion was not quite in line, so
that the column exerted a lateral pressure on it, abnormal wear on bushes and bearings would result.
The embarrassing horn fault

One sunny afternoon, you find yourself driving along in town with the hood down, generally
enjoying life. You turn a corner slowly into a crowded street in your gleaming pride and joy and...
the horn blares out, whereupon everyone stops and stares/glares at you. But youre sure you didnt
touch the horn. Later, you drive over a bump while following a taxi and the horn goes off again.
You hide miserably behind the steering wheel, as much out of sight of the taxi driver as possible.
Once back at the sanctuary of your house, you wreak revenge on the horn controls, carrying out a
thorough inspection and overhaul. A couple of days later, the same embarrassing events repeat
themselves. You cant believe it.
Try this test.
Hold the steering wheel and try to pull it back towards yourself; then push it forwards, away from
yourself, as far as you can. You will probably be shocked at the amount of longitudinal play (though
not as shocked as when the horn goes off again).
The excessive play - which at its worst point enables the horn circuit to be unintentionally
completed - is due to worn thrust washers on the steering rack pinion.
If you fancy your chances dealing with fine tolerance shims and things, then have a go at repairing
it. If youre sensible, replace your steering rack.
STEERING
57
58
SUSPENSION
QHQSK88ALH/RH
Lower Trunnion Kit
QHQSK88 Ball Joint &
Trunnion Kit
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
Front Suspension
ill.
1
2
Part Number
119272
119451
GBK6601X
3
4
5
6
BH606181
BH606201
GHF223
GSJ155
GSJ155B
QHQSK88
7
8
9
10
11
UKC3466
BH605181
GHF301
GHF222
GSJ266
GSJ265
FAM581
LN30041
12
13
Description
Req.
Details
UPPER WISHBONE ARM

4
BUSH, rubber
4
BOLT KIT
2
(Kit inc. items 3, 4, 5, 8, 9, 10, 51, 52, 53, 54, 57, 58 to service one side
of the front suspension).
BOLT, upper wishbone, front
2
BOLT, upper wishbone, rear
2
NUT, nyloc
4
TOP BALL JOINT, genuine
2
TOP BALL JOINT, pattern
2
TRUNNION & UPPER BALL JOINT KIT
1
(Kit is per car and includes all bushes & seals).
GAITER, (genuine ball joint)
2
BOLT, top ball joint
4
WASHER, plain
4
NUT, nyloc
4
VERTICAL LINK, LH
1
VERTICAL LINK, RH
1
BLANKING PLUG
2
GREASE NIPPLE (90 angle)
a/r
Note: Rather than grease the steering swivel joint, it is recommended to oil (with EP90) and to
replace the grease nipple with blanking plug (FAM581) between services.
14
15
16
WD600071
GHF224
138559
GHK1021
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc (top ball joint)
SHIELD, inner seal
HUB BEARING & SEAL KIT
2
2
2
2
31
32
33
34
35
40
GHS146
GHB111
GHB110
PC20
UKC697
146479
158729
102690
NL608041
102689
WC112081
WC112081
GHF225
211049
211048
159514
WQ310
122126
140920
140919
140920B
140919B
QHQSK88ALH
QHQSK88ARH
514191
514191B
GSA267
TT3301
TT3302
TT3303
41
42
119450
147631
43
44
45
47
122324A
GHF202
NT606041
TKC1884
TT4301
122137
WM93
GHF221
48
49
50
OIL SEAL
BEARING, inner
BEARING, outer
SPLIT PIN
STUB AXLE
HUB UNIT
STUD, wheel
THRUST WASHER, outer bearing
CASTLE NUT, hub retaining
GREASE CAP, front hub
WASHER, spacing
WASHER, spacing
NUT, nyloc, stub axle
STEERING ARM, LH
STEERING ARM, RH
BOLT, arm to vertical link
WASHER, locking, square
SEAL, rubber
TRUNNION, lower, LH
TRUNNION, lower, RH
TRUNNION, lower, LH
TRUNNION, lower, RH
LOWER TRUNNION KIT, LH
LOWER TRUNNION KIT, RH
TRUNNION BUSH KIT
TRUNNION BUSH KIT
SHOCK ABSORBER, standard
SHOCK ABSORBER, Spax
SHOCK ABSORBER, Koni
SHOCK ABSORBER, Gaz
See also Accessories.
BUSH, rubber, lower mounting
WASHER, cupped (upper)
(upper mounting bush retaining)
BUSH, rubber, upper mounting
NUT
NUT, locking
ROAD SPRING, standard
ROAD SPRING, uprated
SPRING PLATE, upper
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
2
2
2
2
2
2
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
6
6
{
}
{
}
{
}
vertical link to trunnion

genuine
reproduction
includes all bushes
& seals
complete kit for both sides
kit for one side
{
| adjustable
}
{
| for standard
| shock absorbers
| only
|
}
slightly lower ride height
Note: A range of spacers is available to increase the ride height of the car. The upper spring plate
(48) will accept the thin spacer TT4404 above it (& still leave enough of the mounting studs lengths
free to fit the assembly safely), but if a further increase in height is required, the spacer TT4405
must be used under the coil spring.
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
68
TT4404
TT4405
119142
BH607201
WD600071
GHF224
206686
206685
119451
TT3362
BH606191
GHF223
130757
130758
GHF302
GHF223
122022
142598
142597
SPACER, above spring cap

SPACER, below coil spring
BOLT, trunnion to lower wishbone
BOLT, s/abs to lower wishbone
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
LOWER WISHBONE, LH
LOWER WISHBONE, RH
BUSH, (standard)
BUSH, (uprated/Polyurethane)
BOLT, wishbone pivot
NUT, nyloc
PIVOT BRACKET, forward
PIVOT BRACKET, rearward
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
SHIM, camber adjustment
ADAPTOR HUB, wire wheel, LH
ADAPTOR HUB, wire wheel, RH
2
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
4
4
4
4
2
2
4
4
a/r
2
2
0.375 (0.95cm)
0.875 (2.22cm)
{ inner wishbone
}
144504
{ originally for MkI - III

} Spitfires; will fit later cars
16
spinners begin to unfasten.
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
80
81
82
83
84
217033
125482
125481A
WP46
GHF224
WP20X
GHF303
GHF223
125074
155307
155308
155310
155309
GHF301
GHF222
ANTI ROLL BAR

LINK, anti roll bar to wishbone, LH
LINK, anti roll bar to wishbone, RH
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain, inner
WASHER, plain, outer
NUT, nyloc
STUD, link
U BOLT, roll bar
CAP, retaining roll bar
BUSH, rubber
MOUNTING PLATE
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
SPRING, new, genuine

SPRING, new, reproduction
SPRING, reconditioned
1
1
1
TT4413
C8939A
114006
149190
149191
BH605211
GHF332
GHF201
159641
149189
132764
132763
GSA385
TT3311
TT3312
TT3313
102987
WM69
GHF224
118599
WB112081
GHF275
BH607281
WD600071
GHF224
BH607281
WD600071
GHF224
133065
155930
SPRING Negative Camber

OUTER EYE BUSH
BUSH, thrust
SPACER TUBE, lower leaf
CENTRE INSULATOR
BOLT, centre pivot
WASHER, locking
NUT
CENTRE MOUNTING BOX
LOWER MOUNTING BOX PLATE
VERTICAL LINK, LH
VERTICAL LINK, RH
SHOCK ABSORBER, standard
SHOCK ABSORBER, Spax
SHOCK ABSORBER, Koni
SHOCK ABSORBER, Gaz
MOUNTING BUSH
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
BOLT, shock absorber
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc, thin
BOLT, rear spring to vertical link
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
BOLT, rear hub
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
RADIUS ARM, rear
RADIUS ARM, rear
1
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
4
2
2
2
119451
151967
151966
159842
159843
BUSH, rubber, rear radius arm

PIVOT BRACKET, LH
PIVOT BRACKET, RH
PIVOT BRACKET, LH
PIVOT BRACKET, RH
4
1
1
1
1
59
fits between leaves
{
| adjustable
} see accessories
standard shock absorber only
1300 To (c) FH50000

{ 1300 From (c) FH50001
} & 1500
{ 1300 To (c) FH50000
}
{ 1300 From (c) FH50001
} & 1500
Note: Although the rear spring was not altered when the drive shaft length was increased (at (c)
FH50000), the mounting brackets & radius arms were modified to suit the new position they were
required to take up.
fitted to chassis
A rear spring shows its tiredness by inducing excessive camber on one of the rear wheels, usually
the drivers side. This malady can be cured by replacing the spring with either a new or
reconditioned unit to restore spring tension. It will also restore the ride quality of the car.
159640
159640B
TT4410
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Rear Suspension
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Note: These hubs will only safely accept the wire wheels specifically designed for Spitfires. Other 13" dia.
wire wheels may look as though they fit, but the spline & seat design may differ - so they dont. Its a
matter of Triumph engineers effectively widening the axle by using adaptors, but endeavouring to keep
the overall track dimension the same. See also 'Road Wheels & Tools' in accessories catalogue.
69
SUSPENSION
{ includes items
} 2 & 3 only
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
GHF223
133070
BH606181
GHF302
GHF223
131008
GHF223
GHF302
GBK6602X
NUT, nyloc
SHIM, pivot bracket to chassis
BOLT, radius arm
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
STUD, rear spring
NUT, nyloc
WASHER, plain
BOLT KIT
4
a/r
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
Note: inc. items 14, 15, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 30, 31, 32 to service both sides of rear suspension.
60
DIFFERENTIAL
Differential (Exchange Units)

ill.
Part Number
Description
RTC2305R
RTC2305RX
TKC3718R
TKC3718RX
TKC5240R
DIFFERENTIAL
DIFFERENTIAL (new C/W & Pinion)
DIFFERENTIAL
DIFFERENTIAL (new C/W & Pinion)
DIFFERENTIAL, exch. 3.27:1
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
Details
{
}
{
}
1300
(3.89:1)
1500
(3.63:1)
Switzerland only
11
12
UKC4794
UKC4795
UKC4796
ULC2029
ULC2030
134072
UKC4493
110376
UKC3948
21H5478
RKC1983
RKC2802
0.99mm (0.039)
a/r |
1.04mm (0.041)
a/r |
1.09mm (0.043)
a/r |
1.14mm (0.045)
a/r |
1.19mm (0.047)
a/r }
CROSS PIN, differential
1
1300, 1500 To FH106101
CROSS PIN, differential
1
1500 From FH106102
(The later cross pin UKC4493 can be used to replace the earlier type)
PIN, solid type, locking cross pin
1
1300, 1500 To FH106101
PIN, scroll type, locking cross pin
1
1500 From FH106102
CARRIER, differential & crown wheel
1
1300, 1500 To FH106101
1
1500 From FH106102
1 { Switzerland only with
} 327:1 ratio From FH126380
Note: The above Differential Assemblies come built up in an axle case. They do not come with
Hubs, Drive Shafts or Brake Assemblies. We are only able to exchange differentials for
reconditionable units of the same type and ratio. Units found to be not reconditionable will either
be returned or surcharged according to the customers wishes.
14
Differential & Axle Components
Note: Sun & planet gears must be fitted in type sets. Early ones can be mixed and run with later
ones, but not for very long
1
2
3
4
5
518949
060070
GHF333
104554
GHB105
UKC4805
156082
156083
154921
154925
134073
UKC6281
ATA7039
134074
UKC3365
7
8
9
10
138440
147249
134076
147250
138441
147251
138442
148805
147252
UKC4788
UKC4789
UKC4790
UKC4791
UKC4792
UKC4793
CASING & BEARING CAPS

1
BUSH, bearing cap alignment
4
WASHER, locking
4
BOLT, attaching bearing cap
4
BEARING, differential carrier
2
1300, 1500 To FH106101
BEARING, differential carrier
2
1500 From FH106102
(24.8mm internal diameter)
SHIM, carrier side, 0.003
a/r {
a/r | adjustment
a/r |
a/r }
SUN WHEEL, differential
2
1300, 1500 To FH106101
SUN WHEEL, differential
2
1500 From FH106102
T/WASHER, sun wheel to carrier
2
PLANET GEAR, differential
2
1300, 1500 To FH106101
PLANET GEAR, differential
2
1500 From FH106102
ADJUSTING WASHER, planet gear thrust, sizes shown below:
0.027
a/r {
0.029
a/r |
0.031
a/r |
0.033
a/r |
0.035
a/r | 1300, 1500 To FH106101
0.037
a/r |
0.039
a/r |
0.041
a/r |
0.043
a/r }
0.69mm (0.027)
a/r {
0.74mm (0.029)
a/r |
0.79mm (0.031)
a/r |
0.84mm (0.033)
a/r |
0.89mm (0.035)
a/r |
0.94mm (0.037)
a/r | 1500 From FH106102
15
518844
159801
159802
159803
CROWN WHEEL & PINION

3.89:1 (solid bearing spacer)
3.89:1 (collapsible bearing spacer)
3.63:1
3.27:1
1
1
1
1
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
1300
To mid 1973
1300
From mid 1973
1500 except
Switzerland
Switzerland only
From FH126380
Note: When replacing crown wheel & pinion sets ensure the correct spacer is used, i.e. solid or
collapsible type.
16
17
18
19
21H5479
BOLT, crown wheel to carrier
144668
BOLT, crown wheel to carrier
118977A
134065
WASHER, locking
8
BEARING, pinion head
1
SHIM, pinion head bearing height adjusting. (Sizes shown below):
0.075
a/r
0.0765
a/r
0.077
a/r
0.078
a/r
0.079
a/r
0.0795
a/r
0.080
a/r
0.081
a/r
0.082
a/r
0.0825
a/r
0.083
a/r
0.084
a/r
145918
145919
148099
145920
148100
145921
148101
145922
148102
145923
148103
145924
{
}
{
}
1500 From FH125380

except Switzerland
Swiss From FH126380
and 327:1 CWP ratio
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
30
31
32
33
34
35
38
39
40
41
42
44
45
46
48
49
50
51
52
54
55
56
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
69
70
71
72
73
74
148104
145925
148105
145926
145927
145928
145929
145930
145931
145932
145933
156903
140790
140791
140792
140793
BTB440
DAM5079
153677
UKC764
142333
112635
159394
GHF502
PC45
UKC725
215537
132856
GHF324
GHF103
GHF332
114749
TKC220
114774
GHF502
104449
117578
136869
GHF303
GHF274
133568
131796
WM810
CRC3343
GHF273
131008
WB110061
GHF273
139531
117952
139530
123803
GHF331
533360A
139532
128135
155928
37H4973
GUJ115
GUJ115B
GUJ101
144101
144825
144825P
0.085
0.0855
0.086
0.087
0.0885
0.090
0.0915
0.093
0.0945
0.096
SOLID SPACER
COLLAPSIBLE SPACER
SHIM, 0.030
SHIM, 0.010
SHIM, 0.005
SHIM, 0.003
BEARING, pinion, flange end
SEAL, pinion flange
DRIVE FLANGE
DRIVE FLANGE
WASHER, plain
NUT, flange, slotted type
NUT, flange, nyloc type
SPLIT PIN, for slotted nut
SPLIT PIN, for slotted nut
SHIELD, over pinion nut
BRACKET, front mounting
BOLT, mounting bracket
WASHER, shake-proof
SCREW, casing
WASHER, locking
GASKET, casing
REAR CASING
FILLER PLUG
SPLIT PIN, breather
CORE PLUG, 5/8 diameter
MOUNTING BUSH, rear
BOLT, rear differential mounting
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
MOUNTING BUSH, front, upper
MOUNTING BUSH, front, lower
WASHER, differential mounting
WASHER, (LH side only)
NUT, nyloc
STUD, rear spring
WASHER, plain, nut to spring
NUT, nyloc
OUTPUT SHAFT & FLANGE
SEAL,
RETAINER, seal to bearing
SCREW, socket headed
WASHER, locking
BEARING, output shaft
CIRCLIP, bearing to output shaft
DRIVE SHAFT & YOKE
DRIVE SHAFT & YOKE
DRIVE FLANGE YOKE
UJ & CIRCLIPS, grease-able type
UJ & CIRCLIPS, grease-able type
UJ & CIRCLIPS, sealed type
CIRCLIP, 0.058 - 0.059
GREASE NIPPLE,
PLUG,
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
8
8
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
8
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
8
a/r
2
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
1300 To mid 1973
1300 From mid 1973, 1500
1300 To 1973
1300 From 1973, 1500
{ alternatives
}
1300 From mid 1973, 1500
132023
GHF273
128469
104581
204226
GHK1029
BOLT
NUT, nyloc,
STONE GUARD, on drive shaft
KEY, drive shaft to drive flange
BEARING HOUSING
BEARING KIT, rear wheel hub
8
8
2
2
2
2
92
95
96
97
98
NI
NI
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
128978
117853
GFG117
GHB117
GHS111
510618A
104773
104582
121860
121862
GHF103
142333
FAM2004
21H5774
122115
056935
514370
514370B
141185
141218
141221
141443
141444
BH607281
WD600071
GHF224
INNER SEAL
INNER BEARING, needle roller
GASKET
OUTER BEARING
OUTER SEAL
HUB NUT, nyloc
PLATE,
SHIELD, retaining grease
LOCK TAB
BOLT (alternative)
SCREW (alternative)
WASHER, hub nut to drive flange
DRIVE FLANGE & STUDS
STUD, rear wheel
PLUG
GREASE NIPPLE
TRUNNION BUSH KIT
TRUNNION BUSH KIT
RUBBER RING, dirt seal
NYLON BUSH
SPACER, steel
WASHER, outer
WASHER, inner
BOLT, trunnion pivot
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
8
8
2
2
8
2
2
1
2
4
4
2
4
4
2
2
2
61
seal housing & bearing retaining
{ plate & shield

} to hub housing
blanks rear hub lubrication hole

one kit per car
1 kit per side
Propshaft
There were three designs for propshafts each with two different lengths. The changes in length
were for overdrive or non-overdrive versions. The constructional differences were sliding spline,
strap drive and frictionless pot joint. Triumph finally ended up using the frictionless pot joint type
in different lengths to service all cars. We offer either genuine Rover pot joint type (where still
available) or aftermarket reproduction prop shafts with a sliding spline.
spring to stud in diff casing
2
3
4
TKC1753
TKC1753B
PKC1466
PROPSHAFT, pot joint,

PROPSHAFT, sliding spline
PROPSHAFT, pot joint
1
1
1
PKC1466B
PROPSHAFT, sliding spline
PKC1467
PKC1467B
GUJ115
GUJ115B
GUJ101
144101
144825
144825P
PROP SHAFT, pot joint

PROP SHAFT, sliding spline
UJ & CIRCLIPS, grease-able
UJ & CIRCLIPS, grease-able
UJ & CIRCLIPS, sealed type
CIRCLIP, included with UJ
GREASE NIPPLE
PLUG
1
1
1/2
1/2
1/2
4/8
1/2
1/2
output shaft to diff casing
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
1300 three rail gearbox

non-overdrive
1300 three rail gearbox
overdrive and
1500 single rail gearbox
non-overdrive
1500 single rail gearbox
overdrive
genuine
replacement
genuine
included with UJ
replaces grease nipple
between services
Note: Greaseable UJs cannot be run on the vehicle with the grease nipple in place.
1300 To (c) FH50000

1300 From (c) FH50001, 1500
genuine
pattern
genuine
inc. with GUJ115 & GUJ115B
replaces grease nipple
between services
Note: Greaseable UJs cannot be run on the vehicle with the grease nipple in place.
75
76
77
78
80
DIFFERENTIAL
{ drive shaft flange

} to diff flange
protects inner seal
Drive shafts changed in length on 1300 models in 1973.

They each increased by one inch to give a wider track.
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
13
37H4973
143215
143213
132023
WP20X
GHF223
144961A
GHF273
YOKE, drive flange

DRIVE STRAPS, flexible
O RING, sealing spigot
BOLT
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
BOLT, prop shaft
NUT, nyloc, prop shaft
1/2
8
1
4
4
4
8
8
62
STARTER MOTOR
Starter Motor
During the production of the MkIV 1300 & 1500 Spitfire, Triumph fitted three different models of
Lucas starter motor. All are interchangeable and have similar working characteristics. The problems
start if you wish to repair your own starter motor. You will need to know the model type to ensure the
correct parts for repair are ordered. The three model numbers are 25079B, 25022 and 25149B. The
Unipart/Lucas replacement rebuilt starter we supply is suitable for all applications.
ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
Pressed Steel
Details
(Inertia Starter Motor)

1
GEU9405
GXE4405
STARTER MOTOR, New

STARTER MOTOR, exchange, recon
Die Cast
1
1
{ All Models
}
All Models
Lucas 25079B and 25022
(Pre-Engaged Starter Motor)

GXE4439X*
Starter Motor (New)
*Note: Discard stepped adaptor.

These brand new (non-exchange) powerful Pre-Engaged (Geared) starter motors are High Torque,
meaning they will not suffer the same fate as the original Inertia type, especially on high compression
engines and, they are a direct replacement. No more costly motor rebuilds or excessive battery drain.
Lucas 25149B Starter Motor

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
13
14
15
16
17
519813
7H5045
BAU5781
67H5010
511290
519812
GSB105
519566
37H4672
BH606181
GHF333
WE600061
GHF203
131570
104549
CLIP, retaining
SPRING
PINION, BARREL & SCREW
PINION & BARREL, (9 teeth)
BUSH SET, front & rear
BRUSH SET
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
END PLATE
BOLT, starter to engine
WASHER, locking
WASHER, shake-proof
NUT
MOUNTING SPACER
SHIM
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
a/r
Lucas 25149b
(10 teeth)
(9 teeth)
purchase of a new starter, since fluid will transfer copper dust from inside the motor to the
electrical windings, causing a short circuit. Dust may be removed by compressed air & wiping with
a rag dampened with cleaning fluid.
The starter bendix gear can be cleaned and then inspected both for damage and spring return
operation. If faulty, the sub assembly can be replaced.
motor to engine plate
Starter bendix adjustment
Lucas 25079B & 25022 Starter Motors

20
21
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
508548
519813
7H5045
BAU5781
67H5010
501711
7H5049
47H5346
509819A
47H5341
47H5340
511141
GSB102
070391
BH606181
GHF333
WE600061
GHF203
131570
104549
NUT, retaining
CLIP, retaining
SPRING
SPRING
BUSH, driving end
BUSH, driving end
SPRING SET
SPRING SET
BUSH, commutator end
BUSH, commutator end
BRUSH SET
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
BOLT, starter to engine
WASHER, locking
WASHER, shake-proof
NUT
MOUNTING SPACER
SHIM, bendix adjusting
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
a/r
25022 only
25079B only
(10 teeth)
(9 teeth)
25022 only
25079B only
pressed steel end plate
die-cast end plate
pressed steel end plate
die-cast end plate
motor to engine plate
Jammed Bendix Gears

Did you ever attempt to start your Spitfire and instead of the more usual loud rumbling sound from
the exhaust (and the nasty rattling sound from the scuttle panel), you hear nothing more than a
clunk. That clunk might have been finally diagnosed as a jammed starter bendix, but in the
meantime there was a way of getting home without resorting to the tow truck. Weve all been
there, trying to get out of the car park before the ticket ran out, but there is a temporary repair
method to release the jammed bendix gear and get you home.
To free the bendix gear, put the car into fourth gear with the ignition off, release the handbrake and rock
the car backwards and forwards. Jump back into the car and try again, then take the car out of gear and
try again without the car leapfrogging away from rest. Repeat as necessary. Replacement of the starter
bendix, starter motor or ring gear should be made at the earliest opportunity.
Stopping Trouble Before the Starter Stops

A starter motor often provides warnings in the form of jamming, slow cranking, or intermittent
operation, before it fails completely. Obviously it is in the owners interests to confront any
problems before they become terminal. Having removed the starter from the car, it can be carefully
dismantled on a work surface and the possible causes for impending failure investigated. Resist
the temptation to submerge the unit in cleaning fluid; doing so would probably result in the
The shaft bushes pressed into the front and rear end plates of the motor should be renewed if
necessary. These are Oilite bushes, which should be immersed in light engine oil for 24 hours
prior to fitting (the bush material absorbs the oil, to give prolonged lubrication).
Old lags of the starter reconditioning trade have jam jars filled with oil and bushes awaiting use. Excess
oil must be wiped away upon installation of the bushes (which is achieved by pressing, not hammering!).
Carbon brush replacement, if necessary, can be effected by soldering the replacements to the
commutator end shield brush contacts - not hard, just fiddly.
The copper wire windings and insulation of the armature and commutator assembly should be
inspected (the commutator is the segmented copper collar contacted by the carbon brushes at one
end of the armature). The contact surface must be clean, smooth and concentric to the armature
axis. A dirty commutator can be cleaned by wiping with a petrol moistened cloth, then lightly
polished with very fine glass paper. If the commutator is not true or excessively scored, it will need
to be turned at high speed in a lathe and machined with a very sharp tool. Not everyone has such
equipment to hand (!), but most people know of someone who has. The lightest of possible cuts
should be made on the lathe to true up the contact area. A very light polish after turning with very
fine glass paper is recommended. Under no circumstances should the insulation material between
the copper segments of the commutator be undercut. Re-assembly of the starter is the reverse of
disassembly. The factory workshop manual may be consulted for any further information.
Before refitting to the car, the motor must be tested.
Secure the starter motor body carefully in a vice and test it by connecting it with heavy gauge
cables (jump leads are ideal) to a 12 volt battery. Connect one cable to the starter terminal, the
other should be held against the drive end bracket.
The starter should run at high speed under these light load conditions. Upon rotation, the bendix
gear should move axially along the armature shaft towards the motor itself.
When the power is removed and the motor stops, the gear should return to its original position at
the outer end of the shaft.
ALTERNATOR
63
Lucas Alternators
Lucas Alternators, 15, 16 & 17 ACR types

AC Delco Alternator
Lucas Alternators, 15, 16 & 17 ACR types

Triumph, in their wisdom, used six different Lucas alternators on the MkIV & 1500 models. However,
thanks to Unipart logic they all end up as having one part number. This is due also to Lucas upgrading
and improving the alternators performance and output without affecting any other characteristics.
ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
GXE8211
ALTERNATOR, exchange, rebuilt
GXE2206
18G8620
GGB504
NKC484A
18G8619
AAU3956A
AEU1238
37H2258
BAU4443A
BAU5264
BAU5063
AEU4152A
607693A
AEU3079A
GEU250

BEARING, rear
BRUSH SET
PLASTIC COVER, rear
BEARING, front
FAN
PULLEY
SUNDRY PARTS KIT
REGULATOR, (2 or 3 lead type)
REGULATOR, (4 lead type)
RECTIFIER, (2 connections)
RECTIFIER, (3 connections)
BRUSH BOX
SURGE PROTECTOR, if fitted
PLUG KIT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
a/r
Details
AC 35 amp type
{ replacement for original
} with improved output (17
acr)
2
3
4
7
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
higher output (18 acr)

89
90
91
92
93
15 acr
16/17 acr
15 acr
16/17 acr
15/16/17 acr
16/17 acr
AC Delco Alternator
AC 35 amp type
This is a rare original fitment item only used on some 1300 models to commission number
FM/FH50000 (1973).
2
3
4
5
6
GXE2224
BHM7044
BHM7040
BHM7038
GGB506
BHM7042

PULLEY
FAN
BEARING, front
BRUSH SET
BEARING, rear
1
1
1
1
1
1
Note: Customers having trouble obtaining an old unit AC Delco alternator for exchange can fit the more
common Lucas unit instead - or break up an MGB GT V8 for its AC Delco alternator. Alternator Mountings.
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
147899
147483
GHF332
GHF103
BH605401A
WP139
GHF242
GHF163*
WP17
BRACKET, alternator
DISTANCE TUBE
WASHER, locking
SCREW
BOLT
WASHER, plain
NUT
SCREW
WASHER, plain
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
156464
WP17
JN2158*
BH605181
GHF332
ADJUSTING LINK
WASHER, plain
LOCK NUT
BOLT
WASHER, locking
1
1
1
1
1
adjusting link to w/pump
*Note: Modern replacement alternators are supplied with a metric mounting screw.
64
BATTERY & FITTINGS
Horns
Horn & Overdrive Relays
Fuse Box
Water Temperature
Sender Unit
Suppressors
Starter Solenoid
Brake Light Switch
Oil Pressure
Switch
Courtesy Light Switches
Voltage Stabilizer
Battery & Fittings

Note: See accessories catalogue for full range battery & fittings.
ill.
Part Number
Description
GBY015
GBY165
GBY291
*BATTERY, (wet) heavy duty

*CLASSIC BATTERY (rubber case)
*CLASSIC BATTERY (rubber case)
Req.
Details
1
1
1
55amp
45amp
60amp
Reverse Lamp & Overdrive

Inhibitor Switches
*Note: Not available by mail order.

2
3
515997
2K8645
CABLE, earth, screw terminal

SCREW, terminal securing
Flasher Unit &

Hazard Unit
Boot
Lamp Switch
Seat Belt Warning Switch
1
2
Various cables were used on the Spitfire over the years (left hand drive, right hand drive, USA
markets etc.), but all the different types were superseded by the Rover Group to one set of numbers.
The alternative to the screw terminal type, fitted to most Spitfires, are clamp cables (which were
standard on USA cars). Rover seemed, as a rule, to supply cables with clamp connections but using
the screw connection cable numbers. In other words, be prepared- you could receive either type
when you order a battery cable, but its more likely to be one with a clamp on it.
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
GHF2750
GHF2755
518903
GHF208
SH604041
GHF321
515873
115706
131114
516064
LUCWB600
GHF301
GHF382
GHF213
142087K
142087
14G5508
601552
613051
WP127
GHF321
132068
613155
AM7302
CRST191
CLAMP TERMINAL, Negative

1 { replacement
CLAMP TERMINAL, Positive
1 }
BOLT, clamp terminal
2
NUT, clamp terminal
2
SCREW, earth cable
2
WASHER, shake-proof
2
CABLE, positive, screw terminal
1
BOOT, rubber insulating
2
CABLE, solenoid to starter motor
1
RHD
CABLE, solenoid to starter motor
1
LHD
RING TERMINAL, brass
a/r
crimp type
WASHER, plain, starter solenoid
3
WASHER, spring, starter solenoid
4
fits 13H5952 solenoid
NUT, starter solenoid
4
BATTERY MOUNTING KIT
1
(Kit includes; 142087 clamp, 2 x 601552 J bolts, 2 x WP127 washers & 2
x 132068 wing nuts).
CLAMP, battery securing, 10 1/4
1
CLAMP, battery securing, 12 1/4
1
J BOLT, clamp to chassis, 4 1/8
2
J BOLT, clamp to chassis, 5 7/8
2
WASHER, plain
2
WASHER, shake-proof
2
WING NUT
2
PAD, rubber, battery shelf
1
BATTERY BOX, plastic
1
DECAL, Lucas
1
Handbrake Warning
Light Switch
Night Dimming Relay,

Rear Lights
Aerial & Extension Lead
SWITCHES
Horns
Note: Replacement horns should be fitted in car sets for matched sound.
ill.
Part Number
Description
GGE103
GGE104
156275
156276
ULC1719
GHF117
GHF331
GHF300
GHF200
HORN, high note

HORN, low note
BRACKET, LH
BRACKET, RH
BRACKET, horn
SCREW, bracket
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT
3
4
5
6
Req.
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
4
4
Details
{ Lucas or Clearhooter
} horns only
Horn & Overdrive Relays

8
9
10
11
12
13
14
1377471
142169A
CHM68
125957
510503
PWZ203
WL700101
HN2005
RELAY, horn
RELAY, overdrive
RELAY, horn
LOOP CABLE, relay power
SCREW, relay
WASHER, plain, relay
WASHER, locking, relay
NUT
1
1
1
1
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1300
1300, D type only
{ 1500 To (c) FH100020
}
13H5952
SE910201
WL700101
WM55
SOLENOID, starter
SCREW, solenoid
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
COMBINATION HAZARD
INDICATOR & RELAY
GFU2204
HAZARD RELAY
GFU2204
HAZARD RELAY
GFU2126
HAZARD RELAY
GFU2204
HAZARD RELAY
GFU2126
HAZARD RELAY
PMZ206
WL700101
WP3
NH806011
158491
148621
AB608031
RU608123
SCREW
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT
EXTENSION HARNESS, relay
CLIP, relay
SCREW, clip
RIVET
1
2
2
2
50
AAU1876A
51
AAU1908A
52
627733
53
GHF421
SWITCH, courtesy light

(earthed through screw)
(earthed through screw)
(not earthed through screw)
SCREW, switch
Fuse Box
Boot Lamp Switch
Note: Fuse boxes were an integral part of the wiring loom. We list a repair/replacement fuse box
to service those cars with torched fuse boxes. These items require electrical splicing skills to fit,
but they are cheaper than a whole new loom.
54
22
Water Temperature Transmitter Unit
55
56
57
58
59
60
26
61
23
24
521030
608401
607201A
GFS35X
GTR108
FUSE BOX
FUSE BOX
LID, for fuse box
FUSE, 35 amp
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
1
1
1
5
original
repair/replacement
(17 amp continuous)
GPS117
SWITCH, oil pressure warning light
The fitting of suppressors is required for all cars with radios. They quieten the electrical crackle
created by both coil & alternator which is otherwise picked up by the radio.
30 DZB5567
SUPPRESSOR, radio
a/r
coil/alternator
579356A
SUPPRESSOR, radio
a/r
alternator
Brake Light Switch

134529
WF600081
NT608041
BRAKE LIGHT SWITCH

WASHER, locking
NUT
148876A
AB604023
VOLTAGE STABILISER
SCREW, stabiliser
39
SWITCH, boot lamp
indicator/hazard
{ alternatives to
| items 41-44
}
a/r
a/r
a/r
{
}
{
}
{
}
2/3
1 bullet terminal
1 Lucar spade terminal
2 Lucar spade terminals
(1 line/1 earth)
one per switch
1500 only
Reverse Lamp & Overdrive Inhibitor Switches

BAU1074A
502146
059474
BAU1074A
502146
GAE191A
GAE191B
GHF302
SWITCH, inhibitor
WASHER, spacing
SWITCH, reverse light
WASHER, spacing
SWITCH, reverse light, original
SWITCH, reverse light,
WASHER, switch adjusting
1
1
1
a/r
1
1
a/r
1
1
1
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
}

1300 models
(three rail gearbox)
1500 models
(single rail gearbox)
INDICATOR RELAY
GFU2124
INDICATOR RELAY
GFU2124
INDICATOR RELAY
GFU2126
INDICATOR RELAY
GFU2126
INDICATOR RELAY
2
4
2
in seat cushion
Handbrake Warning Light Switch

1500 models only
70 TKC3894
71 AB604023

SCREW, switch to brake lever
1
1
1
2
2
Aerial & Extension Lead

80
GFU2124
SWITCH, seat sensor

RIVET, switch
CLIP, wiring
1300 models only

RHD only to FH50000, RHD & LHD from FH50001
75 216112
RELAY, night dimming
76 GHF423
SCREW, self tapping
77 GHF712
SPIRE NUT
Flasher Unit & Hazard Unit

38
see item 47 for alternatives
Night Dimming Relay, rear lights
1
1
1
Voltage Stabiliser
36
37
606240
1500 models only

64 158534
65 BRP906
66 615837
Suppressors
32
33
34
1500 LHD models

From FH100021 except
D, B, DK, F, NL, I, CH, A
1300 LHD To
FH50000
1300 LHD From
FH50001- not Germany
and RHD BAOR
1300 From FH50001
Germany only
1500 all RHD and LHD
To FH100020 except
1500 LHD
D, B, DK, F, NL, I, CH, A only
Seat Belt Warning Switch
Oil Pressure Switch

28
1
1
1
1
a/r
1/2
a/r
a/r
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
|
}
Courtesy Light Switches
Starter Solenoid
16
17
18
19
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
UKC9187
65
{
|
}
{
}
{
|
}
{
}
{
}
all 1300 & 1500 RHD

all 1300 LHD
To FH50000
1300 LHD
FH50001 except Germany
1500 LHD To
FH100020 except
1300 From FH50001
German markets
1500 D, B, DK, F, NL,
I, CH, A only
81
AJM1112
C44866
ZKC533
AERIAL, retractable
AERIAL, retractable
EXTENSION LEAD, aerial
1
1
1
{ alternatives
}
66
DISTRIBUTOR
AC Delco Distributor (Spitfire MkIV)

Note: See also accessories catalogue.
ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
Details
Spitfire MkIV models were all fitted originally with AC Delco distributors. The distributor had a
mechanical tachometer drive take-off mounted at right angles to the main drive shaft. These
distributors are also identifiable by the pressed steel main case construction and the squat
distributor cap. The AC Delco units are becoming increasingly difficult to obtain and repair,
however we offer some spares and a rebuild service to a customers own unit.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
TKC419R
GDC123
GRA110
GCS105
GSC104
520341
511842
511844
511847
520512
511851
520343
516240
520511
513400
513999
511844
511861
511859
520345
511860
511863
134891
SH504141
NQ2757
511864
517923
511866
DISTRIBUTOR
DISTRIBUTOR CAP
ROTOR ARM
CONTACT SET
CONDENSER
LOW TENSION LEAD
SCREW, for contact set
SCREW, condenser & base plate
BASE PLATE, horseshoe fitting
BASE PLATE, pin fitting
FELT PAD, lubrication
SPRING SET, auto advance
VACUUM UNIT, horseshoe fitting
VACUUM UNIT, pin fitting
CLIP, cap
SCREW, clip
SCREW, base plate locating
END PLUG
DRIVE GEAR
WASHER, locking (if fitted)
THRUST WASHER
O RING
CLAMP PLATE, SCREW & NUT
SCREW
NUT
THRUST WASHER
DRIVE PIN
DRIVE DOG
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
customers own rebuilt
Lucas Distributor (Spitfire 1500)

Note: See also accessories catalogue.
To (e) FH25000E
From (e) FH25001E
To (e) FH25000E
From (e) FH25001E
1500 Model Spitfires used Lucas Distributors in the UK and European delivered markets. The
Lucas distributor is aluminium bodied and has no mechanical tachometer drive cable connection.
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
44
RKC5044
RKC5044R
GDC136
RTC315A
GRA114
GCS118
GSC118
GCS1001S
GSC1001S
RTC1190
511851
TT1903
RTC1775
AEU1665
RTC1773
DISTRIBUTOR, (41449), New

DISTRIBUTOR, (41449), Recon
DISTRIBUTOR CAP
BRUSH & SPRING
ROTOR ARM
CONTACT SET
CONDENSER & LOW TENSION LEAD
SCREW, for contact set
SCREW, for condenser
BASE PLATE
FELT PAD, lubrication
SPRING PACK, advance/retard
VACUUM UNIT, auto advance
VACUUM UNIT, auto advance
CLAMP PLATE
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
{ 45D4 type
}
5 pieces
To (e) FM134995E
From (e) FM134995E
Ignition System
ill.
Part Number
Description
46
GHT152
TT1472
CRST255
13H6107
HT LEAD SET, complete

HT LEAD SET, silicone
LABEL SET, wire numbering
47
48
DISTRIBUTOR
56
Req.
1
1
1
1
Details
alternative to original
...and for those who wish to make their own copper HT lead sets:
49
AAA5981M
TT2982M
HT LEAD, copper stranded

HT LEAD, copper stranded
a/r
a/r
black PVC insulation

{ yellow/black PVC insulation
} period Lucas competition cable
Ignition lead is sold by the metre. You will need two metres to renew your Spitfire engine HT leads.
50
51
52
NLB5
NYB5
NSB5
53
GCL1110
54
55
LUCYB354
LUCYB310
SUPPRESSOR CAP, 90o angled

a/r
SUPPRESSOR CAP, 60o angled
a/r
SUPPRESSOR CAP, straight
a/r
(Recommendation for standard use is 2 x straight caps (plugs 2 & 3), 2 x
60* caps (plugs 1 & 4).
END KIT, for HT coil & plug leads
a/r
Six required if using item 49
COVER, HT terminal, straight
a/r
TERMINAL, HT lead, straight
a/r
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
65
N9YCC
BP6ES
N12YCC
BP5ES
GCL111
134176A
66
67
PCR711
HU709P
GHF300
GHF331
GHF200
128262
12B2095
37H4229M
138892
70
CRST156
SPARK PLUG, Champion

SPARK PLUG, NGK, copper cored
SPARK PLUG, Champion
SPARK PLUG, NGK
COIL, ballasted
BALLAST RESISTOR
4
4
4
4
1
1
{
}
{
}
67
copper cored, alternative

1300 engine
copper cored, alternative
1500 engine
{ 1300 To
} FH50000
(From 1973 the ballast resistor was replaced with a length of resistance
wire incorporated in the wiring harness).
CLIP, retaining wiring
1
SCREW, self aligning
2
WASHER, plain
4
WASHER, locking
2
NUT
2
ADAPTOR, right angle
a/r { vacuum tube
ADAPTOR, straight
a/r }
VACUUM TUBE
1
metre length, cut to fit
CLIP
3 { vacuum tube to petrol
} feed tube
DECAL Lucas
1
68
FRONT LAMPS
Headlamps
18
20
21
SML3
SML3P
SML3Z
13H565
512222
569313
Bucket, headlamp, Original

Bucket, headlamp, (plastic)
Bucket, headlamp
SEAL, bucket to body
SEAL, bucket to body
POP RIVET, bucket to body
2
2
2
2
2
8
{ with adjusters
}
Less adjusters
{ alternatives
} fit in pairs
Halogen Headlamps
For those of you who find the standard headlamps on your Spitfire inadequate for todays high
speed night driving, convert your car to modern halogen bulb, asymmetric beam headlamps. The
headlamp units are direct replacements for existing sealed beam or tungsten bulb units.
22
23
24
Headlamps
Note: See accessories catalogue for our full range of Lamps.
ill.
Part Number
Description
27H8499
AEU1061A
GLU101
XBC103360
BMK2508
27H4146A
GLB410
GLB411
GLB2983
BAU2110
600226A
UKC4446
UKC4447
GFS3015
Req.
12
14
27H8263X
BHM7058
HEADLAMP, sealed beam

2
HEADLAMP, P45T asymmetric
2
LIGHT UNIT, sealed beam, 60/45W
2
Light Unit, sealed beam, 75/50W
2
LIGHT UNIT, sealed beam, 60/45W
2
LIGHT UNIT, P45T, asymmetric
2
BULB, P45T, clear, tungsten
2
BULB, P45T, yellow, tungsten
2
BULB, P45T, clear, halogen
2
ADAPTOR, with Lucar connector and cable 2
ADAPTOR only, for Lucar terminals
2
FUSE, in-line, dip beam blue/red
2
FUSE, in-line, main beam blue/white
2
FUSE 15 amp (dip),
a/r
(in line fuse holder) pack of five
FUSE, 20 amp (main)
a/r
(in line fuse holder), pack of five
BUCKET, BOWL & RIM
2
ADJUSTER KIT
2
15
16
17
515218A
AB606021
SML4
27H6481
27H6481K
RIM, outer, chrome

SCREW, outer rim
Bowl, inner (Steel)
Bowl, inner (plastic)
Bowl & Rim
5
7
8
9
10
GFS3020
standard
yellow
blue tint
Super white
Check regulations
Front side and indicator lamps are a source for concern. There were two different lens profiles
used between the 1300 and 1500 models. The 878 model lamps had gently curved lens faces
while the later 677 models had angled faces. Due to rationalisation the trend is to only supply the
677 type lamp for all applications. Be aware that owners of earlier cars who order one lens or
one lamp could end up with a functional but not matching lamp to their original.
155416
INDICATOR & SIDE LAMP
2 { 878 model, To
clear & amber lens
| FH78684 & Germany
} To FH75380, not Italy
BHA4239
2 { 677 model, Italy only,
clear lens
} not original style
UKC5992
2 { 677 model FH78685 On
clear & amber lens
| Germany FH75381 On
} Italy (mid 1977-On)
1
UKC5992NF
BASE PLATE
2
SML2WO
BASE, without cables
2
2
17H5216
RUBBER SLEEVE
2
3
37H5294
RUBBER SLEEVE
2
4
37H5452
CONTACT & SPRING, flasher
2
5
244700A
CONTACT & SPRING, side lamp
2
6
57H5572
GASKET, lamp & lens seating
4
foam
7
GLB989
BULB, 5W, side lamp
2
8
GLB382
BULB, flasher, 21W
2
9
516304
CHROME RIM, lens retaining
2
10 21G9057
RUBBER WASHER
4
rim to lens retaining screw
11 57H5569
SCREW, rim & lens retaining
4
12 27H6713
BULLET CONNECTOR, male
2
lamp earth
13 PT504
SCREW, lamp
4 { not supplied with
14 WE702101
WASHER, shakeproof
4 | side lamp
15 FZ34044
CLIP NUT, lamp
4 }
Lucas Model
879
3
4
GLB484
DRC1279
LUCAS H4, RHD, inc. bulbs, pair

1
WIPAC H4, RHD, inc. bulbs, pair
1
LUCAS H4, LHD, less bulbs, pair
1
WIPAC H4, LHD, inc. bulbs, pair
1
BULB, Halogen H4 (60/55w)
2
BULB, Halogen H4 (60/55w)
2
*BULB, Xenon H4 (60/55w)
2
*BULB, Xenon H4 (60/55w)
2
(*30% brighter)
Bulb, Halogen H4 (100/80w)
2
CONVERTER KIT, for RHD lamps,
1
used on LHD roads (halogen lamps only)
Front Side & Indicator Lamps
Lucas Model
878 or 677
GAC4023
GAC4022
LULUB802
WPS4695
GLB472
GLB476
GLB472BLU
GLB472X
2
6
2
2
2
Details
RHD
LHD
{ RHD (L/H Dip)
}
LHD (R/H Dip)
LHD
45/40W
45/40W
60/55W
{
| 1300 - Italy
| 1500 - D, B, DK,
| NL, I, CH, A
|
}
The two different profile lens designs are identified by their Lucas model number which is
embossed in the plastic of genuine Lucas lenses. The two types are; 878 for MkIV and 1500 up
to 1976 approx.; and 677 for 1500 from 1976 on approx. If in doubt read the model number off
the lens on your car to obtain the correct lens replacement.
18
19
20
21
520083
520082
516308
516308B
518145
516306
516306B
516307
LENS, small, side lamp, clear

LENS, large, indicator, amber
LENS, small, side lamp, clear
LENS, small, side lamp, clear, repro
LENS, small, side lamp, amber
LENS, large, indicator, amber
LENS, large, indicator, amber, repro
LENS, large, indicator, clear
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
{ 878 model
}
{
|
| 677 model
|
|
}
Lucas Model '879'

Indicator & side lamp model 879 is identified by its single colour one piece lens and single twin
filament bulb. Single colour two piece lenses can be fitted as pairs to this lamp base. If 159154
cannot be supplied, lamp BHA4239 (listed on this page) can be used as an alternative.
{ includes 2 screws,
} ferrules, springs & clips
25
26
27
29
159154
155418
GLB380
37H5459
UKC1675
UKC1676
520087
LAMP, clear
LAMP, amber
BULB, twin filament, 21/5W
CONTACT & SPRING
CHROME RIM, lens retaining
LENS, one piece, clear
LENS, one piece, amber
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Italy to mid 1977

USA spec alternative
Part Number
Description
TKC940
TKC941
216935
216934
TKC940NF
RTC1175
158196
520091
518147
518042
518041
GLB382
GLB380
RTC1176
RTC1177
RTC1174
520093
HN2005
WL700101
PWZ203
818761
818771
624672
GHF713
PWZ203
GHF425
REAR LAMP, LH
REAR LAMP, RH
REAR LAMP, LH
REAR LAMP, RH
CHROME BASE only
SEAL, lamp to body, foam
SEAL, lamp to body, moulded
SEAL, lenses to lamp base, foam
SCREW, lens
BULB HOLDER, single contact
BULB HOLDER, twin contact
BULB, single filament, 21w
BULB, twin filament, 21/5w
LENS, amber, indicator
LENS, red, brake & tail
LENS, clear, reverse
LENS, amber, reverse
NUT, lamp securing
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
COVER, rear lamp, LH
COVER, rear lamp, RH
BRACKET, rear lamp cover
SPIRE NUT, cover
WASHER, plain
SCREW, self tapping
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
12
13
14
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
Req.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
14
4
2
4
2
2
2
2
2
10
10
10
1
1
2
4
4
4
Details
{ all markets
} except France
{ France only
}
{ alternatives
}
indicator/reverse
brake/tail
{ not Germany
}
Rear Fog Lamp
not France
France only
Rear Number Plate
Rear Fog Lamp Assembly

1500 models, from approx. 1979
30 RKC4128
FOG LAMP (rear)
31 GLB382
BULB, 21W
32 BAU1763
LENS
33 061917
GROMMET
35 134301
EARTH LEAD
36 YKC4473
LAMP BRACKET
37 GHF200
NUT, lamp to bracket
38 GHF331
WASHER, locking
39 GHF300
WASHER, plain
69
Rear Lamps
Rear Lamps
ill.
REAR LAMPS
Rear Number Plate Lamp

a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
either 1 or 2 fitted
between bumper rear valance
Rear Number Plate Lamp Assembly

Italy only to (c) FH115999
45 142002
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
46 131465A
COVER, chrome
47 AR606052
SCREW
48 510875A
LENS, clear
49 GLB6501
BULB, 5W
50 515154
BASE
51 503213
SHEATH, wire protecting
52 061917
GROMMET
53 631018
GROMMET
54 157555
ADAPTOR
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Passenger Footwell Lamp
Map reading Lamp Assembly

All markets to (c) FH115999 - except Italy
60 718028
NUMBER PLATE LAMP & BADGE
61 215823
GASKET BASE
62 518031
LENS, LH
518032
LENS, RH
63 519582
COVER & BADGE, chrome
64 626859
BADGE, Triumph
65 FR1202
FIX NUT
66 RMP316
SCREW, cover
67 37H5452
TERMINAL KIT
68 GLB207
BULB, 5W
69 519583
RUBBER BOOT
70 503213
SHEATH, wire protecting
71 061917
GROMMET
72 WM55
WASHER, plain
73 WL700101
WASHER, locking
74 HN2005
NUT
1
1
1
1
1
1
3
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
2

All markets from (c) FH116000
80 UKC7274
NUMBER PLATE LAMP
81 510875A
LENS, clear
82 GLB233
BULB, 4W
83 602037
GROMMET
Boot Lamp Assembly
Passenger Footwell Lamp

85
86
87
88
13H1924
627318
GLB987
GHF421
BULB HOLDER
BRACKET
BULB, 2.2W
SCREW, self tapping
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
Map Reading Lamp Assembly

90
91
UKC3946
GLB233
MAP READING LAMP

BULB, 4W
1
1
Boot Lamp Assembly

2
2
2
2
93
94
95
96
151353
GLB239
AD606033
GHF711
BOOT LAMP
BULB, 5W
SCREW, lamp to body
SPIRE NUT, lens to body
1
1
2
2
70
WIRING
Main & Body Looms

ill.
Part Number
Description
311674
MAIN LOOM, RHD
313274
MAIN LOOM, RHD
RKC569
MAIN LOOM, RHD
Req.
RKC912
MAIN LOOM, RHD
RKC3193
MAIN LOOM, RHD
PKC765
MAIN LOOM, RHD
PKC765
MAIN LOOM, RHD
PKC1372
MAIN LOOM, RHD
311673
MAIN LOOM, LHD
313273
MAIN LOOM, LHD
RKC570
MAIN LOOM, LHD
RKC925
MAIN LOOM, LHD
PKC1228
MAIN LOOM, LHD
156087
UKC856
BODY LOOM, RHD & LHD

BODY LOOM, RHD & LHD
1
1
TKC1782
TKC4128
BODY LOOM, RHD

BODY LOOM, RHD
1
1
1500 To (c) FH116000

{ From (c) FH116000
} To VIN 001197
TKC4128
BODY LOOM, RHD
{ From VIN 001198

} except UK
TKC5886
BODY LOOM, RHD
TKC1804
TKC3392
BODY LOOM, LHD

BODY LOOM, LHD
1
1
TKC4127
BODY LOOM, LHD
{ From VIN 001198

} UK only
1500 To (c) FH100020
{ 1500 From (c) FH100021
} To (c) FH116000
From (c) FH116000 On
Details
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
}
{
}
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
}
{
|
}
1300 To (c) FH50000

(separate ballast resistor
Lucar ignition switch
connections)
1300 From (c) FH50001
To (c) FH62644 (ballast
resistor wire in loom
connections; two feeds to
gearbox)
1300 From (c) FH62645
(ballast resistor wire
in loom; plug type
ignition switch; single feed
to gearbox)
1500 To (c) FH100020
(TR6 style switch gear)
1500 From (c) FH100021
To (c) FH130000
(TR7 switch gear & single
circuit brakes)
1500 From (c) FH130001
To VIN 001198 (dual circuit
brakes; optional single
rear fog lamp)
1500 From VIN 001198 On
except UK (dual circuit
brakes, optional single
rear fog lamp)
1500 From VIN 001198 On
UK only (standard fitment
twin rear fog lamps)
{
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
|
}
{
}
{
}
1300 To (c) FH50000

(separate ballast resistor,
connections)
1300 From (c) FH50001
To (c) FH62644 (ballast
resistor wire in loom,
connections, two feeds to
gearbox)
1300 From (c) FH62645
(ballast resistor wire
in loom; plug type
ignition switch; single feed
to gearbox)
1500 To (c) FH100020
1500 From (c) FH100021
1300 To (c) FH50000
1300 From (c) FH50000
Auxiliary Looms
ill.
Part Number
Description
153984
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
UKC1157
159643
520999B
EXTENSION CABLE
(windscreen washer pump)
CABLE, extension, reverse lights
CABLE, extension, reverse lights
EXTENSION HARNESS, pair
GEARBOX HARNESS, see page 92
EXTENSION LEAD, aerial
EARTH CABLE, RHD
WASHER, locking, earth cable
CABLE, starter to solenoid
CABLE, starter to solenoid
CABLE EXTENSION
(to dual brake warning switch)
10
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
Details
{
}
{
}
Sweden only
To (c) FH100020
Italy only, reverse lamp
feed through side lights
steering rack to chassis

RHD
LHD
{ dual brake circuit cars only
} To (c) FH130000
Cable Connectors & Ties

2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2H3406
RTC603A
BHA4460
13H2050
RTC220A
47H5419
511269
515399
17H5287
2H4528
13H625
27H6713
236366A
13H1926
13H1924
37H5181
71
Auxiliary Looms
Auxiliary Looms
ZKC533
134301
WN708
131114
516064
149967
WIRING
CONNECTOR, single line female

CONNECTOR, double line female
CONNECTOR, triple line female
CONNECTOR, Lucar, 3/16 wide
INSULATOR, for 1/4 Lucar
INSULATOR for 3/8 connector
EYELET, 3/16 hole
EYELET, 1/4 hole
EYELET, 5/16 hole
BULLET CONNECTOR, male
CLIP, earth lead
BULB HOLDER, screw in
BULB HOLDER, bayonet
BULB HOLDER, bayonet
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
{ common
} contacts
13
14
15
16
GLB987
GLB989
UKC4446
GFS3025
17
18
19
20
21
22
GFS35X
UKC6166
620952
551490
615811
11K9181
144117
BULB, 2.2W, screw in type

BULB, 5W, bayonet type
IN-LINE FUSE
FUSE, 25 amp, side & tail lamps
(pack of five)
FUSE, 35 amp
CLIP, holding fuse holder to edge
CLIP, harness to body
CLIP, cable to body
CLIP
23
508726
CLIP
24
25
615924
125469
26
27
28
29
30
31
33
34
35
612703
611793
ULC1178
622150
603559
511541
511551
503213
GHF1265
GHF1266
GHF1267
GHF1268
AAU5660
13H6107
515002
CLIP, alternator cables

1
CLIP
1
(Head lamp cables to bonnet hinge tube).
CLIP, light cables to chassis
7
CLIP, horn cables to radiator cradle
2
a/r
a/r
a/r
INSULATING SLEEVE
1
INSULATING SLEEVE
6
INSULATING SLEEVE
38
CABLE TIE, ratchet type, 3 1/2
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
CABLE TIE, original type
a/r
a/r
P CLIP
1
36
AEU1581A
P CLIP
32
push-on for earth clip

head side & flasher lamps
twin cable, separate earth
single cable
twin cable
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
1
a/r
12.5 amp continuous

17 amp continuous
{
| alternatives
}
{
}
{
}
harness to suspension
bracket
temp. cable to alternator
bracket
screw on type
weld on type, long
weld on type, short
harness to radiator grille
harness to chassis
harness to body
{
}
{
}
harness to engine bay

side valance
harness to body, and
harness to gearbox
72
WASHERS & WIPERS
Wiper Motor, Blades & Arms
40
41
ill.
Part Number
Description
GXE7708
517645A
520160A
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
RTC198A
37H8222
520101
37H3694
37H5208
600395
813942
716803
575047A
155430
519988
519988B
ADC560
17H8769
155906
156307
UKC1285
156308
UKC1284
GWB168
GWB199
150844A
BHA4790
SH604041
GHF300
WIPER MOTOR, exchange

1
(Wiper motor assemblies are built to the later specification (see parking
switches below).
PARKING SWITCH, screw on
1
(To approx. 1979)
PARKING SWITCH, clip on
1
(From approx. 1980)
(Due to motor casing differences, these switches cannot easily be interchanged).
BRUSH & PLATE, with wires
1
(From approx. 1980)
ARMATURE
1
SHAFT & GEAR
1
FERRULE
1
tubing nut to motor gear case
CROSS HEAD & RACK
1
cut to fit
GROMMET
1
TUBING & NUT
1
motor to 1st wheelbox
TUBING
1
wheel box to wheelbox
TUBING
1
from 2nd wheelbox
WHEELBOX
2
MOUNTING KIT, wheelbox
2
inc. chrome bezel, seal, spacer
NUT, CHROME BEZEL & SEAL
2
SEAL ONLY
2
NUT, wheelbox retaining
2
8 sided
BUSH, rubber, rear
2
WIPER ARM, RH, straight, bright
1
1300, 1500 To FH80000
WIPER ARM, RH, straight, black
1
1500 From FH80001
WIPER ARM, LH, cranked, bright
1
1300, 1500 To FH80000
WIPER ARM, LH, cranked, black
1
1500 From FH80001
WIPER BLADE, bright finish
2
WIPER BLADE, black finish
2
PAD, wiper motor mounting
1
BRACKET & RUBBER STRAP
1
SCREW
2
WASHER, plain
4
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
Req.
Details
Washer Bottle Assemblies

24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
GWW918K
GWW918
AHH6848
GWW506
CRST124
RTC2392
13H232
HU505
WL700101
PWZ203
566293
GWW901
GWW952
GWW951
622224
WASHER BOTTLE & LID, round

BOTTLE only
LID only
NON-RETURN VALVE
LABEL, Tudor
BRACKET, original
BRACKET, replacement
SCREW, bracket to body
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
RAWL-NUT & SCREW
WASHER BOTTLE, rectangular
SCREWED LID, for washer bottle
FILLER PLUG & OUTLET, push fit
SPACER, mounting washer bottle
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1/2
2/4
2/4
1/2
1
1
1
2
{
|
|
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
}
1300 all markets

except Germany
and Sweden, 1500
all markets excluding
D, NL, A, F, B, I, CH
replaces item 31
1300 German
markets
500 D, NL, A,
F, B, I, CH only
42
43
44
45
GWW202M
GWW202M
GWW201M
GWW201M
061917
568027
GWW404
TUBING, pump to T piece

TUBING, bottle to pump, RHD
TUBING, bottle to pump, LHD
TUBING, T piece to jets
GROMMET
JET
T PIECE
a/r
a/r
a/r
a/r
1
2
1
4mm bore (sold per metre)

Manual Screen Wash System

46
155495
47
48
49
50
51
609173
621510
622682
622443
616048
725374
SWITCH, wash & wiper

(2 speed manual pump)
Washer Pump (OE Spec)
SPACER
NUT
BEZEL
WASHER, PVC
KNOB, wash & wiper switch
{ To FH100020
} excluding Sweden
1
1
1
1
1
1
Electric Screen Wash System

53
155496
54
55
56
57
58
625966
725374
GWW125
AFU1233
SE104141
566293
GHF306
59

1
From FH100021 and Sweden
(The mounting hardware for this switch is the same as manual wash/wiper
switch items 47-50 listed above).
1 { Sweden 1300 From FH100021
1 } and Sweden 1500 models
ELECTRIC PUMP
1
1500 From (c) FH100021
RAWL-NUT (in body)
2 { must be used
SCREW, pump
2 } together
RAWL-NUT & SCREW
2 { alternative to
WASHER, plain
2 } items 57 & 58
Electric Screen Wash System - Swedish Markets

60
61
62
63
64
65
66
TKC909
GWW914
GWW957
GWW111
514223A
518264
518265
69
70
71
73
74
75
76
77
WL700101
GHF306
566293
GWW202M
061917
GWW201M
GWW404
568027
BOTTLE, BRACKET & PUMP

1
WASHER BOTTLE, oval
1
FILLER CAP
1
LID & PUMP
1
BRACKET & STRAP, oval bottle
1
BOTTLE & BRACKET, square bottle
1 { alternative to
BRACKET & STRAP, square bottle
1 } items 61 & 64
(The square shaped washer bottle was supplied as an alternative to the oval
washer bottle. These are interchangeable assuming bottle & bracket are
fitted together, they accept the same lid & pump assembly).
WASHER, locking
3
WASHER, plain
3
RAWL-NUT & SCREW
3
TUBING, pump to T piece
a/r
4mm bore, sold per metre
GROMMET
1
TUBING, T piece to jets
a/r
3mm bore, sold per metre
T PIECE
1
JET
2
GENERAL SPECIFICATION
Vehicle Dimensions
Dim.
Description
Inches
mm
A
B
C
D
Wheelbase
Front track
Rear track
Overall length - Less overriders
Overall length - U.S.A. 1979
Overall length - Including overriders
Front overhang*
Overall width
Height - Soft top erect*
Height - To top of windscreen*
Height - Hard top*
Width - Door to door (Shoulder height)
Seat width
Seat height - Floor to cushion
Seat depth
Headroom from seat cushion
Seat squab to clutch pedal - Maximum
Seat squab to clutch pedal - Minimum
Seat squab to steering wheel - Maximum
Seat squab to steering wheel - Minimum
Seat cushion to steering wheel
Length of luggage space behind seats - Maximum
Length of luggage space behind seats - Minimum
Height - Floor to top of seat squab
Width between wheel arches
Maximum interior
Maximum interior width at hip point
Luggage compartment height - Maximum
Luggage compartment height - Minimum
Luggage compartment depth - Maximum
Luggage compartment depth - Minimum
Luggage compartment width (between arches) - Maximum
Luggage compartment width (between arches) - Minimum
Luggage compartment effective opening width
83.00
49.00
50.00
149.00
157.50
156.30
30.6 to 38.8
58.50
45.6 to 47.4
43.7 to 44.3
45.4 to 45.6
45.50
18.00
7.50
20.00
35.00
41.50
35.50
18.00
12.00
7.00
18.00
12.00
16.00
35.50
40.00
47.50
17.00
7.00
22.00
17.00
48.00
35.50
42.00
2110
1245
1270
3785
4002
4038
777 to 784
1488
1159 to 1205
1110 to 1125
1153 to 1159
1156
457
191
508
889
1055
902
457
305
178
457
305
406
902
1016
1208
432
178
560
432
1220
902
1068
D
E
F
G
G
G
H
J
K
L
M
N
N
P
P
Q
R
R
S
T
U
V
W
W
X
X
Y
Y
Z
*Dependant on market and model year.
73
74
INSTRUMENTS
Instruments, Switches & Cables (Early)

1300 & 1500 to FH100020 (Early)
ill.
Part Number
Description
217517R
217518R
218815R
218816R
TKC1513E
TKC1514E
SPEEDO mph (SNT6203-54)

1 { 1300 To FH50000
SPEEDO kph (SNT6203-57)
1 }
SPEEDO mph (SNT6211-10S)
1 { 1300 From FH50001
SPEEDO, kph (SNT6211-11)
1 }
SPEEDO mph (SNT6211/14S)
1 { 1500
SPEEDO kph, (SNT6211/13S)
1 }
(All gauges are exchange items, your old unit must be repairable).
O RING
2
BRACKET, gauge securing
4
WASHER, locking
4
KNURLED NUT
4
GAUGE GLASS, large
2
4 diameter
SPEEDOMETER CABLE
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
17H2105
17H1339
LWZ402
17H1304
AJH5177
Req.
Details
51
52
53
150380
148437
UKC8647
18
19
20
602037
AEU1581A
PMZ308
WL700101
PWZ203
HN2005
155191
159737A
215100R
218835R
GROMMET, rubber,
P CLIP, speedo cable
SCREW
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT
TRIP METER RESET, speedo
TRIP METER RESET, speedo
REV COUNTER (RN1319-04)
REV COUNTER (RN1326-00)
TKC1706E
REV COUNTER (RVC2414/01F)
CABLE, rev counter

CABLE, rev counter
CABLE TIE, rev counter cable
FUEL GAUGE (BF2201-16)
FUEL GAUGE (BF2232-00)
TEMP GAUGE (BT2204/12)
TEMP GAUGE (BT2230-00)
GAUGE GLASS, small
O RING, small
BRACKET, gauge
WASHER, locking
KNURLED NUT
BULB, 2.2W, instrument lighting
CHOKE CABLE (inner & outer)
COMPLETE CHOKE CABLE ASSEMBLY
BEZEL
WASHER, locking
TRUNNION
GROMMET
CABLE TIE
TUBE, PVC. water valve cable
VOLTAGE STABILISER
SWITCH, master light
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
144370
138316
22 13H6107
25 150385R
26 159604R
27 150386R
28 159606R
29 502269F
30 17H1642
31 AJH5187
32 LWZ302
33 17H932
35 GLB987
40 156137
40a SCC101
41 618946
42 WF600081
43 AUE34
44 061917
45 RTC222A
46 UKC6256
47 148876A
50 157353
1
a/r
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
54
55
56
58
59
90559472
GLB643
159644
156044
BHA4770
60
61
62
63
64
65
159905A
GLB281
520953
712913
725374
625966
66
67
68
69
70
71
73
75
76
155495
155496
621510
622682
616048
622443
UKC3946
ZKC1152
624189
AJM1253
GLB987
152616
148648
158966
TP402
WE604
150277
159761
142534
613766
2190611
UKC27191
579085
cable through bulkhead
{
}
{
}
To (c) FH50000
From (c) FH50001
mech. 1300 To (c) FH50000
mech. 1300 From (c)
FH50001
electric 1500 To (c)
FH100020
RHD
LHD
To FH50000
From FH50001
To FH50000
From FH50001
(2 diameter)
77
80
81
82
83
90
91
92
93
94
RHD
LHD
LHD only
1300 To FH50000
1
1
1
1500
Note: The light switch 157353 is not currently available and, we can only supply the later type switch
150380. To fit the later 1300 light switch into an earlier 1300, the bezel 148437 will be required.
Note: Please refer to next page (131) for speedometer cables.

9
10
12
13
14
15
16

BEZEL (fits 150380 light switch)
218959
95
519188
119616
96 13H1924
97 GLB987
98 508137
99 508138
100 90559472
101 GLB643
WARNING LIGHT, side lamp

BULB, 2.2W, warning light
HARNESS, warning light
SWITCH, hazard warning lights
LAMP, warning
1
1
1
1
1
{
| Italy only from FH52644
}
LHD only
{ when hazard warning lights
} or dual brakes fitted
1 { BAOR RHD only
BULB, 2.2W (for 159905 switch)
1 | (see page 79 for details)
SPRING
1 }
KNOB, wash/wiper switch, square
1
all markets except Sweden
KNOB, wash/wiper switch, square
1
USA spec. alternative
KNOB, wash/wiper switch, round
1
Sweden only
(Knob (725374) was original fitment on USA specification Spitfires. British
Leyland decided that as stocks of the 712913 & 625966 switches became
depleted, the USA knobs (725374) would replace them. The Swedish one
is still currently available).
SPACER
NUT
WASHER, PVC
BEZEL
MAP READING LAMP
CIGAR LIGHTER, blank knob
KNOB, original cigar lighter only
ELEMENT ONLY, replacement type
BULB, 2.2W
SWITCH, indicators
SCREW, pan head
WASHER, shake-proof
HORN PUSH, Triumph Shield
HORN PUSH, Triumph
BRUSH, horn push
CLIP, horn push securing
IGNITION SWITCH & LOCK (with 2 keys)
IGNITION SWITCH & LOCK (with 2 keys)
IGNITION SWITCH only
(with Lucar terminals)
(with small loom & block connectors)
SHEAR BOLT
WARNING LIGHT, indicator
BULB HOLDER
BULB, 2.2W
SHADE
LENS
WARNING LIGHT, indicator
BULB, 2.2W
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2 speed, manual pump

electric pump, Sweden
not original
RHD
LHD
To (c) FH50000
From (c) FH50001
To FH62644
From FH62645
{ To FH62644
}
{ From FH62645
}
{
|
| 1300 To (c) FH50000
|
}
{ 1300 From (c) FH50001
} & 1500
INSTRUMENTS
1500 from FH100021 (Late)

ill.
Part Number
Description
TKC1513E
TKC1514E
PKC643E
PKC641E
SPEEDO mph, (SNT6211/14S)

1
SPEEDO kph, (SNT6211/13S)
1
SPEEDO mph, (SNT6211/12SB)
1
SPEEDO kph, (SNT6211/17)
1
(All gauges are exchange items; your returned unit must be in a reconditionable
state of repair).
O RING
2
4
WASHER, locking
4
KNURLED NUT
4
GAUGE GLASS, large
2
(4 diameter)
SPEEDOMETER CABLE
1
(For details regarding speedometer cables, see next column).
GROMMET
1 { speedo cable through
} bulkhead
P CLIP, speedometer cable
1
SCREW
1
WASHER, locking
1
WASHER, plain
1
NUT
1
HOOK, speedometer cable
1
TRIP METER RESET FLEX
1
(The trip meter reset flex 159737A is supplied with the speedometers listed above).
REV COUNTER, (RVC2414/01F)
1
FUEL GAUGE, (BF2232/00)
1
TEMP GAUGE, (BT2230/00)
1
2
WASHER, locking
2
KNURLED NUT, large
2
GAUGE GLASS
2
(2 diameter)
O RING, small
2
CHOKE CABLE, inner & outer
1
RHD
COMPLETE CHOKE ASSEMBLY
1
LHD
BEZEL, choke cable
1
WASHER, locking
1
TRUNNION UNIT
1
GROMMET
1 { choke cable through
} bulkhead
CABLE TIE
1
VOLTAGE STABILISER
1
1
WARNING LIGHT, fasten belts
1
WARNING LIGHT, brakes
1
BULB & HOLDER
2
BULB, 2.2W
2
FLASHER WARNING LIGHT
1
BULB, 3W
1
1
RHD
1
LHD
SPRING
1
BULB, 2.2W
1
(The original BL parts book is proven once again to be incorrect. The hazard
warning switch assembly is shown as having the spring located behind the
bulb. The reverse is true. The spring forces the bulb into the connector and
2
3
4
5
6
7
17H2105
17H1339
LWZ402
MM361-035
AJH5177
602037
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
AEU1581A
PMZ308
WL700101
PWZ203
HN2005
159556
159737A
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
24
30
30a
31
32
33
34
TKC1706E
159604R
159606R
AJH5187
LWZ302
MM361-035
502269F
17H1642
156137
SCC101
146987
WF600081
AUE34
061917
35
36
40
43
44
45
46
48
49
50
RTC222A
148876A
UKC8647
13H7986
UKC5812
UKC4187
GLB281
90559472
GLB504
159905A
UKC8204
520953
GLB281
51
52
Req.
Details
60
61
62
63
70
71
72
UKC3946
ZKC1152
158794
624189
GLB987
TKC5067
GLB283
520953
75
keeps it away from the plastic knob which would otherwise melt. If your
knob has melted there is no known cure other than to purchase a new
switch assembly).
MAP READING LAMP
1
CIGAR LIGHTER, blank knob
1
not original
CIGAR LIGHTER, original
1
KNOB
1
original cigar lighter only
BULB, 2.2W
1
FOG LIGHT SWITCH
1
BULB
1
SPRING
1
Note: The steering column was changed at (c) FH100019 for a more modern and safer design. It
included a new steering lock and switch gear. The horn was operated by the indicator switch
rather than by a button on the steering wheel. Consequently Triumph Spitfire owners discovered
that during panic stricken moments they could now flash their lights, operate the horn, set the
wipers and washers going while indicating left all at the same time, thereby blowing some
necessary fuses at the wrong moment.
77
78
RKC3982
RKC3983
218959
79
85
152597
AAU7994
AAU7996
86
AAU8843
AAU8844
IGNITION SWITCH & LOCK

IGNITION SWITCH & LOCK
(With block & bullet connectors).
SHEAR BOLT
SWITCH, indicator, headlamp
dip and horn
SWITCH, indicator, headlamp
dip and horn
SWITCH, wiper and wash
SWITCH, wiper and wash
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
RHD (with 2 keys)

LHD (with 2 keys)
{ RHD
}
{ LHD
}
RHD
LHD
Speedometer Cables (All Models)

There were a number of speedometer cables applied to the 1300 and 1500 Spitfire range. They
allow for variations such as RHD & LHD, overdrive or non overdrive and gearbox type. We list all
the types used below. The measurements shown relate to the length (in inches) of the outer cable.
1300 Range (3-rail gearbox)
GSD272
SPEEDO CABLE (48) RHD
156316
SPEEDO CABLE (57) LHD
GSD273
156318
1
1
1
1
{ non-overdrive
}
{ overdrive
}
1500 Range (Single-rail gearbox)

GSD295
SPEED CABLE (54) RHD
GSD410
156316
GSD273
1
1
1
1
{ non-overdrive
}
{ overdrive
}
76
HEATING & VENTILATION www.moss-europe.co.uk London 020 8867 2020 Bradford 01274 539 999
Heater Unit
Demister System
ill.
Part Number
Description
Req.
Details
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
713790
726870
622220
GLB286
13H8690
160022
AF604031
622228
622229
624276
620750
622237
622236
622224
622235
GHF101
GHF331
GHF300
53K1016
24G1482
2H6926
AAU9680
625687
UKC6256
061917
GHF1266
624193
53K1016
24G1482
511765
WL700101
108943
724021
724021B
C9928A
PMZ316*
38
39
WL700101*
HN2005*
AJD1052*
WL700101*
AJD8012Z*
ESCUTCHEON, fascia panel

1
To (c) FH50000
1
From (c) FH50001
BRACKET, heater vent control
1
BULB, 1.2W
1 {
BULB HOLDER
1 | fits 726870 fascia panel
CLIP & MASK, bulb
1 }
SCREW, escutcheon securing
4
KNOB, with grub screw
1
water valve control
KNOB, with grub screw
1
ventilator control
LABEL, pull boost
1
GRUB SCREW, knob securing
2
CONTROL
1
water valve
CONTROL & FAN SWITCH
1
ventilator
SPACER, thick
3 { control lever
SPACER, thin
1 } to fascia
SCREW, lever control
4
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
SCREW, cable securing
2
TRUNNION, cable securing
2
RESISTOR
1
(1300, 1500 To mid 1976)
RESISTOR
1
(1500 From mid 1976-On)
CONTROL CABLE, water valve
1
(cut to fit)
TUBE, PVC, water valve
1
LHD
GROMMET, bulkhead
1
CABLE TIE, ratchet type, cable
1
CONTROL CABLE, ventilator
1
SCREW, cable
2
TRUNNION, cable
2
SCREW, ventilator outer cable
1
WASHER, locking
1
CLAMP
1
VALVE, water control
1
WATER VALVE BODY
1
repair part
SEALING RING
1
valve to adaptor
SCREW, water valve
2 {
(No 10 x 1" UNF)
| Unified thread (UNF)*
WASHER, locking
2 | alternative
NUT, 3/16" UNF
2 }
SCREW, water valve (2BA)
2 {
WASHER, locking
2 | BA thread alternative*
NUT (2BA)
2 }
*(Check thread in heater valve adaptor before ordering).
Due to the fitment of a modified heater matrix in mid 1976 the demister system was slightly modified.
This led to the introduction of wider diameter demister tubes and new vents. Since Leyland did not
specify a change point (perhaps old and new stock were mixed in together for a short period on the
production lines) the only way to tell what demister system is fitted is by checking the diameter of
the pipes. Spitfires up to mid 1976 used 1.1/2 tubes; Spitfires after mid 1976 incorporated 1.3/4
diameter tubes. The dashboard top and vent capping assembly remained unchanged so you could
interchange late with early heater matrix and demisters (or vice versa) and nobody would ever know.
What you cant do is mix and match the early and late systems.
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
714434
YKC2640
714434
YKC2639
622812
PWZ203
WL700101
HN2005
611825
GHH175/18
602638
GHH175/18
CS4029
GHC1217
DEMISTER VENT, RH
DEMISTER VENT, RH
DEMISTER VENT, LH
DEMISTER VENT, LH
VENT CAPPING
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
DEMISTER TUBE, RH
DEMISTER TUBE, RH
DEMISTER TUBE, LH
DEMISTER TUBE, LH
CLAMP, hose, wire type
CLAMP, hose, band type
1
1
1
1
2
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
4
4
(To mid 1976)

(From mid 1976)
(To mid 1976)
(From mid 1976)
(To mid 1976)

(From mid 1976)
(To mid 1976)
(From mid 1976)
{ alternatives
}
Heater Assembly
50
910501
HEATER
1
(To mid 1976)
WKC2519
HEATER
1
(From mid 1976)
The heater matrix was cleverly pop riveted into its box, making it very difficult to remove in the
event of a blockage, if the matrix failed a whole new assembly had to be purchased. Should the
matrix be blocked or leaking, the outer chamber will have to be dismantled by either drilling out
the rivets, or if you are really desperate, by using a hammer and chisel. If the fragile matrix was
not damaged before you attacked the box, it will be now.
910501NF
HEATER BOX
1
910501M
HEATER MATRIX
1
(To mid 1976)
WKC2519M
HEATER MATRIX
1
(From mid 1976)
(Both heaters & matrices are very difficult to find, manufacture, or recondition for
Spitfires due to the unusual design (that hole in the middle!). Check our price
guide for availability).
51 518480
MOTOR, heater fan
1
53 515825
FAN BLADE, heater blower
1
54 614125
GASKET, matrix to plenum
1
55 616627
SEAL, large
2 { heater inlet &
56 613648
SEAL, small
2 } outlet pipes
57 616206
FLAP, air box draining
1
HEATING & VENTILATION
Heater Hoses
If you own a copy of the original Triumph Spitfire MkIV & 1500 Parts book (there were a number
of versions) you will have noticed that the pipes and hoses shown look nothing like those which
are fitted to your car. You may be worried about this, but rest assured that Triumphs highly
experienced technical illustrators, whose intricate and detailed work is admired around the world,
were very slightly wrong. In fact its doubtful whether they actually saw any of the components they
were drawing (possibly they only looked at prototype samples or sketches). The truth is now clear.
That water valve is the correct way up, you have got the correct hoses on your car, they dont connect
up the way shown in the factory parts book, and yes, you do have the proper thermostat housing
fitted above the water pump!
Water Flow and the Inlet Manifolds
MkIV to FH59688E
The way in which water was supplied to the heater matrix altered considerably over the years to
account for changes in environmental requirements, particularly in the USA. Originally the water
reached the heater via an outlet towards the rear of the block. A pipe connected to the water pump,
running the length of the block, allowed water to be sucked back into the main cooling system.
MkIV to FH59688E
The early MkIVs (to (e) FH59688E) were fitted, like the MkIII models, with a water heated manifold
allowing the fuel vapour to be heated prior to combustion. This had the effect of needing less choke,
but had the unfortunate by-product of allowing a less dense mixture into the combustion chamber.
For the technically minded - a less dense mixture 'in', leads to less power 'out'!
On these early MkIV models, water was sucked through the inlet manifold and around into the
water pump return pipe to heat the manifold (whether the heater was turned on or not!).
When the heater valve was opened, water was sucked from the rear of the cylinder block through
the heater joining up with the inlet manifold water on its way to the pump.
MkIV from FH59689E

On the later model, this system was modified so that the supply of water for both the inlet manifold
and the heater came only from one source - the thermostat housing. This probably improved flow
considerably and, made the inlet manifold even hotter, which in turn probably made the Spitfire
even slower. Soon after this Triumph introduced the world to a slow but warm Spitfire 1500.
MkIV from FH59689E
Heater Hoses to (e) FH59688E

60
101343
61
62
63
71
TL11
101302
212416
212935
152521
152523
057602
114774
GZA983
GRH812
GZA1336
CS4012
GHC406
GZA2052
72
73
138530
AUC2141
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
ADAPTOR
1
(Water return tube to water pump housing).
OLIVE
1
TUBE NUT
1
TUBE, water return
1
TUBE, water return
1
HOSE, return tube to inlet manifold
1
HOSE, heater to water return tube
1
ADAPTOR, cylinder block to hose
1
PLUG, blanking
1
HOSE, cylinder block to water valve
1
HOSE, cylinder block to water valve
1
HOSE, water valve to heater
1
10 {
10 }
HOSE
1
(Thermostat housing to inlet manifold).
1
WASHER, fibre
1
except Sweden
Sweden
when heater not fitted

except Sweden
Sweden
alternatives
Heater Hoses to (e) FH59688E
Heater Hoses from (e) FH59689E

75
101343
76
77
78
79
81
82
83
TL11
101302
212935
152523
GZA983
GZA1336
154149
84
85
CS4012
GHC406
GZA2052
86
87
138530
AUC2141
ADAPTOR
1
(water return tube to water pump housing)
OLIVE
1
TUBE NUT
1
TUBE, water return
1
HOSE, heater to water return tube
1
HOSE, inlet manifold to heater valve
1
HOSE, water valve to heater
1
HOSE
1
(inlet manifold pipe to water return pipe)
10
10
HOSE,
1
(thermostat housing to inlet manifold)
1
WASHER, fibre
1
{ alternatives
}
Heater Hoses from (e) FH59689E
77
78
DASH FASCIA
Crash Panel & Fascia Panels

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
3
4
6
8
815281
WP124
WL700101
HN2005
613186
910961
910962
622220
713790
726870
160020
160022
GLB286
13H8690
CRASH PAD
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
ASH TRAY
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL
BRACKET, heater vent control
STRIP (illuminated strip)
CLIP & MASK, bulb securing
BULB, 1.2W
BULB HOLDER
9
10
11
12
13
14
60
Req.
1
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Details
22
815401
815411
FASCIA PANEL, LH
FASCIA PANEL, RH
RHD
LHD
To FH50000
{
|
| From FH50001
|
}
918230
824540
918210
918220
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL
1
1
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
{ LHD
| all markets where dual
} braking system is fitted
RHD
LHD
RHD
RHD (BAOR)
LHD
LHD (dual braking)
To FH100020
From FH100021
UK FH130001 To
VIN 001197
BAOR, Australia To
FH130000
UK From VIN 001198
WKC2100
WKC3390
WKC4190
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL
1
1
1
WKC5130
FASCIA PANEL
{
|
|
}
Veneered Panels, LHD from FH75001

WKC2110
WKC2120
FASCIA PANEL
FASCIA PANEL
1
1
WKC2130
FASCIA PANEL
WKC3410
FASCIA PANEL
{
}
{
}
N, CH, D, F
without dual braking
or seat belt warning
with dual braking
or seat belt warning
From FH100020
Fittings (Fascia Panel)
31
32
33
34
40
41
42
43
44
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
715879
715880
PWZ203
WL700101
HN2005
576669
618505*
PWZ203
WL700101
HN2005
576669
TW602*
AF604031*
618486*
618487*
TW602*
622222*
632987*
622230*
622223*
516762*
PLATE REINFORCEMENT
PLATE REINFORCEMENT
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW, self tapping
STUD, fascia fixing
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
SCREW, self tapping
SCREW
SCREW
PLATE, fascia fixing, LH
PLATE, fascia fixing, RH
WOOD SCREW
PLATE, hazard switch retaining
PLATE, hazard light retaining
PLATE, hazard switch retaining
PLATE, windscreen wiper switch
WOOD SCREW
1
1
2
2
2
1
3
3
3
3
6
6
2
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
a/r
RHD To FH50000
LHD To FH50000
Black fascia
{ veneered
} fascia
RHD
(RHD, BAOR only)
LHD only
*Note: These items are supplied with the veneer kits where applicable.
58
ZKC1130
BEZEL, hazard warning switch
71
72
73
74
75
SCREW, chrome, fascia panel

SCREW, black, fascia panel
CUP WASHER, chrome
CUP WASHER, black
SPIRE CLIP
BRACKET, interior light
4
4
4
4
4
1
813271
813281
YB1142
812981
812991
GHF421
WP4
FJ2443
PADDING, fascia lower, RH

PADDING, fascia lower, LH
SCREW, padding securing
PADDING, fascia lower, LH
PADDING, fascia lower, RH
SCREW, securing padding
WASHER, plain
SPIRE CLIP
1
1
3
1
1
4
4
4
RHD
LHD
PARCEL TRAY, drivers side

PARCEL TRAY, drivers side
PARCEL TRAY, passenger side
PARCEL TRAY, passenger side
SCREW, parcel tray securing
SCREW, parcel tray securing
WASHER, plain
SPIRE CLIP
SUPPORT, RH
SUPPORT, RH
1
1
1
1
4
4
4
4
1
1
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
black fascia
veneered fascia
black fascia
veneered fascia to
SUPPORT, RH
veneered fascia from
SUPPORT, LH
SUPPORT, LH
1
1
black fascia
veneered fascia to
SUPPORT, LH
veneered fascia from
RHD
LHD
Parcel Trays & Centre Console
81
82
83
84
90
91
1
1
1
1
Veneered Panels, RHD, from FH75001
30
70
80
1
1
1
1
1
AD608103
AD608084
CD24152
625549
FU2554
627318
79
Padding Assembly - Lower (all models)
Veneered Panels from FH50001 to FH64995

25
61
62
65
Fascia Panels
Black Panels to FH50000
20 912891
FASCIA PANEL, RH
912901
FASCIA PANEL, LH
21 912911
FASCIA PANEL, centre
715911
715921
DASH FASCIA
98
100
101
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
115
116
117
118
120
121
122
123
125
126
127
128
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
813745
813746
813753
813754
509161
AD608054
WP4
FU25648
709693
728641
FH113677
YKC3328PA
FH113678
709692
728631
FH113677
YKC3327PA
FH113678
709691
565756
563032
630278
HU505
WL700101
PWZ203
HN2005
WKC3621PA
NSK4500PA
709842
709843
516288
SH605091
511930
SH605101
GHF332
WA108052
515279
WM57
WC106041
GHF221
HU506
PWZ203
WL700101
HN2005
YKC2488
YKC288
YKC2845
ZKC412
512461
PWZ203
AUC2246
HN2005
ZKC517
RB5504
GHF424
517783
GHF712
BRACKET, parcel tray

RIVET CAP, bracket (parcel tray)
RIVET BASE, bracket (parcel tray)
ANGLE SUPPORT, parcel shelf
SCREW, angle support
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT
BRACKET, fascia & radio housing
COVER, fascia bracket
BLANKING PLATE, radio aperture
PLATE, radio mounting
SCREW, domed head
SCREW, standard head
SCREW, domed head
SCREW, standard head
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
SET SCREW, support bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
SCREW, support bracket
WASHER, plain
WASHER, locking
NUT
MOUNTING BOARD, RHD
MOUNTING BOARD, LHD
LOUDSPEAKER
GRILLE, loudspeaker
SCREW, loudspeaker securing
WASHER, plain
WASHER, spring
NUT
BRACKET
RIVET
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, plain
SPIRE NUT
1
3
3
2
5
5
8
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
4
4
2
2
2
2
2
4
2
2
1
1
a/r
a/r
4
4
4
4
1
2
1
1
1
{
}
{
}
vinyl only
when radio not fitted
when radio fitted
console to floor, front
(alternatives)
console to floor, rear
(alternatives)
Loudspeaker Fittings
{ for fitting one speaker
} in glove box only
BAOR = British Army on the Rhine.

For British Servicemen stationed in Germany, Triumph exported special BAOR specification
(Righthand Drive) models with the necessary extras to get through the German safety
requirements. Some of these cars may well have returned to Britain.
80
INTERIOR TRIM
Rear View Mirror & Sun Visors
Seat Cover Kits
Door Trim & Weather seal
Door Trims, Rear Quarter Trim etc...
Rear Cockpit Trim
Rear Quarter Trim
Rear View Mirror & Sun Visors

Part Number
Description
612976
PLUG, rubber, screen capping
10
11
12
RU608123
823381
823311
823321
WKC3634PA
XKC2948PA
XKC2949PA
630933
630932
PT505
PWZ203
630981
632089
RTC1006
632095S
512461
CRST125
RIVET, capping to screen

SUN VISOR, drivers side
SUN VISOR, passenger side (RHD)
SUN VISOR, passenger side (LHD)
SUN VISOR, drivers side
SUN VISOR, passenger side (RHD)
SUN VISOR, passenger side (LHD)
MOUNTING BAR
MOUNTING BAR
SCREW, visor mounting
WASHER, plain
MIRROR, non-dipping
MIRROR, dipping
MIRROR RETAINER
SCREW, mirror head to stem
SCREW, mirror retaining
DECAL, Triplex laminated
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
4
4
1
1
1
1
2
1
Req.
Details
{ required when hardtop
} not fitted
{
|
}
{
|
}
MkIV, 1500 To
FH113678 (fine grain)
LH end of visor
RH end of visor
screws not included
Seat covers are sold as a car set for both seats, with two base (cushion) & two back (squab) covers.
They do not have pre-cut headrest holes. A complete set of replacement fixing clips are included.
For Seat Belts please refer to Accessories.
Notes: These are the standard colours for Classic seats. Other colour ways are available to special
order, please enquire.
SCA7411
SEAT COVERS, black
1pr
Vinyl trim
SCL7411
SEAT COVERS, black
1pr
Leather trim
Seat Cover Kits - Reclining Seats

(From FH50001 - 1973 on)*
Seat covers are sold as a car set for both seats, with two base (cushion) & two back (squab) covers
& clips. These covers fit all reclining seat frames and include head restraint apertures.
*Note: Some overseas markets used high back reclining seats for which covers & most components are
not listed here. For Seat Belts please refer to Accessories.
SCA7421
SEAT COVERS, black
1pr
Vinyl trim
SCA7511
SEAT COVERS, black & white
1pr
Houndstooth cloth
SCL7421
SEAT COVERS, black
1pr
Leather trim
Head Restraints
Note: We offer a range of vinyl covered head restraint assemblies which have a slightly different
stalk to the original Spitfire ones.
919071
WKC3680PA
HEAD REST, black, vinyl

HEAD REST, black, vinyl
2
2
coarse grain
fine grain
919071C
WKC3680PAC
COVER ONLY, black, vinyl

COVER ONLY, black, vinyl
(Inside head restraint cover).
2
2
coarse grain
fine grain
Door Trim & Weather Seal

TRIM PANELS, black, pair
1
TRIM PANELS, black, pair
1
TRIM PANELS, black, coarse grain, pair 1
1500 To FH113678
MkIV, 1500 To FH133501
1500 From FH113679
Note: See page 88 for fixings.
Rear Cockpit Trim

12
13
14
15
16
17
NI
XKC2921
WKC3579PA
7H9868
509563
713511
713519
AD606063
CD24152
TSK401
TRIM BOARD, black

TRIM BOARD, black
BASE, stud to rear cockpit board
WASHER, support
PLASTIC STUD, black
PLASTIC STUD, white
SCREW, chrome
CUP WASHER
SCREW KIT (Trim panels)
1
1
2
2
2
2
6
6
1
ill.
Part Number
Description
20
TKP7611
QTR TRIM & WHEEL ARCH

COVER SET, black
QTR TRIM & WHEEL ARCH
COVER SET, black
CLIP, retaining
SCREW, retaining quarter panel
CUP WASHER
SCREW KIT (Trim panels)
21
22
23
NI
ANK5046A
AD606053
CD24152
TSK401
Note: See page 82 & 83 for all seat foams, frames & fixings.
(All markets to FH50000 - 1970-72)
TKP511
TKP7511
TKP7521
Each quarter panel and wheel arch cover set includes both B post covers, both quarter panels
and both wheel arch covers, plus clips, screws and cup washers to fit.
TKP7621
1500 From FH113679
(coarse grain)
Seat Cover Kits - Non Reclining Seats
81
Rear Quarter Trim
ill.
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
INTERIOR TRIM
MkIV, 1500 To FH113678

1500 From FH113679
{ durable dot
}
Req.
1
1
4
6
6
1
Details
{ MkIV, 1500 To FH113678
}
{ 1500 From FH113679
}
82
SEATS & FRAMES
Seat Components, Non-Reclining
23
24
Note: For Seat Belts please refer to accessories catalogue

ill.
Part Number
Description
913711
913712
GAC6121X
621340
913767
913768
913847
913848
818951
818961
561785
911273
911274
724024
724025
624618
621776
621458
AR610042
PT504
WL700101
630801
624828
630803
HU506
HN2005
SEAT FRAME, LH
SEAT FRAME, RH
WEBBING KIT
CLIP, web to frame
SQUAB FOAM, LH
SQUAB FOAM, RH
BASE FOAM, LH
BASE FOAM, RH
BOARD, cushion base, LH
BOARD, cushion base, RH
HOG RING, cover attaching
WIRE BASKET, cushion, LH
WIRE BASKET, cushion, RH
CATCH, tilt restraining, LH
CATCH, tilt restraining, RH
SPRING, for safety catch
FERRULE, clawed
KNOB, tilt restraining lever
SCREW, self tapping
SCREW, 10-32 UNF threaded
WASHER, locking
STRIKER PLATE
BUFFER, rubber
PEG, striker locating
SCREW, strike plate
NUT, striker plate
2
3
5
6
8
9
10
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
Req.
1
1
2
24
1
1
1
1
1
1
64
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
4
2
2/4
2/4
Details
26
27
seat release knob

{ catch to seat frame
} (Alternatives)
restraint lever
replacement type
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
4
4
Note: Seat adjuster slides were supplied by two companies to Triumph. They were manufactured by
either A. W. Chapman (AWC) or Hallam, Sleigh & Cheston (HSC), and are completely interchangeable
as assemblies.
for one seat
{ including board (item 8)

}
WL700101
WP124
28
30
31
32
34
35
36
38
39
40
820535
818943
820536
818944
626373
623200
626370
SH605071
GHF301
GHF222
GHF101
GHF300
WP48
AHH9303
GHF1500
BD21962
SEAT SLIDE, LH (AWC)

SEAT SLIDE, LH (HSC)
SEAT SLIDE, RH (AWC)
SEAT SLIDE, RH (HSC)
LEVER SPRING
LEVER SPRING
RUBBER CAP, for adjusting lever
SCREW, seat pivot to slide
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
SCREW,
WASHER, plain
WASHER, backing
CIRCULAR CLIP
EDGE CLIP
TUBULAR CLIP
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
8
4
8
8
8
8
12
4
AWC type only

HSC type only
slide & seat to floor

3/8 internal diameter
3/4 diameter
Reclining Seat Components

Note: For seat belts please refer to accessories catalogue.
To FH50000, only cars for the German market were fitted with reclining low back seats. There was no
provision on these seats to fit head restraints. Customers re-covering this type of seat will need to fit a
blanking plug in the cover where a head restraint would usually fit. (The plug part number is BD36610A)
1
913731
SEAT FRAME, reclining, LH
1 { Germany only
2
3
4
5
7
8
9
10
11
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
913732
916401
916402
GAC6121X
621340
624607
624608
624725
624893
624894
624887
624888
717105
PT504
PMP308
53K205
WL700101
CZA7413
ZKC1271
CZA4263
CZA4500
BD36610A
716143
716144
624618
621776
621458
AR610042
PMP308
PT504
WL700101
912983
912984
917599
917600
913847
913848
917629
917630
818951
818961
911273
911274
561785
158534
BRP906
615837
SEAT FRAME, reclining, RH

SEAT FRAME, reclining, LH
SEAT FRAME, reclining, RH
WEBBING KIT (per seat)
CLIP, web to frame
WIRE CLIP, LH seat
WIRE CLIP, RH seat
WIRE CLIP
BOARD, inner side, LH seat
BOARD, inner side, RH seat
BOARD, outer side, LH seat
BOARD, outer side, RH seat
HANDLE, reclining mechanism
SCREW, handle
SCREW, handle
SCREW, handle
WASHER, locking
ROLLER, friction metal type
ROLLER, friction nylon type
REINFORCING WASHER
EYELET, for head restraint stalk
BLANKING PLUG, black only
CATCH, seat tilt restraining, LH
CATCH, seat tilt restraining, RH
SPRING
FERRULE, clawed
KNOB, tilt restraining lever
SCREW, self tapping
SCREW, chrome (10-32 UNF)
SCREW, black (10-32 UNF)
WASHER, locking
SQUAB FOAM, LH
SQUAB FOAM, RH
SQUAB FOAM, LH
SQUAB FOAM, RH
BASE FOAM, LH, (inc. item 32)
BASE FOAM, RH, (inc. item 32)
BASE FOAM, LH, (inc. item 32)
BASE FOAM, RH, (inc. item 32)
BOARD, cushion base, LH
BOARD, cushion base, RH
WIRE BASKET, LH
WIRE BASKET, RH
HOG RING, cover attaching
SWITCH & SENSOR PAD
RIVET, sensor pad locating
CLIP, wiring locating
1
1
1
2
24
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
a/r
1
1
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
64
2
4
2
} To FH50000
{ all markets
} From FH50001
1 kit for one seat
SEAT FOAMS
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
630801
624828
630803
HU506
HN2005
WL700101
WP124
STRIKER PLATE
BUFFER, rubber
PEG, striker
SCREW, striker plate
NUT, striker plate
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
2
4
2
2/4
2/4
4
4
83
tilt restraint lever catching

replacement type
Note: Seat adjuster slides were supplied by two companies to Triumph. They were manufactured by
either A. W. Chapman (AWC) or Hallam, Sleigh & Cheston (HSC), and are completely interchangeable
as assemblies.
48
{
| alternatives
}
{
| Rollers are not
} interchangeable
head restraint stalk eyelet
when head restraint not fitted
seat release knob

{ alternative screws
| for
} catch to seat frame
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
Germany only
To FH50000
all markets
From FH5000
Germany only
To FH50000
all markets
From FH50001
{ cushion,
} supporting
seat belt warning, if fitted.
49
50
52
53
54
56
57
58
60
61
62
820535
818943
820536
818944
626373
623200
626370
SH605071
GHF301
GHF222
GHF101
GHF300
WP48
AHH9303
GHF1500
BD21962
SEAT SLIDE, LH (AWC)

SEAT SLIDE, LH (HSC)
SEAT SLIDE, RH (AWC)
SEAT SLIDE, RH (HSC)
LEVER SPRING
LEVER SPRING
RUBBER CAP, for adjusting lever
SCREW, seat pivot to slide
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
SCREW, slide & seat to floor
WASHER, plain
WASHER, backing
CIRCULAR CLIP
EDGE CLIP
TUBULAR CLIP
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
4
8
4
8
8
8
8
12
4
{
}
{
}
{
}
alternatives
alternatives
AWC type only
HSC type only
3/8 internal diameter

3/4 diameter
84
CARPETS & BOOT TRIM
Carpet Sets & Boot Trim

Spitfire carpets have always posed a problem for aftermarket suppliers. The severely contoured floor
of the cockpit necessitates a moulded carpet and to produce such a thing you need a mould, and quite
a large one at that. Several of them in fact. Unfortunately moulding quality carpet is also of different
construction compared to conventional laying type, which adds to the complexity of production.
During the 1960s and 70s different specifications of carpet were in use to the ones marketed
these days (which have to be flame resistant and rot-proof as well as mouldable). Even the type
of construction has changed, so with the problems caused by trying to match new carpets with
faded old ones, it can only be recommended to change complete sets. The good news is that
moulded carpets are really easy to fit! The material currently used is tufted and as close to the
original as can be found, and the sets fit both MkIVs and 1500s.
ill.
Part Number
Description
CSA6611
CARPET SET, black, moulded,

1
(Complete with fitted gear lever gaiter, ferrule, heel mats & rear deck carpet moulding).
CARPET SET, black
1
non-moulded
(complete with gear lever gaiter, handbrake gaiter & heel mats) Universal carpet
sets (CAR1) are tailored to suit tighter Spitfire rebuild budgets and are available
in black (other colours may be available to special order). They are non-moulded
but include gear lever gaiter, handbrake gaiter and both heel mats).
CAR1
Req.
4
5
6
7
8
569254
WP126
7H9866
610624
554021
BUTTON, durable dot

WASHER, supporting socket
METAL SOCKET, durable dot
METAL STUD, durable dot
PLASTIC STUD, veltex
6
6
6
2
4
9
10
11
12
13
14G8736
CD23803
RU608123
618944
618945
619812
ZKC301
705789
712536X
AB608031
WC702102
TKP202AL
TKP202AR
XKC2916PA
XKC2917PA
AD608063
CD24153
SPIKE RING
FASTENER
RIVET, retaining stud
FERRULE, gaiter, chrome
INSERT, threaded
INSERT, threaded
FERRULE, gaiter, black
GAITER, handbrake lever
MOUNTING BOARD, less gaiter
SCREW, self tapping
WASHER, plain
KNEE PAD, LH
KNEE PAD, RH
KNEE PAD, LH
KNEE PAD, RH
SCREW, retaining knee pad
WASHER, cupped
a/r
a/r
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
4
1
1
1
1
2
2
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
822821
CENTRE COVER, black
24
25
26
WKC3626PA
AD610053
625549
822781
CENTRE COVER, black

SCREW, centre cover
CUP WASHER, black
GAITER, black
(armrest & handbrake assembly)
GAITER, black
(armrest & handbrake assembly)
COVER, armrest, black
1
4
4
1
XKC2887PA
27
822801
XKC2888PA
Details
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
GHF421
613362
611822
PMZ308
WP31
WL700101
HN2005
818885
YKC1431
{
}
{
}
{
|
|
}
{
}
{
}
footwell carpet to bulkhead

footwell and cross member
carpets to floor
invisible alternative
to items 4, 5 & 6
37
38
39
40
41
MkIV (all)
MkIV non overdrive
MkIV overdrive
1500
42
43
45
MkIV &
1500 To FH113678
1500
From FH113679
509141
WE702101
PWZ203
FZ34044
AB608054
509161
PWZ203
FU25449
809716
{ 1500 From FH80000

} To FH113678
1500 From FH113679
{
}
{
}
{
}
1500 From FH80000

To FH113678
1
1500 From
FH113679
1
1500 From FH80000
To FH113678
COVER, armrest, black
1
1500 From FH113679
(The change of the black vinyl grain in the trim on 1977 & future Spitfires is
visually very obvious. Special care should be taken to ensure that replacement
items are of a grain which matches the original items to be retained in the car).
SCREW, retaining armrest
4
FOOT REST
1 {
RUBBER PAD, foot rest
1 | positioned on drivers
SCREW
3 | side of gearbox
WASHER, plain
3 | tunnel, RHD
WASHER, locking
3 } only
NUT
3
BOARD, fuel tank cover (boot)
1 { MkIV, without boot lamp
} aperture
BOARD, fuel tank cover (boot)
1 { 1500, with boot lamp
} aperture
SCREW , trim board
7 {
WASHER, shakeproof
7 | alternative to 41, 42 & 43
WASHER, plain
7 | usually fitted to MkIV
CLIP NUT
7 }
SCREW, self tapping
7 {
SCREW, UNF (alternative)
7 | alternative to
WASHER, plain
7 | 37, 38, 39 & 40
NUT, spire
7 } usually fitted to 1500
MAT, boot floor (original), black
1
hardura felt material
Chassis Frame
ill.
2
3
Part Number
Description
403066
PKC58
CHASSIS FRAME
CHASSIS FRAME
PKC117
216684
SBP144
312510
RKC363
312509
RKC362
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
715805
SH605071
GHF332
GHF315
BH606151
GHF302
GHF273
624509
218527
218526
209399
209398
134400
134399
219152
22
219153
23
24
25
26
28
29
218982
219037
30
35
36
37
38
132754
312183
GHF272
SH606091
GHF333
132435
208943
132819
Req.
1
1 {
}
CHASSIS FRAME
1
CROSS MEMBER, front
1
CROSS MEMBER, front
1
SUPPORT, pivot bracket, LH
1
SUPPORT, pivot bracket, LH
1
(Pivot bracket with strengthened mounting).
SUPPORT, pivot bracket, RH
1
SUPPORT, pivot bracket, RH
1
(Pivot bracket with strengthened mounting).
BRACKET, adjusting pivot
2
SCREW, pivot bracket to support
4
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
BOLT, bonnet pivot tube mounting
2
WASHER, plain
8
NUT, nyloc; thin
2
BUSH, pivot tube mounting
2
GUSSET, front, LH
1
GUSSET, front, RH
1
OUTRIGGER, front, LH
1
OUTRIGGER, front, RH
1
OUTRIGGER, intermediate, LH
1
OUTRIGGER, intermediate, RH
1
BRACKET, LH
1
(Rear axle mounting to hand brake guide).
BRACKET, RH
1
(Rear axle mounting to hand brake guide).
BRACKET, shock absorber, LH
1
BRACKET, absorber, RH
1
CROSS MEMBER, rear
1
BRACKET
2
CROSS MEMBER
1
BRACKET, LH
1 {
}
BRACKET, RH
1
RADIATOR SKID SHIELD
1
NUT, nyloc
4
SCREW
2
WASHER, locking
2
Details
To FH60000
From FH60001
To FH75000
From FH75001
MkIV
1500
To FH60000
From FH60001
To FH60000
From FH60001
not available separately

rear axle mounting, rear
rear shock abs mounting
rear body & shock abs
mountings (fitted to rear
shock abs cross member
CHASSIS FRAME
39
40
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
70
71
72
73
74
75
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
87
88
144326
GHF202
122747
155309
129650
132105
132104
128356
SH606091
WP20X
305746
305747
GHF103
118977A
123203
BH605281
GHF315
WP19
GHF222
SH605101
GHF332
GHF315
613178
BH605241
GHF332
GHF315
BH605161
GHF332
GHF315
608836
BH605281
GHF332
GHF315
159733
GHF106
GHF333
WM59
613178
152602
574245
CLAMP PLATE, plate to chassis

NUT
CLAMP, for wiring
MOUNTING PLATE, spring
PLATE, tapped
BRACKET, LH
BRACKET RH
SHIM
SCREW
WASHER, plain
SUSPENSION TURRET, LH
SUSPENSION TURRET, RH
SCREW, brackets to frame
WASHER, locking
PLATE, strengthener
BOLT
WASHER, plain
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
SCREW, body
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
MOUNTING, block
BOLT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BOLT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
WASHER, rubber (packing)
BOLT
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BRACKET
BOLT, rear body mounting
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
MOUNTING BLOCK, rubber
MOUNTING
BODY MOUNTING KIT
85
2
2
7
2
2 suspension turret mounting
1 { inner suspension
1 } support
a/r front susp camber adjustment
2
2
1
1
8
8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 rear brake hose mounting
2
2
2
2
1 three way brake pipe union
1
86
BODY PANELS
Bonnet & Front Valance

ill.
Part Number
Description
WKC3450
2
3
4
911107
911108
624508
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
607869
607711
GHF117
GHF331
GHF301
GHF117
GHF314
PWZ204
GHF331
GHF200
GHF117
GHF331
PWZ204
WKC3414
22
23
24
25
NI
SH604041
GHF331
SH604041
GHF331
TT7364
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
722631
GHF117
GHF331
WM57
WKC1653
815010
909663
909664
TS32L
TS32R
909351
BONNET
1
(Supplied with bonnet irons, but not headlamp covers).
BONNET IRON, LH
1
BONNET IRON, RH
1
PIVOT SLEEVE
2
(Pivot sleeves are supplied welded to each bonnet iron. The part that wears
most is the bush (624509) in each pivot: See chassis frame for details).
CLAMP BRACKET
4
CLAMP PLATE
4
SCREW, clamp plate
8
WASHER, locking
8
WASHER, plain
8
SCREW, bonnet iron to arch
2
WASHER, plain
2
1 external diameter
WASHER, plain
2
0.75 external diameter
WASHER, locking
2
NUT
2
SCREW, front mounting
4
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
BONNET SUPPORT
1
(This also has additional pick up points for supports which are only used on
USA spec cars).
SCREW, support to wheel arch
4
WASHER, locking
4
SCREW, support to wing lip
4
WASHER, locking
4
BONNET LOCKS, pair
1
(These TriumphTune bonnet locks are fitted in front of the bonnet catch &
lever with the inner chrome section to lock the bonnet when down. The pair of
locks offer far greater security for those valuable under bonnet components).
SUPPORT, bonnet rear
1 {
SCREW
2 | (To mid 1977)
WASHER, locking
2 | (change point not known)
WASHER, plain
2 }
CENTRE PANEL, bonnet
1
FRONT reinforcement PANEL
1
FRONT WING, LH
1 { original
FRONT WING, RH
1 }
FRONT WING, LH
1 { reproduction
FRONT WING, RH
1 }
WHEEL ARCH, outer, LH
1 { original
34
Req.
Details
909352
(34) TS36L
TS36R
35 909797
909798
36 818871
818872
37 818871A
818872A
38 TS39L
TS39R
39 WKC4815
WKC4816
40 603559
41 911101
911102
42 106765R
43 WM57
44 GHF200
45 SH604031
46 GHF300
50 815391
815392
TS31L
TS31R
TT7403
TT7404
815391FK
51 624419
52
624590
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
65
66
67
68
69
SH605051
GHF315
GHF332
GHF201
SH605051
GHF332
GHF315
GHF117
GHF331
WM57
715889
624601
SH604051
GHF331
WM57
WHEEL ARCH, outer, RH

1 }
WHEEL ARCH, outer, LH
1 { reproduction
WHEEL ARCH, outer, RH
1 }
WHEEL ARCH, inner, LH
1
WHEEL ARCH, inner, RH
1
H/LAMP PANEL & SUPPORT, LH
1
(includes items 37 & 38)
H/LAMP PANEL & SUPPORT, RH
1
(includes items 37 & 38)
HEADLAMP PANEL, LH
1
HEADLAMP PANEL, RH
1
SUPPORT PANEL, lower, LH
1
SUPPORT PANEL, lower, RH
1
MOUNTING, bonnet locator, LH
1
MOUNTING, bonnet locator, RH
1
CLIP, wiring
4
across front return panel
HEADLAMP COVER, diecast, LH
1 { primed
HEADLAMP COVER, diecast, RH
1 } finish
STUD, headlamp cover securing
2
cut to fit
WASHER, plain
2
NUT
2
SCREW, headlamp cover
4
WASHER, plain
4
QUARTER VALANCE, LH
1 { genuine
QUARTER VALANCE, RH
1 }
QUARTER VALANCE, LH
1 { reproduction
QUARTER VALANCE, RH
1 }
QUARTER VALANCE, LH
1 { fibreglass
QUARTER VALANCE, RH
1 }
BRACKET KIT, quarter valance
2
one of each items 51 & 52
SUPPORT BRACKET
2
(Quarter valance to front chassis crossmember).
SUPPORT BRACKET
2
(Quarter valance to bonnet pivot bracket).
SCREW, bracket to chassis
4
WASHER, plain
8
above & below chassis member
WASHER, locking
4
NUT
4
SCREW,
4
bracket to qtr. valance
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
SCREW,
8
bracket to qtr. valance
WASHER, locking
8
WASHER, plain
8
FRONT VALANCE CENTRE
1 {
BRACKET, front valance centre
1 | not applicable
SCREW, front valance mounting
4 | when spoiler
WASHER, locking
4 | is fitted
WASHER, plain
4 }
Centre Body Panels

ill.
Part Number
Description
3
4
5
815397
908521
813945
813944
813946
809785
809786
806707
807030
621707
613685
612981
612706
613687
613686
621686
611665
619482
818785
818786
809740
818780
607621
607637
615706
912979
912980
912977
912978
607610
716149
716150
612616
613350
613351
556141
603344
715982
715983
612617
WINDSCREEN FRAME
FASCIA TOP PANEL
BULKHEAD PANEL
BULKHEAD PANEL
PLENUM CHAMBER, heater entry
BATTERY BOX
BATTERY BOX
BRACKET, outer, RHD
BRACKET, outer, LHD
BRACKET, inner, RHD
BRACKET, inner, LHD
BRACKET, battery, inner
BRACKET, battery, outer
BRACKET, overdrive relay
CORNER SUPPORT, bulkhead
CENTRE SUPPORT, bulkhead
FRONT PANEL, bulkhead, LH
FRONT PANEL, bulkhead, RH
FRONT PANEL, bulkhead, LH
FRONT PANEL, bulkhead, RH
BRACKET, body mounting
STRENGTHENER, body mounting
BRACKET, valance
A POST, LH
A POST, RH
A POST, LH
A POST, RH
HINGE PLATE, tapped
HINGE PLATE SUPPORT, LH
HINGE PLATE SUPPORT, RH
BRACKET, bonnet location
BRACKET, check strap, LH
BRACKET, check strap, RH
RIVET, retaining clip
RETAINING CLIP, check strap
BONNET SLIDE, LH
BONNET SLIDE, RH
LOCATOR PLATE
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
2
1
1
4
2
1
1
2
Details
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
RHD
LHD
{
| To (c) FH80000
|
}
by battery box (if fitted)
{ RHD models
}
{ LHD models
}
{
}
{
}
weld to bulkhead
RHD; includes items
21, 22, 23, 24, 27
LHD; includes items
21, 22, 23, 24, 27
bonnet cone
BODY PANELS
29
30
31
32
34
35
40
ULC1757
WL700081
WM54
UCN116L
622150
603559
TS10L
TS10R
SCREW, pan head

WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
NUT, plain
A POST LOWER CORNER, LH
A POST LOWER CORNER, RH
41
TS12L
TS12R
DOOR SKIN, LH
DOOR SKIN, RH
1
1
903097
903098
TS16L*
TS16R*
OUTER SILL, LH, genuine

OUTER SILL, RH, genuine
OUTER SILL, LH, aftermarket
OUTER SILL, RH, aftermarket
1
1
1
1
87
4
4
4
4
4
10
1
1
42
*Note: Unlike genuine items, aftermarket sills do not have the front upper radius that fits around
the corner of the bulkhead.
43
44
706422
706423
TS52L
TS52R
END PLATE, sill, LH

END PLATE, sill, RH
A POST, lower repair, LH
A POST, lower repair, RH
1
1
1
1
88
DOORS & FITTINGS
Doors & Fittings

ill.
Part Number
Description
2
3
4
5
6
7
915361
915362
TS12L
TS12R
607824
607823
SF605061
SH605071
GHF332
610042
8
9
613024
613239
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
602821
613169
CHM228
612792
613169
612806
GHF1582
GAC9994X
18
19
20
WKC4647
617166
706789
706790
TS57L
TS57R
619509
613326
613049
GHF331
GHF300
JN2107
706781
706782
709387
709388
SH604051
GHF331
WP139
GHF314
613378
PWZ203
WL700101
HU505
911271
911272
607902
607867
SH604041
GHF331
GHF300
621811
621768
NKC513
ALH1527
623843
603382
716011
624634
PT504
WE702101
CZA3310
CZA3311
BHH341
BHH342
ZKC6167
ZKC38
DOOR SHELL, LH
1
DOOR SHELL, RH
1
DOOR SKIN, LH
1
DOOR SKIN, RH
1
HINGE (& Pin)
4
HINGE PIN
4
SCREW, hinge to door
4
SCREW, hinge to door & A post
20
WASHER, locking
20
HINGE PACKING
4
(Use sealant when fitting the packing pieces to ensure against water ingress).
CHECK STRAP, door
2
PIN KIT, (clevis pin, washer & clip)
2
(While the check straps were originally attached by rivets, the clevis pin
arrangement offered here is more satisfactory (and easier to install).
SEAL, check strap
2
CLIP, seal to A post
4
PAD, sound deadening
2
WEATHERSTRIP, outer
2
door glass
CLIP, outer
14
weather strip to door
WEATHERSTRIP, inner
2
door glass
CLIP, inner
10
weather strip to door
HOOKED TOOL
1
for fitting weatherstrip clips
(Apart from preventing water entering the door shells, new weatherstrips
are a very efficient anti-rattle system for the door glasses).
DOOR GLASS
2
RUBBER STRIP
2
between glass & channel
CHANNEL, lower, LH
1
CHANNEL, lower, RH
1
CHANNEL ONLY, LH
1
CHANNEL ONLY, RH
1
GUIDE BLOCK & STIFFENER
4
SPACER BLOCK
4
SCREW, guide block fitting
4
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
HALF NUT
4
CHANNEL, window, front, LH
1
CHANNEL, window, front, RH
1
CHANNEL, window, rear, LH
1
CHANNEL, window, rear, RH
1
SCREW, front & rear channels
8
WASHER, locking
8
WASHER, plain, small
8
WASHER, plain, large
4
on lower bolts only
STOP BRACKET, lower
2
door drop glass
WASHER, plain
4
WASHER, locking
4
SCREW, attaching stop bracket
4
REGULATOR, window winder, LH
1
REGULATOR, window winder, RH
1
WASHER, leather
8
both sides of lower channel
CLIP, regulator stud
4
SCREW, regulator
14
WASHER, locking
14
WASHER, plain
14
HANDLE, window winder
2
PLASTIC KNOB
2
CIRCLIP, retaining knob
2
PIN, locating handle
2
ESCUTCHEON, black, (handle)
2
SPRING, escutcheon tensioning
2
ESCUTCHEON
2
interior door handle
FINGER PULL, stainless
2
SCREW
6
WASHER, shakeproof
6
STRIKER PLATE, RH
1
STRIKER PLATE, LH
1
PACKING, striker plate, 0.064
a/r
a/r
a/r
SCREW, countersunk, short
4
(Striker plate to B post middle & lower positions).
SCREW, long,
2
striker plate to B post, upper
CAGED NUT, 1/4 UNF
2
DOOR LOCK, LH
1
DOOR LOCK, RH
1
SCREW, long, lock to door
2
lower position only
SCREW, short, lock to door
4
middle & upper positions
CLIP & BUSH,
4
rod securing
WASHER, plain
2
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
ZKC37
518454X
914695
914696
ZKC37
ZKC36
GHF1180
WP3
Req.
Details
DOORS & FITTINGS

65
630079
66
67
819809
819807
819808
937609
364480
577064
819801
819802
SH604041
GHF331
GHF300
819803
819804
509278
632104
915633
915634
915633/4
YKC2837
YKC2838
YKC2837/8
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
80
PIN
(Remove when adjusting operating rod).
ADJUSTABLE ROD, lock operating
ROD, remote control, LH
ROD, remote control, RH
CLIP & BUSH, rod securing
ROD GUIDE
SCREW, guide securing
HANDLE, door (interior), LH
HANDLE, door (interior), RH
SCREW, securing door handle
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BEZEL, interior handle, LH
BEZEL, interior handle, RH
SCREW, bezel securing
FOAM PACKING
HANDLE, exterior, chrome, LH
HANDLE, exterior, chrome, RH
HANDLES, pair, chrome
HANDLE, exterior, black, LH
HANDLE, exterior, black, RH
HANDLES, pair, black
2
2
1
1
2
4
4
1
1
6
6
6
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
1
89
rod securing
{ lock mechanism
}
{
| To (c) FH100020
}
{
| From (c) FH100021
}
Note: While door handles are available individually, it is preferable to replace them in pairs to
ensure that one key still operates both doors. The unlisted door lock components in the illustration
simply show the relative positions of the available parts. When fitting a new door handle we
suggest you shape the split pin (item 83) to fit the shaft & then refit to the exterior door handle.
Also, once installed, adjust screw A to give clearance in the lock plate. The height of the split pin
has to be adjusted to make the linkage work correctly between inner and outer locks, once correct,
open tails of split pin slightly to lock into position.
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
577473A
576469
576469P
GHF505
520049
724192
GHF206
WL700101
727581
727591
822559
632200
GHF1230
GHF1232
631321
724031M
GASKET, handle to door

LOCK BARREL
LOCK BARRELS
SPLIT PIN
SPRING RETAINER, lock barrel
CLAMP BRACKET, door handle
NUT
WASHER, locking
MOULDED COVER, waist rail
MOULDED COVER, waist rail
WATER CURTAIN
WATER CURTAIN, inner handle
TRIM PANEL, door lining
CLIP, trim panel to door
CLIP, top edge of trim to door
SEAL (pre-cut)
SEAL (per metre)
1
2
1
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
2
2
2
28
16
2
a/r
single, with two keys

matched pair, with two keys
black, LH
black, RH
see page 81
{ black felt & rubber

} (alternatives)
Note: While black was the only draught excluder colour originally used, we can satisfy proud owners of
cars with interiors in colours other than black with the following. By the way, when ordering draught
excluder which is sold by the metre, five metres are required for two door apertures.
97
DER5001M
DEL3220M
KGF817M
620403
SEAL, red, felt/rubber

a/r {
SEAL, blue, woven/rubber
a/r | (per metre)
SEAL, grey, nylon/rubber
a/r }
SEAL
2
(Front edge of door glass fitted to windscreen frame).
90
BODY & FLOOR PANELS
Rear Body Panels

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
815398
814733
814734
624564
715567
YKC1355
715526
630767
ZKC1267
SH605051
GHF332
SH605061
GHF332
WP139
911327
911327Z
716182B
908970
813893
813894
WKC2466
WKC2467
TS33L
TS33R
SBP137
SBP138
TS20L
TS20R
TS21L
TS21R
715821
CENTRE DECK
1
BRACKET, hinge, LH
1
BRACKET, hinge, RH
1
T, fuel tank trim
3
BRACKET, deck to fuel tank
1
centre mounting
HINGE, LH
1
HINGE, RH
1
PACKING, hinge to boot lid
a/r
BRACKET, boot lamp switch
1
SCREW, boot lid
6
WASHER, locking
6
SCREW, hinge
4
WASHER, locking
4
WASHER, plain
4
BOOT LID, genuine
1
BOOT LID, reproduction
1
LIGHT PANEL
1
LOWER PANEL, genuine
1
DRAIN CHANNEL, LH
1
DRAIN CHANNEL, RH
1
REAR WING, LH
1 { Genuine
REAR WING, RH
1 }
REAR WING, LH
1 { reproduction
REAR WING, RH
1 }
LIP REPAIR, rear wing
1
LH
LIP REPAIR, rear wing
1
RH
REPAIR Panel, sill extension
1
LH
REPAIR Panel, sill extension
1
RH
REPAIR Panel, lower rear wing
1
LH
REPAIR Panel, lower rear wing
1
RH
BEADING, rear lower wing
2
(weld to flange between wing and rear lower panel)
B POST, LH
1
B POST, RH
1
TAPPED PLATE, B post
1
LH
TAPPED PLATE, B post
1
RH
RETAINER, for tapped plate
1
LH
RETAINER, for tapped plate
1
RH
B POST LOWER REPAIR
1
LH
B POST LOWER REPAIR
1
RH
BOOT FLOOR PANEL
1
genuine
BOOT FLOOR PANEL
1
reproduction
BRACKET, spare wheel mount
1
SUPPORT, lower bumper
2
(Included as part of boot floor panel TS30).
BRACKET, RH exhaust support
1
CLIP, wiring harness
4
RETAINER, tank board
4
Mounting, fuel tank, LH
1
Mounting, fuel tank, RH
1
Mounting, fuel tank, lower, LH
1
Mounting, fuel tank, lower, RH
1
BRACKET
2
wheel arch to top deck
REAR SEAT PAN
1
PANEL, centre (axle cover)
1
SCREW, panel retaining
2
CLIP
2
BLANKING PLUG, metal & plastic
3 { paint drain
BLANKING PLUG, plastic
3 } (alternatives)
PAD, sound deadening
1
one per car
REINFORCEMENT, LH
1 { body
REINFORCEMENT, RH
1 } mounting
SUPPORT PANEL, heel-board
1
BRACKET, handbrake relay
1
HEEL-BOARD PANEL
1
BRACKET, radius arm
2
FLOOR PANEL, full length, LH
1
FLOOR PANEL, full length, RH
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
17
18
19
20
21
23
24
25
26
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
46
47
48
49
50
52
813365
813366
619099
619100
618274
618275
SBP152
SBP153
815279
TS30
627196
615810
613478
603559
613579
715673
715674
613658
613659
621438
903132
613812
7H8505
FU2585
ZKC2538
CFP1000
CHM228
706159
706160
807104
631592
903134
623796
TS22L
TS22R
Req.
Details
Note: The Spitfire floor panel was originally a one piece pressing (908900); it is now offered in two
halves. Full length floor panels have a return lip designed for fitment to the inner sills, as original.
Half length floor panels are designed to repair the existing floor and fit to inner sills as required
without having to necessarily replace the inner sill section.
53
54
55
56
57
TS25
TS23L
TS23R
TS24L
TS24R
615980
612527
CROSS MEMBER, floor

FLOOR, half length, front, LH
FLOOR, half length, front, RH
FLOOR, half length, rear, LH
FLOOR, half length, rear, RH
ANCHOR NUT, seat belt
STRENGTHENER, front floor, LH
2
1
1
1
1
2
1
BODY & FLOOR PANELS
58
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
90
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
612528
612577
TS52L
TS52R
806638
806639
806634
806635
706422
706423
903097
903098
TS16L
TS16R
624406
XKC1486
AB608031
GHF712
XKC1673
TT7325
713569GS
YKC1673FK
FU25698
YH6507
PWZ203
608383
FU2549
GHF712
YH7406
PWZ203
715885
715886
718716
718717
621112
909661
909662
TS50L
TS50R
SBP161
SBP162
TS51L
TS51R
624397
714990
91
STRENGTHENER, front floor, RH

1
Strengthener, front floor
2
A POST, lower section, LH
1
A POST, lower section, RH
1
INNER SILL PANEL, LH
1
INNER SILL PANEL, RH
1
BAFFLE PLATE, LH
1
BAFFLE PLATE, RH
1
END PLATE, sill LH
1
END PLATE, sill RH
1
OUTER SILL, genuine, LH
1
OUTER SILL, genuine, RH
1
OUTER SILL, reproduction, LH
1
OUTER SILL, reproduction, RH
1
BRACKET, hand brake
1
COVER, front prop shaft joint
1
1500 models
(BL always listed the above part for 1500 models but did not admit to a
production modification on the main floor assembly (i.e.: it was a cut to fit
joint) for 1500 single rail models).
SCREW, cover retaining
3
SPIRE NUT
3
GEARBOX COVER, board
1
original
GEARBOX COVER, fibre-glass
1
aftermarket
SEAL SET, gearbox cover
1
universal
FITTING KIT, gearbox cover
1
includes hardware only
SPIRE NUT, gaiter retainer
4
SCREW, gearbox cover
8
WASHER, plain
8
PLATE, shaped, gearbox
8
SPIRE CLIP, fitted to floor
8
SPIRE CLIP, gearbox cover
3
front
SCREW, gearbox cover
3
upper
WASHER, plain
3
STRENGTHENER, LH
1 { inner
STRENGTHENER, RH
1 } B post
INNER ARCH, LH
1 { each arch includes
INNER ARCH, RH
1 } 1 x item 93
CAPTIVE NUT, safety belt
2/4
(Quantity of 2 for static seat belts; 4 for inertia reel).
INNER WING & ARCH, LH
1
INNER WING & ARCH, RH
1
ARCH REPAIR, inner wing, LH
1
ARCH REPAIR, inner wing, RH
1
REAR REPAIR, full height, LH
1 {
REAR REPAIR, full height, RH
1 | inner wing
REAR REPAIR, lower half, LH
1 |
REAR REPAIR, lower half, RH
1 }
SUPPORT, rear bumper
2
BRACKET, boot lid stay
1
92
BODY TRIM
Front Body Exterior Trim & Fittings

Req.
ZKC3664
ill.
Part Number
Description
Details
1
2
3
7
8
9
10
11
12
612970
CS4012
613025
612962
NT605041
GHF315
610675
632030
613169
632020
13
14
15
16
17
722631
GHF117
GHF331
WM57
608643
DRAIN TUBE
1
battery box to LH foot well
CLAMP, hose securing
1
wire type
GROMMET, drain tube to floor
1
CONE, bonnet locating
2
NUT, adjusting cone
2
WASHER, plain
2
SEAL, bulkhead to bonnet
1
CLIP, bonnet buffer
2
original
CLIP, bonnet buffer (deep)
2
alternative
BONNET BUFFER
2
(The bonnet buffers are fitted to the rear edge of bonnet to restrict fore and
aft movement when the vehicle is in motion).
REAR BONNET SUPPORT
1 {
SCREW
2 |
WASHER, locking
2 | (To mid 1977)
WASHER, plain
2 | change point unknown
PACKING SPONGE, short
2 }
18
19
20
21
22
23
613666
606389
624730
GHF1532
YKC1454
YKC1455
725525
CZH2717
PACKING SPONGE, long

fitted to bonnet tube
SEAL, inner wheel arch rear edge
CLIP, retaining seal
BADGE, Spitfire IV
BUSH, badge fixing
DECAL, black
DECAL, aluminium
HOUSE BADGE, BL,
(self adhesive, silver on blue)
HOUSE BADGE, BL,
(self adhesive, blue on silver)
1
2
18
1
2
1
1
2
2
{ (From mid 1977)

}
{ MkIV models
}
{ 1500
}
{
| alternatives
|
}
Note: Originally the MkIV & the 1500 should only have used badge 725525, though some early
models appear to have been released with the CZH2717 badge fitted.
24
SBP154SS
25
26
27
BH604101
WP42
GHF300
BONNET STAY, stainless steel

1
(Supplied as a kit, with pivot bolt, ready to fit).
BOLT, pivot
1
WASHER, spacing on pivot bolt
2
WASHER, plain
1

28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
GHF221
613751
613045
SH604041
GHF300
GHF221
GHF101
GHF314
AHH6939
GHF300
GHF221
607663
PMZ308
PWZ203
WF703081
HN2005
607664
613474
609931
GHF117
GHF321
WP127
TT7364
NUT, nyloc
STAY, bonnet, lower
STAY, bonnet, upper
SCREW,
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
SCREW, upper stay to inner arch
WASHER, plain, large
SPACER
WASHER, plain
NUT, nyloc
BONNET CATCH
SCREW, catch
WASHER, plain
WASHER, shakeproof
NUT
CATCH PLATE, on bulkhead
PAD, sealing below plate
PLATE, tapped, inside bulkhead
SCREW
WASHER, shakeproof
WASHER, plain
BONNET LOCKS, pair
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
6
6
6
6
2
2
2
4
4
4
1
lower stay to suspension turret
Note: These TriumphTune bonnet locks are fitted in front of the bonnet catch & lever with the inner
chrome section to lock the bonnet when down. The pair offer far greater security for those valuable
under bonnet components.
53
GAM258X
GAM259X
GAM261X
GAM262X
GAM215A
GAM216A
MIRROR, flat, clear, RH

MIRROR, flat, clear, LH
MIRROR, flat, clear, RH
MIRROR, flat, clear, LH
MIRROR, convex glass, RH
MIRROR, convex glass, LH
1
1
1
1
1
1
{ polished
}
{ black
}
{ polished
}
Note: These mirrors are all supplied with mounting plate, wedge and screws. Up to FH80000,
mirrors were always installed by a PDI (pre-delivery inspection) team at each local Triumph
dealership. This allowed the new owner an option regarding which mirrors should be fitted. From
FH80001 onwards, only black mirrors were offered and these were fitted at the factory.
54
55
56
70
71
72
73
74
75
DZB5208A
CZA7164
AAU4809
YKC1097
911101
911102
106765R
WM57
GHF200
GHF300
SH604031
80
81
820715B
569924B
82
83
84
85
86
87
XKC1671
XKC1966
615706
615699
PT504
WC702101
WL700101
HN2005
WEDGE, mirror mounting

2
PAD, mirror mounting
2
SCREW, mirror mounting
4
SCREW, plated
2
HEADLAMP COVER, diecast, LH
1 { primed finish
HEADLAMP COVER, diecast, RH
1 }
STUD, headlamp cover securing
2
cut to fit
WASHER, plain
2
NUT
2
WASHER, plain
4
SCREW, retaining headlamp cover
4
(Be careful when fitting the SH604031 screws. They must not be allowed
to bottom-out inside the headlamp cover. (See our catalogue for a
replacement headlamp cover when youve cracked the casting!).
SIDE VALANCE, engine, RH
1 { MkIV style, will
SIDE VALANCE, engine, LH
1 } fit 1500 models
(Side valance panels come with front brackets, loose).
SIDE VALANCE, engine, RH
1 { 1500
SIDE VALANCE, engine, LH
1 }
BRACKET, valance attachment
2
weld to bulkhead
SUPPORT PLATE
2
SCREW
4
WASHER, plain
4
WASHER, locking
4
NUT
4
Note: The nuts & bolts for attaching the radiator to the radiator support are shown on page 20.
88
89
90
91
706843
706844
562403
WM54
PT505
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
PWZ203
GHF220
GHF117
GHF300
518454X
625886
SH605051
WP127
GHF331
DEFLECTOR BOARD, radiator, LH

1
DEFLECTOR BOARD, radiator, RH
1
RIVET
6
WASHER, plain
6
(An alternative to the above radiator deflector board fittings (& easier to
use), are the following three items):
SCREW
6 { deflector board to
} radiator support
WASHER, plain
6
NUT, nyloc
6
SCREW, retaining board
2
WASHER, plain
2
CAGED NUT, fitted to chassis
2
BRACKET, Number plate
2
SCREW
2
WASHER, plain
4
WASHER, locking
2
BODY TRIM & WINDSCREEN

99 GHF200
101 WKC2543
WKC2543R
102 SH606101
103 GHF333
104 GHF302
105 2K9679
106 SH606071
107 GHF333
108 GHF302
109 815277
815278
110 SH604071
111 GHF331
112 SH604051
113 GHF331
114 WM57
120 815026
121 715863
715864
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
624591
PMZ312
AUC2246
PWZ203
GHF117
GHF331
WM57
GLZ608
GLZ608FG
PMZ312
WL700101
WM91
SE604061
AUC2246
PWZ203
WM832
137 716200
138 725670
139 RU608253
93
NUT
2
BUMPER BAR, front, new
1
BUMPER BAR, front, recon
1
SCREW,
2
bumper to quarter valance
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
GASKET, bumper
2
SCREW, bumper to pivot bracket
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
UNDER-RIDER, plastic, LH
1
UNDER-RIDER, plastic, RH
1
SCREW, under-rider to bumper
4
WASHER, locking
4
SCREW, under-rider to chassis
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
FRONT GRILLE, black, plastic
1
GRILLE, outer section
1 { MkIV
GRILLE, outer section
1 } To FH60000
(Outer grille sections are required if a front spoiler has not been fitted).
BRACKET
1
grille to chassis
SCREW, grille to mounting
3/1 { only one of each
WASHER, locking
3/1 | required when
WASHER, plain
3/1 } spoiler is fitted
SCREW, bracket to chassis
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
FRONT SPOILER, (abs plastic)
1
FRONT SPOILER, (fibre-glass)
1
SCREW, front spoiler to chassis
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain
2
SCREW, spoiler outer
2
WASHER, locking
2
WASHER, plain, outer spoiler
2
WASHER, spacing
2/4 { spoiler to quarter valance
} (maximum 4 required)
SEAL, quarter valance to bonnet
2
DEFLECTOR, plastic
2 { Germany only
RIVET, deflector to qtr valance
10 }
Windscreen Glass & Fittings

1
6
7
8
WKC4787
917669
909029
917248
917249
ZKC2099
624701
624711
624691
911106
9
10
612976
RU608123
2
3
4
5
WINDSCREEN GLASS
1
laminated
WINDSCREEN GLASS
1
laminated, tinted
SEAL, rubber, glazing
1
BEADING, plastic, LH
1
BEADING, plastic, RH
1
CONNECTOR
2
windscreen beading
FINISHER, black, inner screen, LH
1
FINISHER, black, inner screen, RH
1
FINISHER, black, upper screen
1
WINDSCREEN CAPPING, alloy
1
(When refitting the capping, ensure that sealing compound is used between
it and the top of windscreen frame. Retain the old capping as a pattern for
the mounting rivet holes).
PLUG, rubber, screen capping
2
req. when hardtop not fitted
RIVET, capping to screen
94
BODY TRIM & FITTINGS
Rear/Side Body Exterior Trim & Fittings

ill.
Part Number
Description
722675
729530
729530/B
LOCK & BARREL

LOCK & BARREL
BARREL & KEYS
1a
Req.
1
1
1
Details
rotating lock cover
sliding lock cover
also fits 722675
Note: Originally locks were available with a rotating cover for water protection. The lock design
with a sliding cover in the keyhole is the only type currently supplied.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
624729
710290
CMZ310
WK7605
576156
WS702001
PWZ203
9
10
11
12
13
15
16
619384
SE910201
WL700101
619383
CX2508
ZKC3442
612473
GASKET, boot lock

1
LOCK ASSEMBLY (Latch)
1
SCREW, countersunk, lock
4
WASHER, shake-proof
4
SCREW, lock barrel
1
WASHER, thackery
1
tensioning screw
WASHER, flat
1
(If the retaining screw is too tight, the spring return of the lock will not
operate smoothly).
GUIDE PLATE (Lock)
1
SCREW
2
WASHER, locking
2
CATCH/STRIKER
1
SCREW
2
SEAL, boot lid aperture
1
BOOT STAY
1
17
18
19
20
WS600061
WB110061
612475
706807
WASHER, thackery
WASHER, plain
BOLT, shouldered, boot stay
BOARD, spare wheel
2
2
2
1
21
22
23
113087
717601
815137
815138
AD608053
GAC6066X
TT7346*
WHEEL NUT
COVER, spare wheel
B POST CAPPING, LH
B POST CAPPING, RH
SCREW, capping retaining
THRESHOLD PLATE
THRESHOLD PLATE
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
24
25
{
}
{
|
not suitable for

centre lock wire wheels
fit flat side downwards
for standard wheel and tyre
ribbed alloy
stainless steel
*Note: Polished with laurel leaf design.

26
27
28
29
30
32
575937
624801
715693
613766
613886
715695
YKC3778
32a ZKC3735
33 715697
YKC1325
SCREW, self tapping

MOULDING, rear cockpit
SEAM MOULDING, black
CLIP, seam moulding
CLIP, seam moulding, rear
MOULDING, boot edge, Stainless
MOULDING, boot edge, black
END CAP
MOULDING, Stainless
(Lower edge of rear light panel)
MOULDING, black
(Lower edge of rear light panel)
6
1
2
18
4
1
1
2
1
1
plastic
rear wing top edge
{
}
{
}
{
}
MkIV
1500
1500
MkIV
1500

34
35
36
37
GHF1154
815041
815042
XKC1502
XKC1503
613886
CLIP, rear mouldings

MOULDING, corner light panel, LH
MOULDING, corner light panel, RH
MOULDING, corner light panel, LH
MOULDING, corner light panel, RH
CLIP, corner moulding
14
1
1
1
1
8
{
}
{
}
MkIV
chrome
1500
black
Note: Moulding clips should always be attached to the car body, then the mouldings may be fitted.
The clips holding the mouldings to the rear wing top edges (item 29) should be attached facing
inwards and outwards alternately so that the mouldings may be sprung into place over them. Use
plenty of flexible sealant when fitting mouldings nos. 32, 33, 35 & 36 to stop them from realising
their potential as very efficient water traps.
38
39
40
45
624733
GHF1532
YKC1456
YKC1457
914698
715706
715701
715702
GHF105
GHF333
PWZ206
PWZ206
BADGE Spitfire IV
BUSH, badge
DECAL, Spitfire 1500 (boot lid)
DECAL, Spitfire 1500 (boot lid)
BUMPER BAR
(chrome plinth number plate lamp)
BUMPER BAR
(two separate number plate lamps)
BRACKET, side strengthener
BRACKET, lower strengthener, LH
BRACKET, lower strengthener, RH
SCREW, bracket
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain (alternative)
2
1
1
8
8
8
2
GHF316
GHF202
GHF302
SH606121
GHF333
PWZ206
GHF202
SH605061
GHF332
WP139
2K9679
601994
626859
NUT, bracket to boot floor

WASHER, plain
SCREW, bumper to bracket, rear
WASHER, locking, under nut
WASHER, plain,
NUT, bumper
SCREW, bumper to body side
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
GASKET, bumper to body panel
GASKET, bumper to body panel
BADGE, Triumph
(fitted to number plate lamp plinth)
RETAINER, protection moulding
RIVET, attaching retainer
PROTECTION MOULDING, rubber
MOULDING, corner protector, LH
MOULDING, corner protector, RH
POP RIVET, corner moulding
WASHER, plain
WKC3954
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
65
70
71
72
73
74
75
630578
RU608123
627900
724028
724029
569313
PWZ203
2
4
1
1
1
1
4
4
2
2
4
2
2
2
2
a/r
a/r
1
1
13
1
1
1
6
6
rear wing
{
}
{
}
black
silver
To approx.
FH116000
From approx.
FH116001
boot floor & body side

{
{
}
{
}
bracket to screw head

packing bracket to
body side, 3.2mm thick
packing bracket to
body side, 2.5mm thick
nut to floor board
screw to bracket & bumper
screw to body side

1.5mm thick
3.5mm thick
{ To approx.
} FH1156000
{ Germany only
}
Commission & Body No. Plates

Authentic reproductions of the original commission and body number plates to complete your rebuild.
CNPSIV
CNPS1500
TKC5766
CRCP343
Commission Plate
Commission Plate
Vehicle Identification Number Plate
Body Number Plate (blank)
1
1
1
1
MkIV
(1500 To October 1979)
(1500 From October 1979)
all models
BODY TRIM & FITTINGS
95
96
HOODS
Hood Frame
Hoods
Hood Frame
ill.
Part Number
Description
30
623470
623469
HANDLE, (closing), RH
HANDLE, (closing), LH
Req.
Details
1
1
Note: Currently, only the RH handle (623470) is available. It can easily be adjusted to recreate the
LH assembly.
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
50
SF104123
621757
621758
WB112081
624392
624360
RMP308
WK7605
815135
815136
ZKC38
713036
713037
713038
629584
RU608123
WKC1650
SCREW, countersunk
TURN HANDLE
WASHER, tensioning
WASHER, plain
MOUNTING PLATE
LOCKING PIN
SCREW, countersunk
WASHER, shakeproof
CATCH PLATE, LH
CATCH PLATE, RH
SCREW, countersunk
RETAINER, header rail seal, centre
RETAINER, header rail seal, LH
RETAINER, header rail seal, RH
SEAL, header rail
RIVET, retainer to header rail
HOOD FRAME
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
9
1
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
814828
715874
715873
624586
815273
624600
624599
715870
715869
815274
715872
715871
715868
715867
624569
624583
624580
624584
624569
624583
624580
JN2107
621465
WC106041
823224
823223
YKC1712
YKC1711
818841
818831
XKC1832
XKC1831
619859
RA612253
HEADER RAIL
CONTROL LINK, front, RH
CONTROL LINK, front, LH
UPPER LINK, front
HOOD BOW, front
UPPER LINK, rear, RH
UPPER LINK, rear, LH
LOWER LINK, rear, RH
LOWER LINK, rear, LH
HOOD BOW, rear
VERTICAL LINK, RH
VERTICAL LINK, LH
HINGE PLATE, RH
HINGE PLATE, LH
SCREW, domed head
WASHER, plain, nylon
BUSH & SPACER, nylon
DOME NUT, locking
SCREW, domed head
WASHER, plain, nylon
BUSH & SPACER, nylon
HALF NUT
RIVET, header rail to frame
WASHER, plain,
COVER, hood linkage, RH, front
COVER, hood linkage, LH, front
COVER, hood linkage, RH, front
COVER, hood linkage, LH, front
COVER, hood linkage, RH, rear
COVER, hood linkage, LH, rear
COVER, hood linkage, RH, rear
COVER, hood linkage, LH, rear
CLIP, retaining cover
RIVET
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
18
18
18
18
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
8
8
GHF101
505259
SCREW, hinge plate to body

WASHER, locking
were still in production the stud spacing on the body varied slightly from car to car. The spacing
problem has obviously been accentuated over the years by cars undergoing varying degrees of
repair or renovation, so the safest policy is to allow customers to fit the sockets to their new hoods.
To sum up, each XKC1781 hood is supplied fitted with the following:
1 x item 15
4 x nos. 2, 3, 4, 5
3 x nos. 11, 12, 13
4 x nos. 16, 17
XKC1781*
XKC1781DD
XKC1781MH*
HOOD, black, OE type Vinyl

HOOD, Double Duck
HOOD, Mohair
1
1
1
{
| zip out rear window
}
*Note: Other colours available to special order.

{ fitted to
} screen frame
Happisch, a superior black (Mohair type fabric) hood is also available, again complete with all
fittings. The material, chosen as original equipment by Jaguar and Lotus, comprises a spin died
outer skin woven from polyester, and poly-acrylic fibres, a middle layer of synthetic rubber, and
an abrasive resistant inner layer of cotton. Characteristics include resistance to creasing and
colour loss. Stroll into your local Jaguar dealer and have a look!
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
{
| rear upper links to
| rear hood bow only
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
{
}
between header rail & frame

(To 1976)
(From 1976)
(To 1976)
(From 1976)
(To 1976)
(From1976)
Note: During 1976 there was a change to a new type of plastic trim fitted above the door glass
(the exact change point is not known). These plastic covers were initially clipped, but 1976 on
models had the covers held by pop-rivets. These covers can be interchanged; the choice of
attachment falls to the owner and his/her cover and frame combination.
75
76
97
The following is supplied loose to be fitted by the customer: 8 x nos. 6 and 7. It is advised that the
correct tool set (item 27) should be used to attach the loose durable dots.
Note: If fitting an old hood frame you must make sure that the links are all correctly formed & not
distorted. Look also at the bushes; if they are worn unevenly, it suggests that part of the linkage
in that area is incorrect. The answer is to keep checking & tweak as necessary, or even replace
the section. Replace bushes & screws as necessary. Remember the screws are not fitted tight but
should be locked into the correct position using dome nuts.
51
52
HOODS
6
6
Hoods
The material used to produce original Triumph hoods is unfortunately no longer available. Our
XKC1781 original style vinyl hoods are manufactured from the nearest possible equivalent material
to that which Triumph cars were fitted with when new. Sufficient plastic durable dot sockets
(fitting the original plastic studs on the car body) are supplied loose with each hood. When Spitfires
21
22
23
24
25
26
XKC1781H
7H9864
7H9866
610624
7H9868
713501
ZKC751
ZKC759
713511
713519
RU608253
509563
GHF600
713511
713519
509563
631771
715842
ZKC751
ZKC759
713501
713511
713519
GHF600
ZKC751
ZKC759
713501
GHF600
509563
624818
GHF332
510524
HOOD, black Happisch

1
zip out rear window
SILVER BUTTON, durable dot
4 {
4 | Hood to centre
4 | rail of frame
BASE, holding stud to hood fabric
4 }
PLASTIC SOCKET, durable dot
8 {
BUTTON, black, durable dot
8 |
BUTTON, white, durable dot
8 | Rear quarter of
PLASTIC STUD, black, durable dot
8 | hood to body
PLASTIC STUD, white, durable dot
8 |
RIVET
8 |
WASHER, plain, fitted to B post cap
2 }
POP RIVET
3 {
3 | Hood to rear
PLASTIC STUD, White, durable dot
3 | retainer plate
WASHER, plain, spacing
3 |
PAD, protection
3 }
(The pads glue to the underside of the retainer plate (15). They prevent the
tail of the rivet (11) from marking the body paint work).
RETAINER PLATE, rear
1 {
5 |
5 | hood to rear rail
5 | of frame
5 |
PLASTIC STUD, white, durable dot
5 |
POP RIVET
5 }
2 { rear window
2 | retaining strap
2 }
POP RIVET, restrainer to header rail
2 {
WASHER, plain, spacing
2 | attaches rear
BOLT, chrome, dome headed
2 | retainer plate
WASHER, locking
2 |
WASHER, plain, chrome
2 }
For cars which have had the original plastic studs on the bodywork replaced with the bright metal
type (part no. 610624), the buttons and sockets on the rear corners of the hood should be replaced
with the following parts:
7H9864
a/r
7H9866
a/r
(... because metal/plastic studs & sockets will not fit each other).
To make a tidy professional job of replacing either metal or plastic sockets in your hood you will
require the following tool.
27
GAC5060X
DURABLE DOT TOOL, 2 piece
Look after your Soft Top

See 'Car Care' in accessories catalogue for full details.
98
HOODS & TONNEAU
Tonneau & Hood Stowage Covers

Hood Stowage Cover
There are two specific types of hood stowage covers, one for non hard-top cars, and the other for
when a factory hardtop is fitted (and the hood is left folded in the car). The two types dont
interchange, as the latter is shaped to match the inside ledge of the hardtop. The original style
hood cover includes wire hooks to fasten the cover to the hood frame. Reproduction covers use
durable dots on elastic straps.
ill.
Part Number
Description
822401
822404
822401Z
822404Z
822431
COVER, hood stowage, black

COVER, hood stowage, beige
COVER, hood stowage, beige
ZKC751
ZKC759
713501
GHF600
713511
713519
WP103
7H9868
610624
7H9866
7H9864
BUTTON, durable dot

BUTTON, durable dot
POP RIVET
PLASTIC STUD, durable dot
PLASTIC STUD, durable dot
WASHER, plain
BASE, holding stud to fabric
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Req.
1
1
1
1
1
11
11
11
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Details
{
}
{
}
{
}
original style
16
17
18
822451
822461
822491
822501
ZKC751
ZKC759
713501
713511
TONNEAU, black, RHD

TONNEAU, black, LHD
TONNEAU, black, RHD
TONNEAU, black, LHD
BUTTON, durable dot
BUTTON, durable dot
*PLASTIC STUD, durable dot
1
1
1
1
15
15
15
6
original style,
for use with hardtop
black
white (alternative)
black
white (alternative)
{
| hard top type
| hood cover only
}
{
}
{
}
23
24
25
without head
restraint pouches
with head
restraint pouches
black
White (alternative)
black
713519
RU608123
618177
618178
630513
630512
WP43
563032
565756
*PLASTIC STUD, durable dot

*RIVET
SAIL EYELET
SAIL EYELET RING
BRACKET, outer
BRACKET, inner
WASHER, spacing
RIVET BASE
RIVET CAP
6
6
4
4
2
2
4
1
1
white (alternative)
*fitted on doors
{ front edge of
} tonneau only
{ to hold sail eyelets
}
demister outlet to bracket
{ attaching zip
} fastener
*Note: For cars which have had the original plastic studs on the bodywork replaced with the bright
metal type (part no. 610624), the buttons and sockets on the rear corners of the hood should be
replaced with the following parts:
7H9864
7H9866
aftermarket
Tonneau
15
19
20
21
22

a/r
a/r
(... because metal/plastic studs & sockets will not fit each other).
Note: To make a tidy professional job of replacing either metal or plastic sockets in your hood
cover or tonneau, you will require the following tool:
26 GAC5060X
DURABLE DOT TOOL, 2 piece
We also have a tool for attaching sail eyelets to the tonneau.
27 GAC5062X
SAIL EYELET TOOL, 2 piece
1
1
Note: See accessories catalogue for full details of Tonneau and hood stowage covers.
Hardtop
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
NKC344
726549
726549B
725084
725085
725086
607745
632234
713511
GHF600
726524
726534
HARDTOP
HEADLINING
HEADLINING KIT
LISTING RAIL, front
LISTING RAIL, middle
LISTING RAIL, rear
END CATCH, listing rails
COVER, rear shelf centre
STUD, plastic, durable dot, black
POP RIVET
COVER, rear shelf, LH side
COVER, rear shelf, RH side
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
1
3
3
1
1
includes 2, 7, 10, 11
hood cover fixing
HARDTOP
with soft top without soft top
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
632244
632254
624818
GHF332
510524
622888
GHF332
517263
624825
624818
GHF332
510524
716025
716026
512135
510397
624873
624874
GHF101
GHF331
GHF300
624720
624817
GHF332
510524
629584
630961
716184
716183
624831
624747
624748
624746
624876
818811
818801
XKC3629
XKC3628
XKC3627
560026
624812
COVER, LH B post
COVER, RH B post
BOLT, dome headed, chrome
WASHER, locking
BOLT, black, dome head
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
DISTANCE TUBE
BOLT, dome headed, chrome
WASHER, locking
MOUNTING BRACKET, LH
MOUNTING BRACKET, RH
SCREW, countersunk
WASHER, locking
BRACKET, hardtop mounting, LH
BRACKET, hardtop mounting, RH
SCREW
WASHER, locking
WASHER, plain
BRACKET, hardtop to hood frame
SCREW, tie bar mounting
WASHER, locking
SEAL, header rail
SEAL, rubber and felt
SEAL, door glass, RH
SEAL, door glass, LH
SEAL, rubber & felt
SEAL PAD, B post, LH
SEAL PAD, B post, RH
MOUNTING RUBBER
MOUNTING RUBBER
SEAL, quarter light, RH
SEAL, quarter light, LH
GLASS, quarter light
FRAME, quarter light, RH
FRAME, quarter light, LH
POP RIVET
HINGE ASSEMBLY, RH
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
4
4
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
1
6
1
front hardtop fitting
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
{
|
|
|
}
{
|
|
}
when hood frame

not fitted: brackets
attach to hood frame
mounting points
when hood frame is
still fitted: brackets
attach to tapped points
in hood frame
fitted around hard top
lower edge
624811
574132
519912
574133
508566
XKC3641
911040
613962
613963
613955
630642
818498
BD267061
HINGE ASSEMBLY, LH
MOUNTING SCREW
WASHER, plain
NUT, dome head
SCREW, countersunk
GLASS, rear
SEAL, rubber, rear glass
SEAL MOULDING, upper
SEAL MOULDING, lower
SEAL MOULDING, one piece
CORNER CAPPING
MOULDING, hardtop rear edge
RIVET, rear edge moulding
1
2
4
2
4
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
5
hinge to top
alternative
seal mouldings
99
100 GROMMETS & PAINT

Colour
TR Code
Year
Aerosol
Touch-up
32
72
92
82/CAA
CAD
CAE
71-72
71-75
73-74
73 on
76-78
78 on
CCRD32
CCRD72
CCRD92
CCRD209
CCRD133
CCRD118
CCRD32TU
CCRD72TU
CCRD92TU
CCRD209TU
CCRD133TU
CCRD118TU
Browns Sienna
Maple
Russet
23
83
93/AAE
71-74
75
76 on
CCBG23
CCBG73
CCBG205
CCBG23TU
CCBG73TU
CCBG205TU
Yellows Saffron
Mimosa
Topaz
Inca
54
64
84
94/FAB
71-74
73-75
75-76
76 on
CCYL54
CCYL64
CCYL84
CCYL207
CCYL54TU
CCYL64TU
CCYL84TU
CCYL207TU
Greens
Laurel
Emerald
British Racing Green
Java
Brooklands
55
65
75
85/HAB
HAE
71-72
71-74
75-76
75-78
76 on
CCGN55
CCGN65
CCGN75
CCGN85
CCGN169
CCGN55TU
CCGN65TU
CCGN75TU
CCGN85TU
CCGN169TU
Blues
Wedgwood
Valencia
Ice
Mallard
Sapphire
French
Delft
Tahiti
Pageant
26
66
116
106
96
126
136
146/JAE
JAG/JNA
71-72
71-72
71-72
71-74
71-74
73-76
75-76
75-78
78 on
CCBU26
CCBU66
CCBU116
CCBU106
CCBU96
CCBU126
CCBU136
CCBU65
CCBU224
CCBU26TU
CCBU66TU
CCBU116TU
CCBU106TU
CCBU96TU
CCBU126TU
CCBU136TU
CCBU65TU
CCBU224TU
Maroons Damson
17
71-74
CCRD17
CCRD17TU
Greys
Slate
68
71-72
CCGR68
CCGR68TU
Whites
White
Leyland White
19/NAB
NAF
71-78
78 on
CCWT19
CCWT243
CCWT19TU
CCWT243TU
Other
Paints
Black Gloss
11/PAA
Black Satin
Primer (High Build)
Wheel Silver
Engine Paint (Black)
*Chassis Paint (Black)
Supplied in 500ml tins
CCSB1
CCSB2
CCP1
CCWP1
CCEP4
CCSB1TU
CCSB2TU
CCP1TU
CCWP1TU
CCEP4BR
CCCB1BR
Reds
1 1/8 hole
1 hole 13/16 hole 5/8 hole 1/2 hole 3/8 hole
5/16 hole
Body Plugs & Grommets

ill.
Part Number
Description
1
2
RFN218
600399
600399
600399
600399
600399
600399
600421
600421
RFN210
RFR208
RFR208
RFR208
RFR208
RFR208
CD27769
ADA803
ZKC1234
631018
ZKC191
602037
061917
061917
061917
PLUG, 1 1/8
PLUG, 1"
PLUG, 1"
PLUG, 1"
PLUG, 1"
PLUG, 1"
PLUG, 1"
PLUG, 1 3/16
PLUG, 1 3/16
PLUG, 5/8
PLUG, 1/2
PLUG, 1/2
PLUG, 1/2
PLUG, 1/2
PLUG, 1/2
PLUG, 3/8
BUFFER, 5/16
PLUG, radio aerial hole
BUTTON, snap fixing
PLUG, metal & plastic
GROMMET
GROMMET
GROMMET
GROMMET
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Req.
2
3
4
3
2
2
2
1
4
2
4
2
1
1
2
4
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
Details
{ seat pan
}
main floor
boot floor
rear wheel arch outer
heel-board cross member
lower rear valance
main floor
door
heel-board cross member
inner sill panel
bulkhead
rear valance
A post
rear wing
heel-board
fascia shelf panel
rear wing
rear bumper holes, Italy only
floor
rev counter cable
heater valve cable
number plate lamp cable
choke cable
Paint & Colour Codes

Moss Classic Car Colours
Moss Europe has a division (called Classic Car Colours) that specialises in the production of spray
& touch-up paints. If there is sufficient demand to re-instate a colour, we will do our utmost to
include it in our range.
Here is a list of the colours used on the Spitfire MkIV & 1500. The colours are carefully blended to
be an exact match to the original paint as used by the factory, but it is worth observing that your
car may well have faded from its original colour over the years. For this reason before you start,
we recommend that you do a test spray of any aerosol on a piece of old metal or a carefully
selected area of the car where a mismatch will not be noticed. The boot or spare wheel area is
often a convenient place to do your testing.
We can supply paint in either aerosol or brush-on format. The aerosols come in 300ml cans and
the brush-on paints are available in 125ml cans with a brush in the cap (except for engine and
chassis paints, which are supplied in 500ml tins).
Colour Codes to 1976

The Triumph paint code will be found stamped on the commission number plate of your car and
the last digit indicates the base reference colour.
For example:
1 = Black, 2 = Red, 3 = Brown, 4 = Yellow, 5 = Green, 6 = Blue, 7 = Purple, 8 = Grey, 9 = White
Colour Codes from 1976

A three letter coding system was introduced in 1976, and can be found on the commission number
plate (to 1979) or the Vehicle Identification Number (from1979). In this system, the first letter
denotes the base reference colour:
For example:
A = Brown, C = Red, F = Yellow, H = Green, J = Blue, N = White, P = Black.
Signal
Pimento
Magenta
Carmine
Flamenco
Vermilion
71 on
71 on
71 on
HARDWARE 101
General Hardware & Fixings

Following is a listing of the common fasteners used on MG cars.
These fasteners are for general use and are not intended to
replace those listed for specific applications elsewhere in this
catalogue. To aid identification by terminology, a screw is
threaded for its full length. A bolt is only part threaded with a
plain unthreaded shank area between the head and the thread.
The part number two letter prefix of SH means that the item is
a Screw with a Hexagon head. The prefix BH means a Bolt with
a Hexagon head. The first number defines the thread type, UNF
= 6, UNC = 5. The second and third numbers give the thread
diameter in increments of 1/16, e.g. 04 = 1/4, 05 = 5/16,
10 = 5/8. The fourth and fifth digits show the length in
increments of 1/8, e.g. 04 = 1/2, 16 = 2, 23 = 2 7/8. The
last digit defines finish, 1 = zinc plated. This coding system is
only applicable to bolts and screws; nuts & washers are coded
by a similar system that follows some of the above principles.
Bolts and Set Screws

3/16 UNF
Hexagon Headed 3/8 A.F. Spanner Size
Bolt
Length
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
Set Screw
HU503
HU504
HU505
HU506
HU507
HU508
1/4 UNF
Bolt
Length
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
BH604081
1
BH604091
1 1/8
BH604101
1 1/4
BH604111
1 3/8
BH604121
1 1/2
BH604141
1 3/4
BH604161
2
BH604181
2 1/4
BH604201
2 1/2
BH604241
3
Set Screw
SH604031
SH604041
SH604051
SH604061
SH604071
SH604081
SH604091
SH604101
SH604111
SH604121
SH604141
SH604161
5/16 UNF
Bolt
Length
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
BH605091
1 1/8
BH605101
1 1/4
BH605111
1 3/8
BH605121
1 1/2
BH605141
1 3/4
BH605151
1 7/8
BH605161
2
BH605181
2 1/4
BH605201
2 1/2
BH605221
2 3/4
BH605241
3
Set Screw
SH605031
SH605041
SH605051
SH605061
SH605071
SH605081
SH605091
SH605101
SH605111
SH605121
SH605141
SH605151
SH605161
SH605181
SH605201
SH605221
SH605241
3/8 UNF
Bolt
Length
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
BH606081
1
BH606091
1 1/8
BH606101
1 1/4
BH606111
1 3/8
BH606121
1 1/2
Set Screw
SH606031
SH606041
SH606051
SH606061
SH606071
SH606081
SH606091
SH606101
SH606111
SH606121
3/8 UNF (Continued)

BH606141
BH606161
BH606181
BH606201
BH606221
BH606241
BH606281
BH606321
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/2
4
3/8 UNC (Continued)

SH606141
SH606161
SH606181
SH606201
7/16 UNF
Bolt
Length
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
BH607121
1 1/2
BH607141
1 3/4
BH607161
2
BH607181
2 1/4
BH607201
2 1/2
BH607241
3
SH506101
SH506111
SH506121
SH506161
SH506241
Screws
Set Screw
SH607051
SH607061
SH607071
SH607081
SH607091
SH607101
SH607111
SH607121
SH607141
SH607161
SH607181
1/2 UNF
Bolt
Length
1/2
5/8
1
1 1/2
BH608141
1 3/4
BH608161
2
BH608181
2 1/4
BH608201
2 1/2
BH608241
3
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
3
BH506111
BH506121
BH506141
BH506161
BH506181
BH506201
BH506241
Set Screw
SH608041
SH608051
SH608081
SH608121
SH608141
SH608201
Self Tapping Screws

Pan
Headed
AB604021
AB606021
AB606031
AB606041
AB606061
AB606081
AB608041
AB608061
AB608081
AB610041
AB610061
AB610081
AB612041
AB612061
AB612081
AB614061
AB614081
B
C
1st digit
2nd/3rd digit
4th/5th
6th
Size
Length
Countersunk
Headed
AC604021
No. 4
1/4
No. 6
1/4
No. 6
3/8
No. 6
1/2
AC606041
No. 6
3/4
AC606061
No. 6
1
AC606081
No. 8
1/2
AC608041
No. 8
3/4
AC608061
No. 8
1
No. 10
1/2
AC610041
No. 10
3/4
AC610061
No. 10
1
AC610081
No. 12
1/2
AC612041
No. 12
3/4
No. 12
1
AC612081
No. 14
3/4
AC614061
No. 14
1
AC614081
= Pan Head
= Countersunk Head
= thread type (coarse or fine)
= diameter
= length in 1/8" increments
= finish (1 = zinc plated)
1/4 UNC
Bolt
Length
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
BH504091
1 1/8
1 1/4
BH504111
1 3/8
BH504121
1 1/2
BH504141
1 3/4
BH504161
2
BH504181
2 1/4
BH504201
2 1/2
Screws (Cross Slot)

Set Screw
SH504031
SH504041
SH504051
SH504061
SH504071
SH504081
SH504091
SH504101
SH504111
SH504121
SH504141
SH504181
5/16 UNC
Bolt
Length
3/8
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/8
BH505101
1 1/4
BH505111
1 3/8
BH505121
1 1/2
BH505141
1 3/4
BH505161
2
BH505181
2 1/4
BH505201
2 1/2
BH505241
3
Set Screw
SH505031
SH505041
SH505051
SH505061
SH505071
SH505081
SH505091
SH505101
SH505111
SH505121
SH505141
SH505201
3/8 UNC
Bolt
Length
1/2
3/4
7/8
BH506081
1
1 1/8
Set Screw
SH506041
SH506061
SH506071
SH506081
SH506091
Pan
Headed
PMZ204
PMZ208
PMZ304
PMZ305
PMZ306
PMZ307
PMZ308
PMZ310
PMZ312
PMZ314
PMZ316
SE604041
SE604051
SE604061
SE604071
SE604081
SE604121
SE605061
SE605081
Size
Length
No. 6 UNC
No. 6 UNC
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
No. 10 UNF
1/4 UNF
1/4 UNF
1/4 UNF
1/4 UNF
1/4 UNF
1/4 UNF
1/4 UNF
5/16 UNF
5/16 UNF
1/4
1/2
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1/2
5/8
3/4
7/8
1
1 1/2
1 3/4
3/4
1
Thread Size
No. 6 UNF
3/16 UNF
3/16 UNF
1/4 UNF
5/16 UNF
3/8 UNF
7/16 UNF
1/2 UNF
9/16 UNF
5/8 UNF
1/4 UNC
5/16 UNC
3/8 UNC
Spanner Size
5/16
3/8
5/16
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
15/16
7/16
1/2
9/16
Countersunk
Headed
CMZ204
CMZ208
CMZ304
CMZ305
CMZ306
CMZ307
CMZ308
CMZ310
CMZ312
CMZ316
SF604041
SF604051
SF604061
SF604071
SF604081
SF604121
CMZ428
SF605061
SF605081
Nuts
Nuts: Plain
Full Nut
HN2003
HN2005
GHF206
HN2007
HN2008
HN2009
HN2010
HN2011
HN2012
HN2013
HN2057
HN2058
HN2059
Half Nut
NJ2107
JN2108
JN2109
JN2110
JN2111
JN2112
JN2113
JN2157
JN2158
JN2159
102 HARDWARE
Nuts: Nyloc Self Locking

Full Nut
YN2905
YN2907
YN2908
YN2909
YN2910
YN2911
YN2912
YN2913
Thread
Size
3/16 UNF
1/4 UNF
5/16 UNF
3/8 UNF
7/16 UNF
1/2 UNF
9/16 UNF
5/8 UNF
Spanner
Size
5/16
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
15/16
Locking Washers - Spring Type

Half Nut
GHF271
TN3208
TN3209
TN3210
TN3211
TN3212
TN3213
Nuts: Self Locking, Aero or all metal, Phillidas

Full Nut
AN3507
AN3508
AN3509
AN3510
AN3511
Thread
Size
1/4 UNF
5/16 UNF
3/8 UNF
7/16 UNF
1/2 UNF
Spanner
Size
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
3/4
Half Nut
ND606041
ND607041
ND608041
ND609041
ND610041
Thread
Size
3/8 UNF
7/16 UNF
1/2 UNF
9/16 UNF
5/8 UNF
Spanner
Size
9/16
5/8
3/4
7/8
15/16
Half Nut
LN2209
NL607041
LN2211
LN2212
NL610041
Nuts: Plain Brass - Manifold

Full Nut
GHF261
GHF262
GHF270
GHF269
Thread
Size
5/16 UNF
3/8 UNF
5/16 UNC
3/8 UNC
Hole
Size
No. 6
No. 8
Double
Coil
WL700101
GHF331
GHF332
GHF333
GHF334
GHF335
GHF336
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
AJD7721
AJD7722
AJD7731
AJD7742
Hole
Size
No. 6
No. 8
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
Repair
Type
WP3
WP4
WP5
WP120
WP105
WP130
WM69
Spanner
Size
1/2
9/16
1/2
9/16
GHF306
GHF300
GHF301
GHF302
GHF303
GHF304
WP12
PWZ110
Sealing Washers
Fibre Hole
Washer
WF505
GHF342
GHF343
GHF344
GHF345
GHF346
GHF347
GHF348
Copper
Size
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
Screw
Size
No. 6
No. 8
No. 10
No. 12
No. 14
U
Type
GHF711
GHF712
GHF713
GHF714
Captive Nuts
Captive nuts consist of a square nut & cage which we supply
individually as required. Always match nut & cage A.F. sizes.
Part
Number
NQ2707
NQ2708
CN4
CN5
Description
Part
Number
CN2
CN3
600032
Description
Nut, 7/16 AF
Nut, 5/8 AF
Nut, fits CN3 cage
Nut, /2 AF
Cage, square
Cage, oblong
Cage, square
Thread
Size
1/4
5/16
1/4
5/16
Spanner
(AF) Size
7/16
7/16
1/2
Washers - Shake-proof Washers

Internal
Star
WF704061
WF702101
WF600041
WF600051
WF600061
WF600071
WF600081
WF600091
WF600101
Hole
Size
No. 6
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
External
Star
WE704061
WE702101
WE600041
WE600051
WE600061
WE600071
WE600081
WE600091
WE600101
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3
3 1/4
3 3/8
3 1/2
4 1/4
TE506101
TE506131
TE506141
TE506161
TE506201
TE506361
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1 5/16
1 5/8
1 3/4
2
2 1/2
3 1/2
The following studs have course (UNC) threads at both ends.

Part
Number
101442
058688
115696
058917
102474
107055
Diameter
Overall
length
1 5/8
1 11/16
1 13/16
1 15/16
2 1/16
2 3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
Washer
GHF361
GHF362
GHF363
GHF364
GHF365
Spring/Spire Nut
Flat
Type
GHF700
GHF701
GHF702
GHF703
GHF704
TE505111
TE505121
TE505131
TE505141
TE505151
TE505161
TE505181
TE505201
TE505221
TE505241
TE505261
TE505271
TE505281
TE505341
Plain Washers
Standard
Type
Nuts: Slotted
Full Nut
Single
Coil
WL700061
WL700081
Studs- UNF/UNC (Continued)
Studs
Dowels
Part
Number
DP204
DP205
DP306
DP407
DP408
DP410
DP411
Dia.
1/8
1/8
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
Overall
length
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
1/2
5/8
11/16
Part
Number
DP414
DP508
DP514
DP608
DP610
DP610
Dia.
1/4
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
Overall
length
7/8
1/2
7/8
1/2
5/8
1 3/16
Part
Number
CLZ412
Length
Dia.
3/4
1/4
CLZ413
CLZ414
CLZ415
CLZ416
CLZ417
CLZ427
CLZ510
CLZ511
CLZ512
CLZ513
13/16
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 11/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
Studs- UNF
A stud is a length of round bar threaded at both ends. The length
of thread at each end of the stud may vary for specific
applications. The following list is of studs have fine (UNF)
threads at both ends.
Part
Number
TE604081
TE604091
TE604101
Diameter
1/4
1/4
1/4
Overall
length
1
1 1/8
1 1/4
TE605101
TE605111
TE605121
TE605131
TE605141
TE605151
TE605181
TE605201
TE605221
TE605251
TE605291
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 5/8
1 3/4
1 7/8
2 1/4
2 1/2
2 3/4
3 1/8
3 5/8
TE606101
TE606111
TE606121
TE606141
TE606151
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1 1/4
1 3/8
1 1/2
1 3/4
1 7/8
Clevis Pins
(Measured from under head to end)
Part
Number
108326
Length
Dia.
1/2
1/8
PJ8504
CLZ307
CLZ308
CLZ309
CLZ310
CLZ311
CLZ312
CLZ313
CLZ314
CLZ315
CLZ316
CLZ317
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
3/4
13/16
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
CLZ408
CLZ409
CLZ410
CLZ411
3/8
7/16
1/2
9/16
5/8
11/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
CLZ514
CLZ515
CLZ516
CLZ517
CLZ518
7/8
15/16
1
1 1/16
1 1/18
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
5/16
Dia.
1/16
5/64
3/32
7/64
Part No.
GHF504
GHF505
GHF506
GHF513
Length
2 1/4
2 1/4
2 1/4
3
Dia.
1/8
9/64
5/32
5/16
Split Pins
Studs- UNF/UNC
Fine (UNF) threads at one end and course (UNC) at the other.
Part
Number
TE504081
TE504131
TE505091
Diameter
1/4
1/4
5/16
Overall
length
1
1 5/8
1 1/8
Part No.
GHF500
GHF501
GHF502
GHF503
Length
1 1/2
1 1/2
1 1/2
2 1/4
HARDWARE 103
Pipes, Hardware and Fittings

Brake & Fuel Pipe
Supplied in 25 foot rolls.
Part No.
MPKF125
MPKF225
MPKF325
EF125
EF225
EF325
Material
Cupro-nickel
Cupro-nickel
Cupro-nickel
Steel
Steel
Steel
Diameter
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/16
1/4
5/16
Male Pipe Nuts

Brass
Part No.
AEHU1
AEHU2
AEHU3
AEHU7
Steel
Part No.
TM606031
TM110051
LK21994
BCA4370
BHA4706
AUSU40A
Thread
Size
3/8 UNF
10mm x 1mm
3/8 BSF
7/16 UNF
7/16 UNF
1/2 UNF
Pipe
Bore
3/16
3/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
5/16
Thread
Size
3/8 UNF
10mm x 1mm
7/16 UNF
1/2 UNF
Pipe
Bore
3/16
3/16
1/4
5/16
Female Pipe Nuts

Brass
Part No.
AEHU1A
AEHU2A
AEHU4A
Steel Part
Part No.
TN606031
SU2A
SU4A
HU41A
Bleed Screws
Part No.
556508A
608400A
27H7166
P Clips (Metric) (Continued)
GGT1109X
GGT1110X
GGT1111X
GGT1112X
CP108101
CP108121
CP106161
CP108165
9mm
10mm
11mm
12mm
Pipe Clips
Capacity
SINGLE, 3/16
SINGLE, 1/4
DOUBLE, 3/16
GGT1114X
GGT1115X
GGT1116X
GGT1117X
14mm
15mm
16mm
17mm
Hose Clips (Jubilee type)

Part No.
GHC304
GHC405
GHC406
GHC507
GHC608
GHC709
GHC811
GHC913
to suit diameter
3/8 - 1/2
7/16 - 5/8
1/2 - 3/4
5/8 - 7/8
3/4 - 1
5/8 - 1 1/8
1 - 1 3/8
1 1/8 - 1 5/8
Part No.
GHC1015
GHC1217
GHC1622
GHC2228
GHC2632
GHC3036
GHC3340
to suit diameter
1 3/8 - 2
1 1/2 - 2 1/4
2 - 2 3/4
2 3/4 - 3 1/2
3 1/4 - 4
3 3/4 - 4 1/2
4 1/8 - 5
Stainless Steel (Metric)

Part No.
GHC10408
GHC10410
GHC10411
GHC10412
GHC10413
GHC10414
GHC10415
to suit diameter
8 - 12 mm
12 - 18 mm
8 - 16 mm
12 - 20 mm
16 - 25 mm
20 - 32 mm
25 - 40 mm
Part No.
GHC10416
GHC10417
GHC10418
GHC10419
GHC10420
GHC10421
to suit diameter
32 - 50 mm
46 - 60 mm
50 - 70 mm
60 - 80 mm
70 - 90 mm
80 - 100 mm
Thread Size
1/8 BSP
1/8 BSP
1/8 BSP
1/8 BSP
1/4 BSP
1/4 BSP
1/4 BSP
Angle
straight, short
450 angle
900 angle
straight, long
straight
450 angle
900 angle
(With single slotted hexagon head)

to suit diameter
7/16 - 9/16
1/2 - 11/16
9/16 - 3/4
5/8 - 13/16
11/16 - 7/8
3/4 - 1
13/16 - 1 1/16
7/8 - 1 1/8
1 - 1 1/4
1 1/8 - 1 3/8
2 1/8 - 2 5/16
2 3/16 - 2 7/16
2 1/4 - 2 7/16
2 5/16 - 2 1/2
Part No.
CS4023
CS4024
CS4025
CS4026
CS4028
CS4029
CS4030
CS4032
CS4034
CS4036
CS4041
CS4042
CS4048
CS4052
to suit diameter
11/4 - 1 7/16
1 5/16 - 1 1/2
1 3/8 - 1 9/16
1 7/16 - 1 5/8
1 9/16 -1 3/4
1 5/8 - 1 13/16
1 11/16 - 1 7/8
1 7/8 - 2
1 15/16 - 2 1/8
2 1/16 - 2 1/4
2 3/8 - 2 9/16
2 7/16 - 2 5/8
2 13/16 - 3
3 1/16 - 3 1/4
Original Supergrip clips were supplied with a with single

slotted round-head screw. The modern replacement comes
with a hexagon headed screw. For the authentic look we have
resourced the original type screw, (sold separately).
CS4099 (round-head screw)
P Clips
Imperial
Hose Clamps
Part
No.
PCR207
PCR307
PCR309
PCR311
PCR407
PCR409
PCR411
PCR507
PCR509
PCR511
PCR607
PCR609
PCR611
PCR707
PCR709
PCR711
Petrol Pipe Clips (Metric)
Metric
Reinforced rubber fuel hose. sold by the metre.

Part No.
GFH1025X
GFH1031X
Internal Diameter
1/4
5/16
Water Hose
Reinforced rubber water hose. sold by the metre.
Part No.
GRH1001M
GRH1005M
GRH1006M
Internal Diameter
1/4
5/16
1/2
Cable
Dia.
1/8
3/16
3/16
3/16
1/4
1/4
1/4
5/16
5/16
5/16
3/8
3/8
3/8
7/16
7/16
7/16
Hole
size
7/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
Part
No.
PCR807
PCR809
PCR811
PCR813
PCR1007
PCR1009
PCR1011
PCR1207
PCR1209
PCR1211
PCR1407
PCR1409
PCR1411
PCR1607
Cable
Dia.
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
1
(Enots type)
Part No.
GGT1108X
to suit diameter
8mm
Part No.
GGT1113X
to suit diameter
13mm
Part
No.
CP10508
Cable
Diameter
18mm
8mm
8mm
6mm
8mm
Diameter
3/16
1/4
5/16
3/8
7/16
Pop Rivets
Open End Type
Closed End Type
Part No.
RA607096
RA608126
RA608176
RA608236
RA608253
Part No.
RU608123
RU608313
RU612123
Diameter
2.9 x 5mm
1/8 x 3/16
1/8 x 1/4
1/8 x 5/16
1/8 x 3/8
Cable Ties
Hoses
Fuel Hose
Part No.
BLS106
BLS108
BLS110
BLS112
BLS28
Hose Clips (Supergrip type)
Grease Nipples
Part No.
UHN400
UHN445
LN30041
144825
056935
125361
056934
10mm
12mm
16mm
16mm
Steel Balls
Mild Steel (Imperial)
Part No.
CS4009
CS4011
CS4012
CS4013
CS4014
CS4016
CS4017
CS4018
CS4020
CS4022
CS4037
CS4038
CS4039
CS4040
Thread Size
3/8 UNF
10mm metric
3/8 BSF
Part No.
GHF1191
GHF1192
624155
Petrol Pipe Clips (Metric) (Continued)
Hole
size
5mm
Hole
size
7/32
9/32
11/32
13/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
7/32
9/32
11/32
7/32
Part No.
GHF1265
GHF1266
RTC222A
GHF1267
GHF1268
Length
3 1/2
5 1/4
6
8 3/4
11
Diameter
1/8 x 3/8
1/8 x 1/2
3/16 x 5/16
104 NOTES
TRIM COLOURS 105
Paint & Colour Codes

Here is a list of the colours used on the Spitfire MkIV & 1500. The colours are carefully blended to be an exact match to the original
paint as used by the factory, but it is worth observing that your car may well have faded from its original colour over the years. For
this reason before you start, we recommend that you do a test spray of any aerosol on a piece of old metal or a carefully selected
area of the car where a mismatch will not be noticed. The boot or spare wheel area is often a convenient place to do your testing.
We can supply paint in either aerosol or brush-on format. The aerosols come in 400ml cans and the brush-on paints are available
in 125ml cans with a brush in the cap (*except for engine and chassis paints, which are supplied in 500ml tins).
Colour Codes to 1976

The Triumph paint code will be found stamped on the commission number plate of your car and the last digit indicates the base
reference colour. (See illustration below).
For example:
1 = Black, 2 = Red, 3 = Brown, 4 = Yellow, 5 = Green, 6 = Blue, 7 = Purple, 8 = Grey, 9 = White.
Colour Codes from 1976

A three letter coding system was introduced in 1976, and can be found on the
commission number plate (to 1979) or the Vehicle Identification Number (from1979).
In this system, the first letter denotes the base reference colour.
For example:
A = Brown, C = Red, F = Yellow, H = Green, J = Blue, N = White, P = Black.
CR1234
0
COMM N
64
11
PAINT
TRIM
GROSS LADEN WEIGHT
2992
LBS.
MANUFACTURED BY
TRIUMPH MOTORS
BRITISH LEYLAND UK LTD
COVENTRY, ENGLAND
BS AU 48 : 1965
Key to Paint Codes

Signal Red (32)
1971-72 CCRD32 CCRD32TU
Signal Red
(32)
1971-72
CCRD32
TU
Bleeding to right hand edge of this page are the paint colours applied to
Spitfire models during production (see example to the left).
Is the colour name.

The figure in brackets is the original Triumph paint code.
The dates refer to model years during which the paint was used.
Is the Moss paint code.
Means that a touch up option is available.
The correct original trim colour is defined with a 2 digit coding system for vehicles to 1976, and vehicles from 1976 used a 3 letter
code. The commission Number or VIN Plate will supply the trim code.
12 = Matador Red
Pimento (72)
1971-75
CCRD72
CCRD72TU
Magenta (92)
1973-74
CCRD292 CCRD92TU
Carmine (82/CAA)
1973-On
CCRD209 CCRD209TU
Flamenco (CAD)
1976-78
CCRD133 CCRD133TU
Vemillion (CAE)
1978-On
CCRD118 CCRD118TU
Sienna (23)
1971-74
CCBG23
CCBG23TU
Maple (83)
1975
CCBG73
CCBG73TU
Russet (93/AAE)
1976-On
CCBG205 CCBG205TU
Saffron (54)
1971-74
CCYL54
CCYL54TU
Mimosa (64)
1973-75
CCYL64
CCYL64TU
Topaz (84)
1975-76
CCYL84
CCYL84TU
Inca (94/FAB)
1976-On
CCYL207 CCYL207TU
Laurel (55)
1971-72
CCGN55
CCGN55TU
Emerald (65)
1971-74
CCGN65
CCGN65TU
Java (85/HAB)
1975-78
CCGN85
Key to Trim Codes
11 = Black
CCRD32TU
British Racing Green (75)

1975-76
CCGN75 CCGN75TU
Thus Signal Red (paint code 32) was available for the 1971 to 1972 model year cars. It is available from Moss as an aerosol (part no.
CCRD32) or as a touch up can (part no. CCRD32TU).
Trim Colour Codes to 1976
Signal Red (32)

1971-72
CCRD32
Trim Colour Codes from 1976

PAA = Black
AAA = Beige
Brooklands (HAE)
1976-On
CCGN169 CCGN169TU
Wedgewood (26)
1971-72
CCBU26
CCBU26TU
Valencia (66)
1971-72
CCBU66
CCBU66TU
Ice (116)
1971-72
CCBU116 CCBU116TU
Mallard (106)
1971-74
CCBU106 CCBU106TU
Sapphire (96)
1971-74
CCBU96
French (126)
1973-76
CCBU126 CCBU126TU
Delft (136)
1975-76
CCBU136 CCBU136TU
Tahiti (146/JAE)
1975-78
CCBU65
27 = Shadow Blue
33 = New Tan
RAC = Black & White
C74 = Beige & White
63 = Chestnut
74 = Beige
78 = Grey
CCGN85TU
CCBU96TU
CCBU65TU
Pageant (JAG/JNA)
1978-On
CCBU224 CCBU224TU
Damson (17)
1971-74
CCRD17
CCRD17TU
Slate (68)
1971-72
CCGR68
CCGR68TU
White (19/NAB)
1971-78
CCWT19
CCWT19TU
Leyland White (NAF)

1978-On
CCWT243 CCWT243TU
Black Gloss (11/PAA)
CCSB1
CCSB1TU
Black Satin
1971-On
CCSB2TU
CCSB2
Primer (High Build)

CCP1
CCP1TU
Wheel Silver
1971-On
CCWP1TU
CCWP1
Engine Paint (Black)

1971-On
CCEP4
CCEP4BR
*Chassis Paint (Black)

Please note: These colours may vary slightly to samples shown here, due to the limitations of the colour printing press, and should be used as a guide only.
CCCB1BR
London
Bradford
Bristol
Manchester
Hampton Farm Industrial Estate

Hanworth, Middlesex TW13 6DB
Unit 12, Acorn Park Ind. Est., Otley Rd.

Shipley, West Yorkshire BD17 7SW
1-3 Elton Street, Bristol

Avon BS2 9EH
111-117 Stockport Road, Cheadle

Heath, Stockport, Cheshire SK3 0JE
tel: 020 8867 2020

fax: 020 8867 2030
sales@moss-europe.co.uk
tel: 01274 539 999

fax: 01274 539 990
bradford@moss-europe.co.uk
tel: 0117 923 2523

fax: 0117 942 8236
bristol@moss-europe.co.uk
tel: 0161 480 6402

fax: 0161 429 0349
manchester@moss-europe.co.uk
www.moss-europe.co.uk
Spitfire MKIV-1500 1970-80

Triumph Spitfire MK4 - 1500

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Triumph Spitfire MK4 - 1500

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

SPI-06

Even your car dreams...

...of what it wants and where to find it!

Moss Rebuild Programme

Bristol 0117 923 2523 Manchester 0161 480 6402

Parts Back-Order System

Shipping & Dispatch Methods

Europe 1-3 days.

Europe by road 2 to 5 days

Quotations & Payment Methods

Value Added Tax

British Motor Heritage

www.moss-europe.co.uk London 020 8867 2020 Bradford 01274 539 999

Body Panels & Fittings (Continued)

Identifying Your Car . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 3

Master Cylinder & Brake Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 50

Front Bulkhead Panel & Windscreen Frame . . . . . .Page 87

Engines & Components

Exterior Body Fittings, Bumpers, Trim & Badges

Front Body Trim/Fittings & Windscreen . . . . . . . . .Page 92

All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 15

Rear Spring & Shock Absorber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 59

Hood, Frame & Tonneau

Propshaft & Differential

Radiator, Fittings & Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 20

Drive Shafts & Differential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 60

Hood Frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 96

Starter Motor & Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 62

Body Plugs & Grommets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 100

Gearbox - 1300 (3-Rail Units)

Gearbox - 1500 (Single-Rail Units)

Instruments, Cables & Dash Switches

Heating & Ventilation (Includes water flow chart)

D Type Overdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 33

All Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 76

Road Wheels & Miscellaneous Tools

Interior Trim & Fittings

Body Panels & Fittings

Bristol 0117 923 2523 Manchester 0161 480 6402

Production Data, Details & General Information

Vehicle Identification Numbers (VIN)

Spitfire 4 - October 1962 to December 1964

manual, LHD, Europe

A Brief History of the Triumph Spitfire Development

Spitfire 4 MkII - December 1964 to January 1967

Spitfire MkIV - November 1970 to December 1974

Spitfire MkIII - January 1967 to December 1970

1971 model year

1973 model year

Spitfire 1500 - December 1974 to August 1980

1975 model year

Engine Development and the Triumph Spitfire

Chassis Number Prefix and Suffix Codes

All markets, save USA & Sweden

USA (California legislation)

www.moss-europe.co.uk London 020 8867 2020 Bradford 01274 539 999

These pages list only the major items in each

Engine, external components . . . . .Page 14

Hood Frame & Fittings . . . . . . . . . .Page 96

Gaiter, gear lever . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 84

Kenlowe Electric Fan . . . . . . . .Accessories

Bristol 0117 923 2523 Manchester 0161 480 6402

Spark Plugs . . . . . .Page 67 & Accessories

www.moss-europe.co.uk London 020 8867 2020 Bradford 01274 539 999